Analysis of Chinese characters

'0 (X/4-XIVA

PLini

Jt^aca. ^tm fork

CHARLES WILUAM WASON
COLLECTION ,
CHINA AND THE CHINESE

THE GIFT OC

CHAK1.es WILLIAM WASON

CLASS OF 1S76

1918

MAR 7 1950 1

it

i

^ ^ i'

ftO C 5 1071 T

D CC l£ 197^ ^ ^J^tagf Tf ' fro

\R '2 7 2005

Cornell University Library
PL 1171.W67

Analysis of Chinese characters /

3 1924 023 476 546

Cornell University
Library

The original of this bool< is in
the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924023476546

ANALYSIS

OF

CHINESE CHARACTERS

G. D. WILDER AND J. H. INGRAM

North China Union Language School
1922 4l*fe.

%

PL I17(
Wb7

W, 1 1 2^ 1

1 1 liiJU^''

INTRODUCTION

TO

ANALYSIS OF CHINESE CHARACTERS.

The author of the great Chinese English dictionary Mr. Giles, has
not hesitated to express most trenchantly his contempt of etymology as it
has been applied to Chinese Characters. He says that "Much of the
etymology of the Shuo Wen is childish in the extreme", and that the
phonetic principle of combination is the only one of which we can pretend
to know aiiything. Notwithstanding the ridicule heaped upon it, scholars,
like Chalmers, Chalfant, Wieger and others have continued to pursue the
fascinating study of the origin of these symbols and have given us most
interesting results. These results are so convincing that in the teaching of
character writing we have unhesitatingly adopted the principle that the
etymology of the earliest Chinese writers on the subject, childish though
it may often be and fanciful, is yet superior to the numerous mnemonics
that have been invented by foreign students to assist in the difficult task
of memorizing the forms of a few thousand characters. The student
of these pages may often consider the etymology suggested fanciful
and the logic of the combinations far fetched but the following consid-
eration should be borne in mind. They are the products of Chinese
fancy and imagination and to some extent show the workings of the
Chinese mind. Therefore they interest us who are students of Chinese
thought. Moreover they often may only seem to be fanciful because we
are ignorant of the ancient customs out of which they arise, or of the
forms of the utensils of which they are pictures, or of the variations of pro-
nunciation in the different dialects. If any oue of us were entrusted with
the task of inventing written symbols for both concrete objects and abstract
ideas it is doubtful if we would produce anything much less fanciful and
we certainly could produce nothing of such rich historic interest, as cer-
tainly invests the 3000 most primitive characters.

/ Writing Chinese characters is a task of memory. ' Modern pedagogy
. insists on the value of logical or even fanciful links between ideas for fixing
them in mind. Those who try to learn Chinese characters almost in-

Iv INTRODUCTION

variably grope for some association of ideas, some logic in the formation
by which to hold them in memory. We have no doubt that the groupings
which have been arrived at already by a study of the ancient inscriptions of
the early seal writings and etymologies are more interesting, more logical,
and wider in- range than any memory system that has been or can be
invented by the superficial study of the characters as written with the
modern Chinese pen. These etymological studies enlist the interest of the
historic imagination to aid the dry-as-dust task of committing to memory
these curious symbols of the thought of three or four milleniums.

Missionaries in China have been spared the task which their brethren
in many places have had,' of reducing the language of the people to writ-
ing. The genealogy of Chinese characters takes us back neariy 4000
years. For an interesting historical sketch the student is referred to
Wieger's introduction, of which we here give a summary. Tradition con-
firmed by well grounded induction ascribes the idea of writing to the
mythical Emperor Fu^ Hsi' i)^^ and the systemization of written charac-
'ters to Ts'ang' Chieh^ j^fg in the 27th century B.C. Emperor Huang^ Ti^
^^, B.C. 2697-2598, had recorders trained in official schools under a zk.
It t'ai" s/iiP or Grand Master. Bronzes of the i8th century B.C. with char-
acters on them are extant. The stone drums exhibited in the gateway of
the Confucian Temple in Peking, referred by some to the 12th century, by
others to the 9th century B.C. show inscriptions in the style used by an
imperial recorder ^ Chou'' in a catalog of characters called the ^^ Chou*
wen' or large seal, "^"^ ta* chumi''. Later they became known as tadpole
characters, (B.C. 200) ^^^ k'o^ ton' tzu*, because so many of the
penstrokes suggest the form of a tadpole. Confucius, B.C. 500, complained,
of scribes who were dishonest and instead of leaving blanks when they
forgot characters, made new ones. These he called '^^ ck't^ tzu^ Or odd
characters. Ch'in^ Shih' Huang^ ^^M. 213 B.C. had his prime minister
Li* Ssu^ ^%\ make a new catalog called the H;^ sai^ ts'ang} It contained
3300 characters which are known as the small seal /h^ hsiao^ ckuan*.
U? Ssu^-- invented no new symbols but combined the primitive picture
characters with phonetics. /Thus the creation of new characters ceased
before 200 B.C. and probably long before that, as the phonetic principle,
which renders unnecessary the invention of new symbolic elements, was in
use in 800 B.C. Li' Ssu' was deceived by the " odd characters " and as he
had not enough ancient documents to ascertain the meaning of many

INTRODUCTION ^-/„ ' V

symbols he fixed wrongly the meaning of many characters. We can now
correct some of his mistakes. In the period of literary enthusiasm following
Li^ Ssu* many new characters were invented by the easy process of
phonetic combination. As there were many I'terary centers with different
dialects prevailing and no standard or center of control, c^pMtlesi useless
and duplicate characters were formed. Li* Ssu's catalog was reedifed
seven times until it contained 7380 at the time of Christ and two hundred
years later over ten thousand. The modern standard dictionary of Kan g
Hsi finished A.D. 17 17 has 40,000 characters. Of these 34,000 are
monstrosities and useless doubles ; 2000 more are surnames and doubles of
little use, leaving 4000 that are in common use. \ Of these 3000 are all
that need be studied for etymological purposes, although there are also
some rare or obsolete characters that are of etymological and historical
interest. Importunately the 3000 ancient primitives are still the most useful
characters and anyone who gets a mastery of them and their combiriations
will have a magnificent vocabulary for all departments of literat ure, j Let
no one be appalled by the popular misstatement that there are 80,000
characters or even by the fact that there are 40,000 in the dictiohary. The
vocabularies of Goodrich and Soothill have but 10,000 and the larger
Chinese English dictionaries but 14,000. ) One who masters^'^QOO, will find
himself fairly well equipped for public speech. Dr. Goodrich after his many
decades of experience is surprised that he can catalog but 4000 colloquial
characters.

^ Besides the multiplication of characters there have been many trans-"^
formations for ease in writing or condensations for the sake of speed. Many
\ of these changes occurred as writing materials changed. ( At first the metal
stylus, writing on wood made uniform strokes equally easy in all directions.-
Curves and circles were common. Then the wooden pencil used on silk
caused, poor writing and some peculiar changes. Finally finfe pointed '
hair brushes used on paper gave great power of shading^ and speed in exe-
cution but still further distorts the shapes of the classic small seal characters. \
The brush has produced the modern |f ^ ^'ai^ i3u*, in which curves-^
are reduced to straight lines and angles, and the grass characters, ^^ \
ts'ao* t0u*, or running hand which still further obliterates the classi/!
forms.

Other transformations are due to abbreviation for securing moro
space for inscriptions on small pieces of bone, shell or metal, as Mr. J,

VI INTRODUCTION

Mellon Menzies has pointed out, and these abbreviations have become
precedents for permanent forms. — '

About 1 20 A.D. there was printed a posthumous work of Hsii' Shen
(B.C. 86). It was the first publication of genuine archaeological and ety-
mological studies. This father of Chinese archaeology had travelled
exteisively and studied Li' Ssu's catalog. His great work is the ^%M^
Shuo* Wen"" Chieh' Tzu*. It contains 10516 standard characters arranged
under 534 to 544 primitive symbols which are the^o:rigin of our 214
radicals. All Chinese dictionaries claim to be based upon the Shuo Wen,
though they often show ignorance of it and few scholars to-day are ac-
quainted with it. Our Character Analysis is based upon Wieger's Ety-
mological Lissons which is drawn largely from the Shuo Wen. Our
references usually m;an that our explanation is taken from Wieger. But
it is not always so, for the original Shuo Wen as well as the works of
Chalfant, Chalmers and others have been used. Original or at least modern
suggestions have been made and usually placed after the reference to
Wieger. In Wieger's Lessons will often be found the quotation trom the
Shuo Wen in Chinese justifying the explanation.

/^ We shall use a few technical expressions which are best explained by
the ancient classification of characters into six categories. All characters
are divided into the ^ wen"' or simple figures and the f^ t2u* or com-
pound. On the basis of form or composition the?e two classes are each
divided into two other classes, i. The wen' or simple characters may
be either (i) pictures ^ hsiang^ or imitative symbols,! -^I^ ksiang'^ hsing^,
of which there are 364 in the Shuo Wen ; or they may be (2) indicative
symbols ^^ chiK" shih*, pointing to things, affairs. The Shuo Wen has
125 of these. 2. The compound characters ^ are divided into (i) logical
combinations, '^M. ^^'^ A in which each component part of the character
has a meaning relevant to the meaning of the character as a whole. There
are 1167 of these in the Shuo Wen: (2) phonetic combinations^^
hsing"' sheng^ (form and sound), also called f^^ hsief^ sheng^, in which
one part has a significant meaning and the rest points out the pronuncia-
tion only. Of these the Shuo Wen explains 7697. We should note how-
ever that in many of these phonetic combinations the phonetic part was
chosen because its meaning had some suggestion of the meaning of the
character so that they incline towards the logical combination class and
may be called suggestive phonetics. e.g. f^ -wer^ to ask has P5 ^^n!- door

INTRODUCTION J vH

for the phonetic and □ k'ou> mouth to signify the meaning of ask, but a
mouth in a doorway certainly suggests asking. So too in |]fl weif' to
hear, an ear at a crack in the door, the phonetic P^ is suggestive.

We give the following examples of the four classes mentioned above, —

1. Imitative symbols or pictures such as yj^ yi^, right hand ; Y"
left hand ; P^ mer^, door, of the Chinese two leaved style with projecting
pins at top and bottom for hinges.

2. Indicative symbols, that suggest meaning often with the idea of
motion as, | kutl' representing suspension from above or action of force
or authority from above downwards ; H. tan'', the sun H just above the
horizon — , suggesting the meaning of morning.

3. Logical combination, in which the meaning of the character re-
sults from the meaning of all the elements, i^ charC is a mouth p k'oil,
meaning to ask, under a [< ///, a diviner or the lines on a tortoise shell,
so the whole character means to consult the diviner or simply to divine,
i.e. to ask the tortoise shell lines.

4. Phonetic compounds, in which one part has to do with the mean-
ing and the other with the sound only. \^ chart'' to moisten, naturally ha^
the water radical i^H shu? to suggest moisture and has the ^ chan^ for the
phonetic, to indicate the sound. In many cases the phonetic has little like-
ness in sound to that of the character of which it forms a part. Such discr^.
pancies will be understood if one remembers that the Chinese custom
requires that only the latter part of the sound of the phonetic shall be like
that of the character whose sound it indicates. Thus '^ shang* is, con-
sidered a perfect phonetic for^ t'ang^, and g fung^ for ^ chung^, ^
pari^ for ^ p'atf' etc. Moreover many of the phonetic combinations
were invented in parts of the country where the dialect varies greatly from
that familiar to the student.

These four classes are based on the form or composition of the char-
acters. The Shuo Wen distinguishes two more classes of characters
based upon use.

5- ^'& chuaii chu^, is an acceptation of a character in a meaning
more extended, or derived, generalized, metaphorical, analogous, adapted,
figurative, or even inverted and opposite to the original meaning. For
jnstance in [» pii the original meaning seems to be a horizontal and a per-
pendicular line from the lines appearing in a heated tortoise shell, that is,
what the diviner consults ; then by extension it meant the diviner or one

VJii INTRODUCTION

who consults the lines. ^ wan^ is a picture of a fishing net. By ex-
tension of the primitive meaning it means any network, cobweb or reticu-
late design ; also to catch with a net, to catch in general, to envelope or
wrap, to gather. These meanings are gotten by turnings ^ of interpreta-
tion. Primitives are usually pictures of concrete objects. Abstract ttr ns
are usually extensions of meaning or turns of thought from the original
concrete characters. "^ ^ /«" is a hand holding a stick of authority,
therefore,' father, by a metaphorical extension.

6. -Igfa chluc' chieh^ or false borrowing, refers to the use of a
character in a sensa which is not its own originally, either by (i) error,
substituting it for another existing character or (2) by convention to de-
signate an object which has a name in the spoken language but which has
no written name. e.g. to take the character for some obsolete utensil arbi-
trarily to stand for some new idea for which a symbol is wanted. See No.
4- •ffl.'tf yeK'. As an example of the former we have in the first chapter of
the Analects |^ now pronounced in other places sku(^ meaning to speak,
but in this place ahvays pronounced yueft*, meaning to rejoice. YHek to
rejoice is written \^, but a scribe once wrote ^ for 'f^ by mistake, and it
was not corrected out of respect for the classical text. ^ ko^, to sing,
was taken by convention to mean elder brothers.

Another interesting method of forming characters was by inverting
an old character to make a new one of opposite meaning. For example
'^ ksia* below is the inversion of Jt shang^ above ; ^ Vi^, an inversion
of ^ tzil', son, means an unnatural child ; ip t'a to go on, is only, jh
chif^ to stop, turned bottom up ; ^ pt^ walking is a combination of the
two preceding containing both stopping and going owing to the advancing
and stopping alternately of the feet in walking. ^ jet^ inverted is {^
hua*, to change.

Some characters are formed by doubling and trebling other characters
either to emphasize the meaning, as ^ yao^ the finest thread, ^ yii^ an
almost invisible filament, or to express simple reduplication or multiplica-
tion as □ k^m(' mouth and no hsuan clamor of many voices ; ^jc mu* tree
and y^'lir^ forest, ^ sen many trees, green, many.

This book explains a thousand characters. After the student has
studied these he will have learned about 1400 useful characters. We re-
commend that he proceed then to read Wieger's Etymological lessons
ia order, and to learn to write all the list of " 340 -Characters selected

INTRODUCTION fX

from those Lessons which do not occur in the First list." Then a study of
Wieger's Phonetic series, learning to write the " second thousand selected
characters " will place all the student has learned in phonetic groups'
enabling him to remember them much more easily. The study of the
phonetic groups in Soothill's pocket dictionary or in Wieger throughout
the course will rapidly increase the numbers ot characters the student can
write.

-J»«5-

SUGGESTIONS TO THE BEGINNER
FOR WRITING CHARACTERS.

If the student begins with the first character and studies them in
order he very soon comes to very complicated symbols. It will
ease his task if he takes one or two lessons on simpler forms such as
the numerals and simple characters occurring early in the book as
designated below, in the suggested first lesson.

It will be found a pleasing diversion to practice under the
guidance of a teacher with a Chinese pen and the red copy forms
that schoolboys use. In this way one will at the same time learn the
order of the strokes which the Chinese follow. It is highly important
to learn this order if one wishes to write at all, as a regular habit form-
ed by the hand in making the strokes of each character is a great
assistance to the memory. The Language School also has a table
giving the order of strokes for the first 150 of the characters in this
book. From this the student can easily acquire the principles of
order in writing. Mr. Bailer's suggestions in the Introduction to his
Mandarin Primer will also give the same. P. xxv.

In writing with either pan or pencil, the following rules should
be observed in order to secure as much of proportion and style as
possible. I. Each character should occupy , as nearly as possible a
square space of equal size with those above and below, no matter
how many strokes it may contain. 2. The elemental strokes are as
follows — I * ^'XTILL-i/J- 3- Where space is en-
closed the perpendiculars slope inwards, making the space broader
at the top than at the bottom, 4. Perpendiculars in the middle of
the character should be absolutely upright, but the horizontals tend
to slope upwards toward the reader's right hand.

We suggest the following for the

FIRST LESSON.

, — . J* One, represents the primordial unity. The first

in the series of numerals, it represents the source of
all beings. It is the first radical.

In composition to make up another character it
has the following symbolic meanings.

SUGGESTIONS TO THE BEGINNER FOR WRITING CHARACTERS. xi

1. — i^ at the top of any character usually means
heaven, a roof or any cover as in ^ t'ien, heaven, ^
yi^ rain.

2. At the bottom it means the surface of the
earth, a base, or foundation. ^ peif trunk of a tree
or base ; H. tar^, morning, the sun just above the
horizon. :ft ^ li^ to stand, is a man -j^ on the
ground, — .

3. A barrier or hindrance as in "5^ ch'iao, a
difficult breathing, ^ representing the breath. P^
shian^ a bolt to a door. 4. Something contained, as
^ shao^ a spoon with something in it.

"~* erk* Two, The number of the earth, because it

makes a pair with heaven. It signifies the masculine

and feminine principles pj( yang^ and [^ yin}. It is

the 7th radical. In composition it has three uses. i.

The meaning of two as in fn fet^, two men, love each

other. 2, Two extremes as in 2 wi^ five ^ ko^ a

sheep-skin Y stretched on a frame ^. 3. An old

form of J:, shan^ above, or of f hsia* below.

e.g. ^ shih^, a revelation from above. 7c y'uan^,

head, that which is the top H on man JL.

tH^ san^ Three, the order of humanity coming after

heaven and earth. The Chinese commonly explain 3E

wang' king, as the one who unites heaven, earth and

man.

-|« shil^, Ten. The number that includes all the rest

of the simple numbers, a symbol of separation, extent

in two dimensions, and the cardinal points of the

compass. It is the 24th radical, e.g. -^ ml'', is a -f-

separating the kernels of grain ^>. It means threshed

out grain br any such substance.

For the rest of the numerals study the following numbers in the

book, 29 to ZZ, inclusive, 58, 59. For more easy characters first

study No, 57, I, 5, 6, 14, IS, 35, 27, 19, 12, 2, 3, 4, after mastering

these one may as well begin with No, 7 and go on in the order

given in the book.

iVS cv

ANALYSIS OF CHINESE CHARACTERS, FROM, BALLER'S
MANDARIN PRIMER.

BASED MAINLY ON DR. t. WIEGER'S ETYMOLOGICAL
LESSONS AND THE SHUO WEN.

(W. with a nnmber and letter refers to these lessons. A comma after the Romanization in tbe first

column means that it is a coilcqnial character. The form given at the right is

the seal writing of 100 A.D.)

BALLEE, LESSON I.

^fc /^ *^"*> To have children ^ tea* under one's roof

f^ mien^. Logicalfcomposition, to shelter,
to nurse, to bear. By extension it refers
to the characters produced or bom hj
combining the simple % wer?, into com-
pound characters, ^, either by logical
composition # M orjphonetic combination,
f^ M (See introduction, Page 6, in Wiener ;
also W. 94 A.)

•^^ >^ tztf, The radicaliof the character, a picture o» a
newborn child swathed so that its legs
are not visible. In an ancient form it has
'^ the hair. By exte:nsion it means disciple,

then sage or teacher because the emperors
honored the sages by calling them tzu^ or
sons. It is the 39th radical, reli^-ting to
children. (W. 94 A.)

^^^ f\ mien^ Picture of a roof, a shelter, a house. It
is the 4dth radical of characters relating to
dwellings. (W. 36 A.) Called ^ m pao'

2 4^ 30^ Xm, wo', I, me. Two spears, ^ ko\ pointing to-
"iXi, n^.-^Y^ wards each other, two rights opposing

each other, and 1)3'- extension my right,
me. (W. 71 Q.) -yi, is the radical.
Williams says it is a hand ^ grasping a
spear, defending my rights, therefore I.
■%^ 7^^ ko^. Picture of a spear with a hook or crescent
on top, a crosspiece below and a sword
knot at the handle ; the 62nd radical, of
characters relating to spears and wea-
pons generally. (W. 71 F.)

f>5t ni\ You. Aien^ man (picture) 9th radical, is

the radical of n?.

^, TK erW you, is a contraction of 81 the classic

^ character for you. It is final expletive

o^ equivalent to a full stop, or " There now ! "

(At the end of a phrase the voice is

drawn in Aju", and the reserve of breath

J is separated, A pa', sent forth. The

character is borrowed for 5''ou.) (W. 18

O, and 35 L.)

ita t'a^, He, the other, she, it. A jet^, man is the

radical, combined with j'e/i'', also; therefore
the other man, he. (Man A also -&.)
'til, ^ veA", This character is a picture of an ancient
utensil, either a funnel or a' drinking
vessel; borrowed for. the conjunction, also.
(W, 107 B.)

jPj meti', Sign of plural in pronouns and other

words indicating jjcrsons. The radical is
A, called :3r A 5i or standing man when
written ^ at the left of a character.

P^ BH nien-, gate, radical l69, is a picture ot a two-

fljg leavetl gate turning on jjivots {hu* J3 being

' * a one-leaved door). (W.129C.) This may

have been taken to form the sign of the

plural because it is a door with two leaves.

t/"*;* Target, mark ;- clear, true. Adjectival
particle, sign of possessive.
0, a par, white, is the radical, JSIo. 106. The
sun just appearing and making white
daylight, cf. fi 3<t paP t'ien\ (W.
88 A.) Chalmers says it is the white
cocoon.
V, "P shad', A ladle, a spoon. ^ is a j)rimitive pic-
ture of a kind of spoon, and the — indicates
position for arrow. (W. 54 H.)

ppj Pen, (made of hair with bamboo handle^
t5", W ^^"^ bamboo is the radical, No. US. The
seal writing represents the drooping whorl
of leaves, /^ the inverse of 9* ch'ei^, a
sprouting plant. When written above
another character in composition it is ^
called Yi ^ m.. (W- 77 B.)
^., ^ yii* A stylus, = a 3- hand holding a j pen
writing — lines on a — tablet.

8^___.

chiti^. Paper. From ^ ssu^, silk , the radical, and

K shrh*, a flat floating plant, the phonetic.
7^, ^ ssu^, Silk, a strong thread. The upper part
represents two cocoons, :it„ ya& ; the lower
part, fh is a primitive i-epresenting the
twisting of several threads into a big one,
— the threads from two or more cocoions
twisted. It is the 120th radical of char-

acters relating to textile matters. 0^
92 A.)
^, R sbih*, A surname. A family, clan, sect. Used
in married women's surnames. Originally
a floating plant, that ramifies and
branches and finally fixes itself by a root
to the bottom and develops greatly.
Therefore by extension, development, mul-
tiplication ; a wandering horde of primi-
tive times, a clan, family. It is the 83rd
radical, here used as a pure phonetic.
(W. 114 A.)

Silk was used for writing on before
paper was invented ; hence the radical
^. The plant spreads out flat on the
water ; hence the fitness of this element ^
to form the character for paper.

^^ sht^f To w^rite, a writing, a book.

pH LH jrueh^ to speak, is the radical. No. 73. The
'|S» mouth P k^ou^ exhaling a breath — or a

word ; therefore by extension, emana-
tion, exhalation. A more ancient form
exhibits the breath as forming a cloud
over the mouth (W. 73 A.)
yu* A stylus (see No. 7).

While jueh is given as the radical by
Kang Hsi, yet the seal form shows that
historically it is but a contraction for
M che^, phrase speech, document. (See
No. 270. W, 159 B.) A book » is the
emanation or speech El of a pen ^

10

;?a cAe*, This, here, now;. This at word 9 gods M.

^ ^ W cho* is the radical, No. 162, to run and to stop ;

|L. Uj from ?f ch'e\ to step with the left foot,

^ and .ih chih^, to stop, which is a represen-

tation of a foot standing, heel at the left,
toes at ,the right, and ankle above. (W-
112 A and E.) In combination ^writ-
ten x_, is called M %. %.

W ^ J'en*. Words. The P k'oii^, mouth with words
■^ issuing fromj'iit. 149th radical (W.
73 C.)

11 3J1J ^O na^, Where?, in third tone; there, in fourth

» vT^ tone.

P_^ S i*, A city. The radical, No. 163, in combina-
tion w^ritten |5 and always at the rights
The P seat of El chieh' authority. The O
represents the walled town, and the Q is
a seal or stamp M authority. (W*. 74 C.)
^.^ The i is a SKiodification of ^ by the

scribes. Tke '^isrhole character S|5 was the
natne of a city west of Szuchuari, whose
inhabitatl'ts wore furs ifif. It also means
weak, And was borrowed for the meaning
there, that. (W. 116 B.)

12 B _B shih*, Right, exact, to be, yes.

•^*-' '^ Q jihf, the sun, is the radical. No. 72,— a picture,
■rp cheng*, from — i^, one, limit and Jh cbil^ to
stop. Stopping only at the proper limit set
beforehand, upright, correct. (W. 112 I.)
The sun B exactly IE on the meridian,
right, straight—:;!:.

13 __

ch'ien''. Money.

^

^

" ^, f h

''±.^

■^ chiV, metal, is the radical, No. 167. ^ chin^,
" now, present," is phonetic. (See No-
18.) db t'u^, earth, bearing in its bosom
two nuggets r\o{ gold or metal. In earth
± there are present -4* two nuggets ^' of
gold ^.

db *'«'> earth, is the 32nd radical. The earth
i that produces all things. The top line
represents the surface, the low^er line the
rock or subsoil, and | the upright, the
things that it produces. (W. 81 A and 14
K. T.)

^ chien^ To exterminate, to destroy. The com-
mon w^ork of two or many spears ^. (W.
71 R.) Most of the characters of which
this fonns a part have the sense of small,
mean or to ruin, as M cbien* cheap, Jg
chien* trample, ^ ch'iett shallow.

wai*. Outside, foreign.
'y bsi^ Evening. The radical. No. 36 ; represents
the half moon which appears in the even-
ing. One line is lejft out of M yiieh, the
moon.
p* pu^, A soothsayer, to divine. The 25th radi-
cal. (W. 56 A and F.) The divination
is by looking at the veins appearing in a
heated tortoise shell, and the f pu* repre-
sents a perpendicular and horizontal vein.
^1- outside, is a diviner, b in the evening
:^ i. e,, a person must consult the diviner
outside of woi'king hours, before a new day.

sheng^. Grow, beget, produce. Radical No.
100.

A plant that grows more and more. A

whorl was added to ± Z.. (W. 79 B, F.)

Otliers make it a combination of dt i'«*

(c^arth) and ]/J cA'e* (grass). That is, the

earth ± produces dfe grass iU.
16 ^ 6®3

^^C f^ yiid\ (l.oins, waist), to want, to wish.

^y^ Originall^'^ written as a picture of a wo-

man, with face ^, two hands y, and
figure w^itli enlarged bust ($. It -was
taken for waist, that part being more
marked in woman's figure than in man's ;
but in this sense it is now written
with the H ^ 70H* radical added M. The
primitive meaning is nov\r lost, and the
character is borrow^ed for the meaning to

S ^ want. (W. 50 M.)

®i,®, M hsi\ West (radical No. 146) was taken arbi-
trarily by Kang Hsi as the radical for
classification of the character in his
dictionary. (See No. 26.)
3C, rS, \$. nu'-i woman, is a picture character. The 38th
radical. Originally a wotnan standing
in respectful attitude, altered to /f for
ease in w^riting ! " What China \srants —
' 5 the Wester n woma n "is a convenient

jnnemonic tor S-.

jg)^ so^i To make, to act as.

^ ,J\.jen^ is the radical. No. 9.

'^ ku^, Cause, purpose, old. Combined with K

man, we have man as cause, that is,

doing, making.

t^ ku", Ancient, that is, what has passed through

ten -f- shih-, mouths or generations, ri

k'oti^, (pictate of a mouth, 30th radi-
cal.) (W. 24 F.).
J^j^^ p'a^ To tap, rap. 66th radical. From a. X
yu'^ (hand, 29th radical) holding a h

pu* diviner's rod.
18 ya^

iS> Biefl*, To read, to chant. To think, to study.

'L^,hJ& hsiV, Heart, a picture in the seal writing.
61st radical. It shows the pericardium
opened, the lobes and the aoita below.
(W. 107 A.) In combination at the left
it is written 1'.
't' c/jiflS now, is made up of a triangle^, chi
meaning union, and T chP, an abbrevia-
tion of ^ meaning contact, up to, (W. 19
D.) (a hand % holding a man A). The
combination is thus tautological. ( W. 14
K.) The idea of the character may be
that all past time unites in the present.
Therefore ^ to read or think, is to make
present 4* to the mind jC?.

19 -r^

?P,S

20

&

puS Not, a negative. Primitively a bird Jfi
flying up to the sky—" not able to get
there " for a mnemonic. The radical, — f
is often used as a limit, or the sky, at the
top of a character. (W. 1 B and 133 A.)

hsiehl, A little, some. Sign of comparative,
several.
Jmj te'u^, This, here. Originally it meant to
turn K on one's heel Jh. " This " is a
borrowed ixieaning. (3 pj^ is an in-
verted man A, to turn. (W. 26 A
112 A.)

^ erb*. Two. The number of the earth because
it is paired with heaven. Also the number
of the two principles i^ yin^ and ^ yan^,
(W. 2 A.) The radical of », the 7th.
The combination of jJfc t'^a*, this, and Zl
erA*, two, means pointing to this and that,
sign of plurality.

PpC shuP, Who ? who ; any one. "a j^en* is the

radical, the 149th.
pE, i«, ^ chuP^ Short-tailed birds (a picture), the 172nd
radical. (W. 168 A.) A pTionetic combi-
nation.

22

tun^. To understand. The radical is ^6, here
written 'f and c&,lled M shn >& As/n*, ver-
tical heart, the 61st radical.
jj tvm^ To lead or influence, to rule or lead peo-
ple on to right ways.

With j& heart meaning to influence the
mind, or to understand.
-H* t'sao', grass, a picture, the 140th radical, is
its radical. It is written Pi when stand-
ing aloire, and -h- in composition.
chuTig*, Heavy, important. Composed by
superimposing t^in^ i. upon fH tun^,
the two oblique strokes of the latter being
reduced to a horizontal stroke.
^ ^^ t^ing^ is a inan A standing at his place
on the earth j;, the earth denoting the
business of life, position. The positions
on the east of the thi-one were the more
important and honorable, hence the com-
bination with "M. tun^, east, to mean
important or heavy. (W. 81 D.)

10

ys tang^, The sun H shining through the trees,
?fc ma* i.e., on the horizon where it appears
in the morning, so, east. (W. 120 K.)
A^, m ^"*' Tree, a picture of trunk, roots and
branches, the 75th radical. (W. 119 A.)
23 -H- tSi

, ^ESJ shetP\ Very, superlative, what ? Before ^

read- sheri^.
P , 'kan\ sweet, the 99th radical is the radical,
from P k'ou^, mouth, and something held
in it, — i.e., agreeable to the taste, sweet,
satisfaction. (W. 73 B.)
^, ^ p'i", To pair, a pair. It is a half of the whole
which is represented by H ssu*. A little,
more than half of the character is retained
so as to be recognizable. (W. 42 A.)
Therefore ift means affection for the mate.
As this is the strongest affection, the char-
acter comes to mean superlative, very.

24;

ma^, m&y An interrogative particle, a sort ;
also used, ironically. These are borrowed
meanings. The primitive meaning is small,,
delicate, from jSt tns? hemp fibre, and ^
yao^, the finest thread. (W. 90 A.)

l/jiljj ma?, Hemp, hemp fibre, pockinarked ; the
200th radical ; it is the radical of this
character. It is made up of the follow-
ing:

/K p^an* To strfp hemp^ from A paS to divide
(12th radical) the fibres from the ^ ch'e*,
stalk. (Distinguish firom >fc mn*.) When
doubled it forms ^ p'ai*, textile fibres.
When the stalks are soaked and stripped
off and brought under cover or stored in

25

26

^. M

11

a shed r* J'en^ it is called M mn% prepar-
ed hemp or tow, kept tinder shelter. (W,
79 H.) In combination this character
has the idea of entanglement, troublesome.
J^, O y^o^ The finest thread as obtained from wind-
ing the filaments of only two cocoons
which are represented in the character.
By extension, any fine thread, tow, slender,
tender, 52nd radical. (W. 90 A.)

tung^, East. Sun H shining through the trees,
:^ mu\ See No. 22. /Jc mu* is the radical,
the 75th.

MM

27

%n.

hs?, West. The primitive writings picture a
^ bird settling on its nest. The birds go to

roost at sunset ; hence the use of the char-
acter for west ; the 146th R. (W. 41 D.)

28

hsien^. First. The radical is Jl jen\ a man.
It sometimes means feet, support. The
10th radical. (W. 29 A.)
f-t, ^ci, Uc chib^ A small plant vp issuing from the ground
— ; to grow; development, continuity, pro-
gress. It is borrowed as the sign of the
possessive. (W. 79 B.) Accordingly the
combination ^ hsien^ means to a,dvance &.
on one's feet JL, to be first.

IBI ko*. The culm of the bamboo, a joint of bamboo

■^5t with a knot and a whorl of leaves, in the

^^ primitive writing. An article, a classifier.

<^\ /J\ (W. 77 A.) In the common form Kjer?

is the radical, combined with the phonetic
@ ku*, shut up, to make firm, foi-tified ;

12

29

32

composed of ,P weP, an enclosure, (the
31st radical) and ■£■ ka^, ancient (see No.
17) as phonetic. Only when written with
the Wchu^, as radical has it the meaning
ot bamboo.

balijER, lesson II.

kH,7r ssu', Four. An even number easily divided

into halves by the A pa^, to divide ; all
around. The radical is O wePy No. 31,
used in words relating to enclosures. (W.
42 A. ) The old form represents the divi-
sion into halves. For A see under No. 32.

JDL, -^ wa^ Five. At first written x being four Unes

and a center, or five ; then placed between
n heaven and earth, ss the dual powers
^ yin^ and iif yan^, begetting the five
elements, 3£ ^ wv?. hsitig'. (W. 39 A.).
The radical is — , the 7th.

31 -j^ (Yn

^>», 7\; /iV, Six. The even number that comes after

four marked with a dot. Note that all
the even digits are written so as to show
their divisibility, H erh*, tw^o, and A
*k: pa!^, eight. (W. 42 A.) The radical

is A, 12th.

•"T^, 1 ch'?, Seven lines, in old writing. All the

digits are found written in this style in
old inscriptions, i.e., with the nurfiber of
lines indicated by the digit. (W. 33 A.).
Radical is — /*.

An

33

34

ii.^

13..

pa^, Eight ; to divide. The meaning is indi-
cated by the form. Also written with
eight lines in the angular form. The 12th
radical. (W. 18 A.)

chiu^, Nine. A numerical sign without other
meaning. An original writing contains
nine lines. Radical is ZL i* a hook, the 5th.

cbp, Few, nearly. The radical is ^^ yad.
(See No. 24.)

It is a guard J^ sAu*, of soldiers on the
frontier w^ho are watching the slightest
movements and are attentive to the least
things & jv^. Therefore to examine,
subtle, hidden, small, few.
aK, 66 J'u\ has the mcxining of :5C ya& reinforced, i.e.,
very small, slender, almost invisible. (W.
90 D.) (See No. 24.)

^>C uYL^^^' ^° guard the frontiers; from A man
* carrying a ik^ ko^, 'spear. See No. 2. (W.

25 D.)

PW» Prl liang^. Two. An ounce, a pair. From a

picture of a standing scale rtl the upper
stroke having been added in modern times
to indicate the beam (or equilibrium). The
idea of a pair may have been suggested
by the balanced scale pans. (W. 35 H.)
y\., /\ ju*, is the radical, No. 11, meaning to enter, or
to put on either pan of the scales. It
represents roots entering the ground A
the opposite of {i} ch'u^ to go out, which
represents a plant growing up. (W.
15 A.)

14

36 -^ ^ pen". The trunk of a tree. The line across the

'^' '** ;^ mu\ tree, represents the surface of the

ground, drawing attention to the part of
the tree below ground, the roots. So
root, source, natural, native ; capital.
Books. (W. 120 A.) TfC mn*, wood, is the

radical, No. 75.

37 3fl!

jen^, To know well ; to recognize ; to acknoiw-
ledge. h" ^ •g^ j'CK* tzu* p^ang^ is the radi-
cal. No. .149. Words and i&jeti', patient
_» (phonetic combination).

(He , iSi jetf. Patient, to bear, suffer, endure, patience,
harsh. j& hsin^ is the i-adical. 71- jea\ a
cutting weapon, formed of 7J tao^, w^ith a
stain on the edge, Or something being cut
by it. Tap^ 73 is the 18th radical, f) a
picture of the Chinese razor or cleaver. A
heart vinder a knife-edge means to suffer,
( W. 52 B.) In composition at the right
73' is written (1. A heart that has endured
S the monotony of continual practise
knows w^ell its lesson flS-
38 n^ |g]

^^, J^l map, To ■ buy. Mencius says, " net |J^ the

market gains T^ ^j " ; better explained by
" to -wrap up a thing with its price in
cowries K in a net 1^." (W. 161 D.)
^, " pei*, A cowrie shell. These were used for
money in early times. The seal character
shows the feelers of the live shell. It is
the radical, No. 154, of things relating to
values and trade. (W. 161 A.)
R^ wang'', Net, radical No. 122 (called V^'-^U
ssu^ tzu* pu* by the vvriters, because modi-

15

fiecl to look like a H szu*' when used at the
top of characters) ; in some it is written
X or pg. To entangle. (W. 39 C.)
39 331

40

gmr shih^, chih* To keep in mind, know, recognize.

^^,^ 7^n^, word is the radical, No. 149.

chih^ A sword, to gather ; jjotters' clay ;
office, official duty (now written M,).
Ancient chiefs or officials. These held a
:5c ko^, when they gathered the people ^
and announced their will ^; i* (shorten-
_ _ ed to ^y;V). (W. 71 HJ)

t3. W yiti^, sound, is the 180th radical, formed of "a
yetl^, utterance, and — a sound. The — is
placed in the P mouth to- represent a word
or sound issuing and in the seal character
this line is the only difference between 'a
yeii^ and # ym\ (W. 73 E.) '^When
the people^" could repeat the words m
of the officials ^ • thej"- were said to
know." M-

ch'a', Tea. Pf fsao^ tzu t^ou^ is the radical.
(See No. 22.) The plant W like a tree, TJc
for man A- This taa.y do for a mnemo-
nic, but the etymology is as follow^ :
^^ yir' I, me, in wen li. F^rom A pa*, to dis-
tinguish, and -^ sAe* house, in wliich com-
bination the P at the bottom of the char-
acter is replaced by the 7v pa^. Chinese
custom requires any one entering a house
to call out and distinguish himself from
anj' other person bj^ saying, "It is I, so
and so, come for such and such a pur-
pose." Silence renders one liable to

16

suspicion. In ^ it is a pure phonetic
J. combination, combination, c ontracted.

f5. 5 she* A shed, booth, house. It is the joining ^
chp of n walls and of the thatch roof Y to
form a house. (W. 14 C.)

hsieh^, To write. Primitively to set in order
the things in a house, *** raien^, is the
radical, 40th. By extension, to set in order
one's ideas, to write. The lower pari is
a phonetic only.

yeh* A magpie. It -is a modification of jfe

niao^, with a special head given it. J^

niao^) is a long-tailed bird, a picture, the

19'6th radical. (W. 138 A. & C.) The

magpie is a bird of neat, trim appearance,

which may suggest the idea of order in

the combination.
42

wan^, Basin, cup, howl.

^^ /o shih^, Stone. It is a piece of rock n fallen
from a cliff T Aaa* (27th' radical). It

. j^ forms the 112th radical. (W. 59 D.)
iSfo , R® vt'a/i* Good behavior ^e y'iiat^, in the house ♦^j
to comply with the demands of others,
therefore the derived meaning, to bend,
to cover ; yield. Fuan' ^b> to turn in bed,
a curling up, dignity or modesty H chieh^,
during the night, d^ bsi^ (See No. 14) " It
is not decent," says Cohfacius, " to lie
like a corpse." " Stand, like a pine (jfc
n* ia ju" U satJg^;) Sit like a bell (^ tso"^
iaju" it cbung^;) Lie like a bow (g\ jvo* in
/n" ^ kiia^ ;) Walk like the wind {^ tsot^
4n ju^ m. fengK") These are models of

43

17

behaviour. From modesty in l3'ing down,
yuat^, comes by extension to mean good
behaviour in general. (W. 64 D.)
ti, ^ chielf, A seal. Some say the form where one
has slept. It is one half of the cliaracter

4

?^=5P ch'iag'^ or seal. One half of the seal
is kept at the yamen and the other given
to the individual concerned in the case.
(W. 55 A, B.) The phonetic ^ has the
idea of order, and bowls Wa are a means
to secure order in eating.

^,Pi

Tu^, To have. Primitively it meant the phases
of the moon /I as if a hand covered
it. Some say the eclipse of the moon,
with the same interpretation. To have,
is a borrowed ineaning. (W. 46 H.) To
have the hand on the moon might_v.'eU be
called possession.
M ,^ yiieh*, the moon, s the radical, No. 74. A pic-
ture of the crescent moon completely visi-
ble (compare ^ hsi\ No. 14), (W. 64 G.)
y ,^, ^ yu^, The right hand. The fingers reduced to
three for ease in writing. It is the 29th
radical. (W. 43B.) It means also, again.
The right band returning repeatedly to
_ the mouth in eating suggests " again."

44 ^ W

i^> , ^ /*, Intention, thought.

^t^ hsiW, heart, is the radical. No. 61. The heaii:
or mind jC? of the speaker is known by the
soitnds ^ that he utters. By extension
it. means also the thought that the mind
of the.hearer gets from the words /^ of the
speaker. (W. 73 E.)

18

^ yw\ A sound. (See No. 39.)

iS^, c^ ssu^, To think ; the wish of the heart. j& is

the radifcal, No. 61.
B3, ^, © Asin* The skull, the cover of the brain (altered
to look like EH t'ien\ field). " When one
thinks, S, the vital fluid of the heai-t j&
acts on the brain \^ hsin^." Shuo Wen.

|I|. -"s, ^ cA'u', To go forth, to go out. Toissiie, tobeget,
to eject. Primitively it represents stalks
growing out of the ground, the opposite
of A /V, No. 35. The *f small plant has
grown another pair of leaves. (W. 78 E.)
In combination often I'cduced to db. The
radical is U /f'an*, a receptacle, the
17th.

47 ^

^^ ch^i*, Vapor, the ^ ch'i* or fiunes rising from

fermenting :Jft mP ^ rice ; ether, breath,
air. It is substituted in common use for
the radical % and is in much use in philo-
^ sophy for the primal aura or vital fluid.

[i, "^ ch^i*, vapor, is the radical. No. 84, meaning
curling vapors rising from the ground and
forming clouds. Ancient forms show the
sun 13 and ik. fire which cause the vapors.
Contracted into -£ ch'P it means to beg.
(W. 98 A.)
^ mP, Kice after it is hulled ; qther small grains
and things small like rice. It represents
four grains >; sepai-ated -p. The + often
means separation toward tlie four quar-
ters North, South, East and West. (W.
122 A^ It is the 119th radical.

t

19

48 nn jS P'^'^g'-< A- friend, companion, peer. Now com-
» 'Wf posed of two jnoons ; but it has nothing

to do with ^ yiieh^, the radical of classi-
fication in Kang Hsi, but comes from an
ancient primitive ^ kng^, representing the
tail of the phoenix, and by extension
meaning the bird itself, now written JH.
The character ^ was then changed in
pronunciation to p'eng^, and taken to
mean friend, because the phoenix draw^s
all other birds after it ; or two birds
together, therefore friend, (Chalfant) JJ8|
p'eng^, was a fabulous bird, the roc, from
w^hich the M may have derived its pro-
nunciation ofp'ezJ^. (W. 64 I.)

49

^

yu^. Friend, associate. From two hands X
acting in the same direction. % yu*, is
the radical, No. 29. (W. 43 P.)

'f^ chien\ Classifier of many things, item,' a,

part, \ is the radical.
■^. ^ /J?u-, Cow, ox. The 93rd radical, a picture of
head, horns, legs and tail. This combina-
tion suggests any thing from a man to an
ox. Thus it can be applied to almost
anything.

/^O i^. Clothes, especially upper garments. 145th

radical of many characters relating to
clothing. In composition it has the fol-
lowing forms : 1. when at the left of
the cliaracter ^ ; 2. cut into halves, the
-i- being at the top and the ^ being at the
bottom of the character. (It must not

''ti.

then be confused with -^ the eighth Radical,
the ^ at the bottom being the test) ; 3.
both parts may be changed by fusion -with
other parts of the character when split,
■ e.g., MM^. It also is placed either at
the top or the bottom of a character un-
changed. It pictures the sleeves, and the
skirts hanging- belov^'. (W. -16 A.)

"^^ shang", Clothes for the lower part of the

body. :^ is the radical (see No. 51.)
W, ^ shang^, is a phonetic here. -^ is contracted to
'S' when in composition, meaning a ropf
or a house, it represents the ridgepole and
sides of the house as in *** mien^, but has a
window d added and a A paf, divide, in-
dicating that the ridgepeople divides the
wind and water, or M. ^JC ileng^ shuP. This
ridge raised at both ends is placed last of
all, and so the character means to add to,
still, elevated, noble, superior. It is a
suggestive phonetic as the clothing is a
house or cover for the body. (W. 36 E.)

5ti pa^*^, To take hold of, grasp, classifier of

things held in the hand. Read pa*, a
handle, pa^, a handful. "To clap E« the
hand ^ on something."
■^, vp shou^, The hand, handy, skill, workman. It is
^ the radical, No. 64. When written at the

side exiled Ji ^ t'i' sbot^. X ^ is the pic-
ture of a side view of the hand, ^ is the
full palm. In the ancient writing the ^
represents the lines in the palm. (W.
48 A.)

21

51

1m

pg JB pa*, A kind of boa, short and thick. It is re-

o presented raised on its tail. It is found

in the south ; its flesh is eaten and its skin

is used to cover guitars, § pa*. (W. 55

L.) it also means a slap, clap.

^,

T*, A chair. The radical is ?jc ma*, the 75th.
J (See No. 25.)

'■ "^J" ch'P, Unusual, strange, rare. That which
causes men "K to exclaim in admiration nT.
~/\. ts^. Great, 37th radical, in combination
means man, representing head, arms and
legs.
Pj, r JSr'o', To send forth a breathing of approba-
tion 1 from the mouth n, to express
satisfaction, to be willing, permit, admire.
Logical combination (W. 58 I). The
Chinese, being used to sitting on their
heels, or flat on the A'ang-*, the chair seems
so much more comfortable as to be a sur-
prising or strange thing.

55 ;je

chan^, To draw^ a bow, stretch, extend.

Classifier of things of extended surface.
^^ p ^ Q kun^, a. bow, is the radical, No. 57. A pic-
1^^ ture. Ancient forms also represent it

bent or vibrating. (W. 87 A.)
•^_ -^ chaag-^ *, To grow, excel, senior.

gg ch'ang'^, Long. The primitive form represents
'*' locks of hair so long that they must be

tied by a band — and a hairpin Y. With
K, an inverted or changed man, added, it
means manhood, grown up so the hair is
long. By extension it means long in time
or space, to grow. The modern form is

22

an ai-bitrfii-N- contraction. 168th radical.
(W. 113 A.)

>f^ cho\ Table, yic mu* is the radical. (See No.

25.)
■^, ^ cAo', Surpassing, high elevated. It represents
a mast surmounted by a globe and a
flame, an ornament of which the Chinese
are fond. It is imitated in the yainen flag
staffs. (W. 143 P.) A table being high
as compared with chairs and stools, this
phonetic meaning high is selected appro-
priately.

BALLBK, LESSON III.

Ff^ ^^ cAuH^, The middle, among, in. C/ian^g*, to hit

the mark, attain, pass an examination.
The character represents a square target
pierced in the center by an arrow. The
form of the target is lost in this modem
ivriting, but is retained in M yung." (W.
109 A.) See No. 225.'
kutf, A down stroke, a perpendicular, is the
radical. No. 2. It has a symbolic signifi-
cation in many characters, e.g. : the trunk
in i^ mn*, tree ; an arrow in 4* chung^; a
spindle running through tw^o objects in
¥ ch^uan*, i.e., to string together ; a bow
string in ^1 yjn^, to draw a bow, to lead ;
a man standing in ^ shen^, to gird one's
self. (W. 6 A.)

W , O pai', One hundred, many, all. Thef unity ot

hundreds is represented by — i\ one, and

-?

58

69

1^.4-

23

S paP, ■white. It Is purely a phonetic
combination, fi is the radical, 106th.
(See No. 6.) (W. 88 A. and B.)

chVen^, Thousand, very many. Ten + hun-
dred (but the W pai^ is not here).
~r* shih^, Ten, symbol of extension in two dimen-
sions, i§ the radical, No. 24. The ^ at
the top of the character is the abbrevia-
tion for A jen^, which is phonetic in this
character. (W.-24 D. and k.)

60

wan*, Ten thousand ; an indefinite number,
wholly, emphatic particle. Written Ft! it is
the Indian swastika, symbol of Buddha's
heart, dlso meaning 10,000. The radical
in Kang Hsi's dictionary is -«f t'sAo'^, but
the character has nothing to do with that
radical ; originally it being the picture of a
scorpion, 65 -»- being the feelers, €) &
being the head, and tt\. Vl the legs and the
tail. It was then pronounced ch'ai*, but
as there were other words for scorpion it
A!vas borrowed for the meaning 10,000.
(W. 23 H.)

61 ^

-^y lin^, Small rain, or last drops of a shower,

a fraction, residue.
yii^, rain, is the radical, the 173rd. It repre-
sents drops of water X The law of rain
is to come in drops or showers not in
deluges, thus this is an appropriate symbol
for a fraction. (W. 14 I.)

^, 5 I' tig*, A law, an order, to command, your
honored. It is formed of A chP. the

62

24

notion of union, assemblage, being the
joining of three lines (see No, 18), and P
chieb^, a seal (see No. 42.) Therefore
^ an order, is the urdting -^ of the
written document and the P seal, — ^i.e.,
the stamping of the order. (Note that
when CJ k'ou^, is added, we have •^ ming*,
an order or command by word of mouth,
and the decree of heaven). (W. 14 A. 1.)

iBjf Is ^"'^' '^*^ return to or from ; a time. Moham-

medan. A turn or revolution. It re-
presents an eddy (like the curling clouds
of smoke, or whirlpools in w^ater) or an
object that rolls, turns on an axis ; lience
the abstract idea of revolving, return.
P we? is the radical, twice written.
(See No. 28.) (W. 76 G.) Also written [g.

63 ^

jlPl cAfng^, To invite, to request, to engage.

■q yezi', is the radical, the 149th. (See No.
10.)
P9 fn cA'/n^,The green of sprouting plants, also blue,
black, gray, white of an egg. The 174th
radical. It is made up of ^ sheng\
plants, and :W- tati^, their color (red).,' as if
the makers of the character were color
blind, -p^ tan^ is cinnabar, a Ted mercury
ore, represented by -the ■» for the ore in a
crucible /K where it was sublimed by the
alchemists in search of the philosophers'
stone for turning base metals to gold.
(W. 115 D.) p{ may be the Chinese stove
with the round hole red with fire.

64

M.t;

65

66

m

SkM

25

lap, To come ; in the future. The radical is A
jen^. It is formed of ;f\, a primitive repre-
senting a plant and M. or ears of grain
hanging from it ; a sort of bearded barley,
■used as food in the Chou Dynasty. The
Shuo Wen says it means come, because the
gtain eaten by men conies from heaven.
It is more probably £i borrowed meaning
without logical explanation. (W. 13 B.)

wen*, To ask, inquire. The radical is B k'ou^,
mouth (radical No. 30). The □ placed
in a P5 metP, door, is a suitable character
for the meaning, t.o ask . (See Nos. 5 and 9 . )

tso*, To sit down, to rest, to place, to reign.
The radical is i t'u^, the 32nd. Two men
M sitting on the earth ± t'«', face to face
to talk. (W. 27 D.)
67 -|^ ^U

■jEfc, "^ cb'ii*. To go. i» ssu\ is the radical, the 28th.

It is made, however, from a pictufe of an
empty vessel U ch'iii^ and its cover ±;
hence the meaning of to empty, to remove,
leave, go, all being ideas connected with
the removing of the cover of a vessel and
its contents. The top resembles ± t'u' in
the modem writing, and iz ta* in the old.
The bottom is like M, ssu^, but here stands
for U ch'a\ a basin. (W. 38 F.)

J . y hao\ A child in swaddling clothes. (Compare

^^, No. 1.) This character being of no use

' '' "^^ " was borrowed for the common suffix to

"''"' denote past time in a verb, or the end of

68

26

a sentence, conclusion, intelligent, clear.
(W. 94 H.) J kun' is the radical, No. 2,
perpetidicular.

^^ *^^ tui^, Opposite ; parallel sentences on scrolls
hung opposite each other ; to correspond
to, to suit, mfitch, agreeing -with ; sign of
dative.
"»J ^ t'sun*, inch, is the i-adical, the 41st, to mea-
sure. The dot represents the pulse on the
wrist about an inch from the hand. In
composition used often for ^ hand. (W,
45 B.)

^p tsao^ Luxuriant vegetation, being a repre-
sentation of its branching into manj''
twigs from a single stem ; emanation,
multitude, faggot. (W. 102 I.)

~f^ shih*, A scholar, gentleman; the 33rd radical;
from — i* and -f- shih^, because all things
are comprised between the numerative one
and ten, therefore an affair (same as ^),
a thing, and bj' extension a sage, scholar
(W. 24C.). Before 100 B.G.'n Jfc'oa' was
in the place of ± shih*. Tui^ therefore
means to apply a measure -^ fsutx* to -the
luxuriant emanation ^ of men's mouths □
k'ou^, i.e., men's testimonies. Emperor
Wen Ti, in 100 B. C. changed the writing
to ■± shih^ to remind his officers that men's
testimonies P must not be believed, but
only the words of the •± sages, which alone
deserve to be examined -^. (W. 102 I.)

n
[^

70

kad^, A, state, country. From P ^vei^, a boun-
AsiYj (the radical, No. 31) and

71

ju* a primitive appanage, post, a center; the
hao*, land — that one baron defended with
the weapons -^ of his retainers, around his
P castle, or town, w^hose limits are not
indicated because there were none. Pro-
nounced huo* it means bj'' extension an in-
determinate person, whose name is not
given, being known only as from a certain
estate ; by extension, again, uncertain,
perhaps, "a certain one." With the P
'tt'-er or boundary added, it becomes an
estate well defined, a country M. (W.
TIJ.)

shen^, Sound, music, voice, accent, tone ; to
declare.

!^, ^ er/^^ ear, is the radical, the 128th, used in a
natural group of characters relating to
hearing. It is a picture of the external
ear. (W. 146 A.)

^f>% ch'ing* On the right is it shu', the 79th radi-
cal meaning the right hand (W. 22 D.),
making a jerky motion, to strike, a staff,
^ to kill. On the left is a primitive pictur-

ing sonorous jade or quartz stones sus-
pended from a frame to make a musical
instrument ; these atones w>ere in the form
of a carpenter's square, and were struck
like a triangle. The character is now
written with a ^ shih' ■^. P is used as
an abbreviation of ^. The combination
of ear 3f and musical stones P struck by
the hand 5: naturally makes M sound.
(W. 173 A.)

28

72 ^a» shao^, To talk, speak, converse, sayings,
"^ _^ doctrines.

"^ yen\ is the radical, No. 149. (See No. 10.)
^ -j^ j'iieA*, To speak, to rejoice, i.e., good words
51 that dispel A grief and rejoice ft the
hearer. This is made up of 56 (huan^,
ancient pronunciation, a mouth P on top
of a man }L, or to speak authoritatively ;
pronounced hsiung^ it is the oldest brother
who must exhort his brothers) and A to
dissipate the breath or divide it into
words, to speak. By an arbitrary modem
borrowing the character is read tai*, and
means exchange. (W. 29 D.)

73 a*L

pl^ /jua*. Words, discourse, a language. Words §■

of the "S" sAe', tongue. * ;

Q yet^, is the radical. No. 149. (See No. 10.)
^ ^ she^. Tongue, is a picture of the tongue pro-
truding from the mouth. (Compare @
hatP, the tongue drawn back into the
mouth S.) It is the 135th radical. (W.
102 C.)

h£ ch'ih^, To stutter, to swallow, to eat ; to suffer.

O k!ou^, mouth is the radical, No. 30.
/t- cHP To beg. It is a contraction of g ch'i^,
vapor, breath,— the 84th radical. (See No.
47.) In this fonn it is borrowed for ^
kai* to mean beg. (W. 98 A.)
To stammer ng is to fill the mouth D with
breath ■£, and make no progress in speech.
In eating one mouths the food as in stam-
njering one mouths the breath, hence to eat.

74

29

75 /Qif^ fan*, A meal, cooked rice (the chief dish of a

meal).
shih^, to eat, is the radical, No. 184, re-
"^ lating to food in general. It is formed of

-^ chi^, to collect (see No.' 18), and ^ %
hsiang'-, boiled grain, the sweet smeH of
the WL fan\ It is a picture of the bowl 6
and its con tents — , and a (^ pi^, spoon, to
ladle it out. ^ pp, spoon, is the 21st
radical. (W. 26,C.L.M.) Gather ^ the
family to eat -^ the rice S.
^ fan^, To return, turn back, turn over ; oppo-
Ja site; to rebel. ¥vova.%yu*, hand, and^r*

a representation of the motion of the hand
in turning over, {f ban*, is a cliff, a
retreat, shelter. Radical No. 27.) (W.
43 E.) In eating the hand returns again
and again Jx. to the mouth with ^ food.

2 erh^, A male child, a person with the fontanel-

les of the skull not yet closed .
JL jen^, inan, the 10th radical, is the radical of
this character.

The upper part is written like 1^3 chiu*', the
134th radical, but it is really |Sl hsin^,
skull, written open above, as the skull is
in an infant. (W. 29 B.)
77 |«fe

hsiao^. Dawn, bright, to understand ; i.e., a

high and bright ^ sun H .
jih*, sun, is the radical combined with
^ yao^, eminent, lofty. From ^ yad^, earth,
J^ heaped up (three ± earths) and % wn*, a

!^ high base, level on top. ^ Yao^ is the name

of a famous ancient emperor, 2300 B.C.

30

78 ^

79

80

^

(W. 81 C.) When the sun H is high ^
one can see and understand ^.

te^, To get, receive.

^ ^ 'f ch'ih* to take a step forward with the left
foot, to w^alk (60th radical) is the radical
(W. 63 A). It was added to this char-
acter late, and is superfluous.

^, W} te^ to obtain, to get, is the original writing of
the character, # and in the seal w^riting
shows its etjanology, viz., to get. the hand
-^ on that w^hich one has in view ^.
The M. chien*, see, is reduced to S.- (W.
45 E.) See No. 85.
"^ t'sun\ Inch. See No. 69.

mo'^ or raeP, To sink in the water, to dive, to
iserish ; none of, not, least, without.

7K, $ shuP, Water, is the radical (No; 85.) .The
central stroke represents a rivulet, and
the others the ripples on the surface of
the water. (W. 12 A, B ; 125 A.)

^^ ^ mar To dive, while turning tH hiiP, on oneself
in order to get X something under the
water, the head being below. The 12 haP,
is changed bj'^ scribes to 7J. (W. 76 I.)

chu^, A. sentence.
P k'oti', mouth, is the radical with
/-» rt pno^ to wrap up, (the 20th radical), from a
picture of a man bending over to envelop
an object in his apron ; therefore to enfold,
a bundle, to contain, a whole. The mouth
P used to form a whole O phrase or sen-
tence. (\Y. 54 A, for pao^. )

81

^^ Tfe i-l* tsai*. To be in or at ; i.e., to exert one's

powers :?■ t'saP, oil the earth dh ; or pre-
sence in a place i fu*, is manifested by
one's activity t • ± ^s the rad. (W. q6 D.).
A.-^. T t'saP, has been modified to ?r. It is a tree
grown to a size for timber, materials, now
written ;^ t'saP; then force of expan-
sion, natural activity, mental capacity,
talents, the substance of a tiling. (W.
96 A.)

^^. ;^ /i\ The lining of clothes ; inner, inside ; to the

left (in rules of the road).

4x. i', clothes, is the radical. No. l-iS; (see No. 51.)

Jg IP, a village, is the phonetic, but being placed
inside the radical for clothes it suggests
the meaning of lining or inside. (W.
16 G.) It is the 166th radical, of a few
incongruous characters. It is made up of

pEl t'len-, field, the (102nd radical), being a repre-
sentation of a furrowed field, and of

it tUf, earth. Its common meaning of IP, or
one-third of an English mile, comes from
tlie ancient custom of the smallest village
being composed of the fields of eight
families being arranged around a ninth
public field with a well represented by the
pictorial character # ching^ (the dot being
the well.) One side of the square was one
IP in length. When the custom went out
of use the character ^ ching^- lost the dot
and retained the simple meaning of well.
E9 t'kh^ being easy to write, is used to re-
liresent many objects. (W. 149, A and D. )

32

®^ " f^ ^^ 1 / weP, To be, to make ; wei*, for, beqanse, in
4^' him « order to.

>^ i-» cbua^, chao^, claws, the prone hand, is the

f'^ radical (No. 87.)

The seal character represents a mother
monkey, sitting with one hand at its head
and the other at the bottom of the char-
acter mixed up with its tail and feet. In
the middle is the character for man A
because of the monkey's likeness to a man,
and the primitive character for breasts to
show that it is a mother. The Shuo Wen
says that of all animals (iiteratlly " birds ")
the female monkey is most prone to claw
^ ^ "^ M J^ and therefore the character
Jfi chao^, stands as its symbol. There is
an ancient writing consisting solely of tWo
claws ^^. The character has lost its pri-
mitive meaning, and now is borrowed for
to be, because, etc. (W. 49 H. )

m

BALLEE, LESSON IV.
TYt^, nin ch'aan^, A bed, couch, sled.

m.

cViang^, is the radical (No. 90), a heavy
slab, a thick, Sitrong plank. It is the lefb
half of the 7|c ixiu* as written in the^seal
form (W. 127 A.)
/fC^ ^ mo*. Wood. A bed JK is made of strong pieces
yf of wood :^.

85 n n

^tu, S, chien*. To see. This is the 147th radical, {of

characters relating to sight, perception.

/%!<

35

Wieger explains it as an eye U mu*, ow a
man A (W. 158 C.\ But Chalfant finds a
writing more ancient than the seal writing
^, which is a picture of the eye emitting
light. The . Chinese believe that light
comes out of a normal eye, enabling^ it
to see.

ti*, An order, series ; before a number it]^foniis
the ordinal.
Ti chu", bamboo, the 118th radical, is the radical.
(See No. 7.) It is chosen perhaps because
of the graduation of joints in a bamboo
stalk.
_ f^ ti*, Kepresents a thread or strap wound around
a spindle having a catch on top and a
catch or winch below. It is a primitive
bobbin or reel, and means hj exten-
sion a succession of brothers, and now-
only the Ai-ounger brothers. This primi-
tive is appropriate for series, as is also
the bamboo, Yi used as its radical. (W.
87 E.)

87 .:^ ^

-^. ^ chnn^\ A strain in music or a chapter m a

book, or an easay ; rules.
J^ //', to establish, stand, (the 117th radical) is
arbitrarily taken for the radical ; but the
etymology is from # yin^ (See No, 39),
sound, and + shih!^, ten, a perfect number.
Therefore ten -f- sounds "m make a strain
of music ; and the meaning is" extended to
a chapter, or an essay.
88

^J,S^ tao\ To arrive at, to reacli.

34

Tj tao^, knife, is the radical (No. 18- ) (See No.
37.) But here it has phonetic force as
well.
•3t, it! cA/A* To go, to arrive at (classical). The
133rd radical. It represents a bird «¥>
flying down to the earth, — , therefore to
arrive; reach. (W. 138 B.) It is both
pictorial and indicative in its composition.

89 ^w^

^J^ ^ ^ hung^, Red, lucky, pleasant.

^. m ssu^ or mi^ is the radical (No. 120.) (See No.
8.) Textile inatters, especially silk, in-
terested the Chinese from ancient times ;
hence the importance given to these ele-
ments in their writing. /» <b sst^, the
28th radical, is a single cocoOn in which
the worm wraps hiinself up, caring for
nothing but self; therefore the meaning,
selfish, private, separation. (W. 92 A.)

ZL,-^ kttng^f is purely phonetic. Work, workman,
time of w^ork. It pictures the ancient
carpenter's square, and so by extension
means work, skill, or any ornament re-
quiring skill. (W. 82 A.)
Red In not being a natural color of silk ^
it requires the work X of the dyer to pro-
duce red silk.

""M.m

hao^ Good, right, very ; hao\ to be fond of.
From ic nu\ woman, and ^ tzu\ child.
Wife -k and child dF are what one is most
fond of M. (Or the fondness of a woman

*g^ for her child.) See No. 1.

^ ^"'' ^^ *^^ Radical, No. 38. It originally was
™ a woman standing in ceremonial attitude

91

±,±

35

with arms hanging and crossed over the
body. So symmetrical a character was
hard to write, and the seal is a raodificar-
tion of the more ancient form. (W.
67 A.)

shang-*, Above, superior, to momit, upon.
' ?, representing a horizontal -base line, is the
^ radical. The perpendicular line above it

represetits something above the level. (An
indicative character.) It w^as originally
-written Zl, the short upper line represent-
ing something above the longer base line.
At the top of some characters it is written
— , as in ^ ^ ^ where it is distinguished
from Ji- t'ou^, the fictitious eighth radi-
cal. (W. 5 A.'.)

92 -j^ -T-

hsia*, Below, to descend, inferior.

— * P, is the radical, with the perpendicular below

"5" it to represent something below as in the

preceding character. It was anciently

w^ritten ~ the longer line representing the

base. (W. 5 B.)

93 >=S^ 1^

yiU' ll<\ wah^, Finished, complete, to settle (as an

afifair) .

^* m/en? house, roof, is the radical, No. 40. (See

_ No. 1.)

Ttl yiian^, That which is upon H (equivalent to
Jb, See No. 91.) a man JL, i.e., the head.
origin, principle. While phonetic in force
in this character, we may say, " Putting-
on the roof r^ over the head % finishes ^
the building." (W. 29 H.)

m

#1 Ijg ^ sung*, To escort, to see a guest out ; to give a

1^^ gift ; to accuse at court.

^ c/20* going, is the radical. No. 162.
x^ ^ cheti^ A fire that can be handled, as to bend
planks for a boat or to caulk a boat ;
charcoal.

A torch iK carried f^ to escort a guest out
^. ^ is a suggestive phonetic and of no
value to the beginner. (W. 47 J.)

W^ kuan^, A cross bar of a gate, to shut or bar

* the gate, a custom-house barrier, suburb.
P^ tnet^, door, is the radical, No. 169. (See No. 5.)
*^ %% kuan^ To pass threads through a vyreb with 9,
shuttle. The M ssa' (contracted into i!fc)
represents the warp. The down strokes
in the lower part represent the shuttle
carrying the thread through to form a
woof. (See Nos. 8 and 24.) By exten-
sion it means to join, to fix transversely.
(W. 92 G.) The cross-bar of tlie gate
passes through the slots and iron loops
like a shuttle passipg through the warp.

^pc, ^p{ shih*, To serve, affairs, office, matter, anything.

J kou^ is the radical, the 6th. It is from

^ , sj shih^ shows a hand ^ holding a stylus. A

9 recorder, to record. In ^ the top is ili=:5:

chih^, the pronoun it. An event ^, record

* it ;^ faithfully.

*. mi ch'uati^, To bore 5t with the teeth :^-, to per-

forate; to put on clothes, wear ; to thread,
to string.
A. hsiieb^, A cave, a hole, any dwelling, i.e., a

37

room or space r^ made by the removal /V
pa^ of the earth ; to dig through, here.
The 116th radical. (W. 37 A, D.)
>!*. ^ ya^, The teeth, the grinders or molar teeth,
hooks. It is a picture of the grinding
face of a molar. The teeth of rodents make
holes through which thoy gain access.

mt^

chiu*, To go or come to, to follow ; to make
the best of; then, soon, immediately.

/ti. /C-w-an^ radical No. 43, is the radical under
which it is found in the dictionaries. A man
ic who puts his weight on his right leg ; to
spring ; lame, crooked, also written ^t.
(W. 61 C.) This classification was an
etymological error, however, for it comes
from

jC. rk y^y "which in the seal writing pictures
a dog with its ears pricked up. By
extension, attracted to, surprise", strange.

__ ^ (W, 134 C.)

^, S ching^. The capital ; originally high, elevated ;
being a contraction of Jg kao^, high, the
bottom changed by substituting j for n,
adding the idea of elevation, and by
reducing TJ to -'^ ; it has nothing to do
with /j> hsiao^. The capital is the place
to ^yhich the people go ; hence towards.
Wt Admiration or attraction to it some-
thing high i^ therefore to go towards, to
^__^ follow, consequently. (W. 75 C.)

'1^ Chalfant finds an ancient form of . M

picturing the gate tower of a walled city
with the opening in perspective.

38

99 gtft i^ i^i^g^j To hear, to listen, to understand, to

^•2l^ allow.

Jf erA', the ear (see No. 71.), is the R., No. 128.

.y ^ t'/fl^ Good, full ; from a man standing on the
earth in his official position (to be dis-
tinguished fi-om 3& Jen"), is the phonetic.
(W. 81 D.)

^, ^ te^ Virtue. Therefore we have M t'ing^ as the
virtue ^ practised by the ear 1^ ; i.e.,
hearing, to obe3'. ^, te^, used for the
Christian term character, virtue, is usually
written f^, with the ^ adding the idea of
going out to others, action. Its composi-
tion is of iS chiW, upright, and j5 hsit^,
heart ; an upright heart,

•g" jg" chih?, is composed of l_ representing a horizon-
tal and a perpendicular, + ten and @ eye.
Before the days of square and plumb-line,
ten eyes were called on to test the straight-
ness of the frame of a house. The L is
often changed to a single straight line. It
is often written incorrectly fi as if of two
strokes. (W. 10, K.)

'°°»IJU

chih^ To know, perceive; chih^, wisdom.

h^ -db shiK' an arrow, dart, is the radical. No. 111.

' ^ It is a picture, the point above, notch and

' * feathers below. Therefore an action that

3^ has come to an end, irrevocable, as an

ancient form shows the arrow fixed in a

man's body. (W. 131 A.)

United with P k'oi£', mouth, we have the

knowledge possessed by one who can give

39

101

m

his word, opinion, with the priecision and
speed of an arrow. Knowledge ^ is an
arrow ^ mouth P.

102

103

tao , To go at the head, to lead ; a road, a
path, principle, doctrine ; tl^e progress of a
. _ ^ speech, to speak.

'— ~^cAo* is the -R., the 162nd, to go. (See
, ^ No. 10.)

m shoti', the head, is the pritaitive H sAoo*, head,
Hj with the heir added, being a pictorial

character. {Ill is not (« ch'uan^, streams,)
185th radical.

To lead, road, sS, is to go ^ at the h^ad,
'^. (W. 160 A.) It is the w^y not only
for the feet to walk in ^ but also for the
thoughts '^ to move in.

k'ati*, To look, to see, to regard carefully. It
is composed of ;—
, ^ ma*', an eye (wliieh is the radical. No. 109), a
^ picture (compressed and often set upright

to save room), (W. 158 A.) and
^ shou"', the hand, covering the eye or shading it.
" For," says the Shuo Wen, " one shades
the eyes in order to see better, cutting oflF
the rays of the sun, and gathering the
light " from the eye. (W. 48 C.)

na^, Hands'^ united 'o- ho^ ; to take, to sieze ;

a sign of the accusative when placed before

the noun.
^ stiou^, hand, is the radical, No. 64. (See No.

53.)
■^ ho^, joining, unitin Z union, hgnmiony. Form-

40

ed of .^ chP, a triangle, union, being three
lines united (see No. 18), and P k'ou^,
mouth. Three or many ^ mouths P
together shows good understanding, har-
mony. , (W. 14 A, B.)

To take with the hand ^ requires the
hand ^ to come in contact w^ith -S" the

object.

104 iJM,

piea^, To walk on the edge of a precipice, to^

fall in and disappear ; a bank between
fields, margin, edge, boundary, i.e., the
place where the thing disappears.
^ cho*, to go, is the radical, the 162nd. (See No.
10.)
yen^ Disappearance, absence. In modem writ-
ing the fnl (double co^'er) has been changed
to ::;&■ arbitrarily. It is made up of: —
tza*, a picture of the nose ; a starting point,
origin, beginning, evolution ; the nose
being, according to Chinese embryology,
the starting point in the development of
the body ; self, I, my behavior, to act ; the
nose being the projecting part and in a
way the characteristic of the person ; the
132nd radical ; (W. 159 A.) and
yV hsueh" a cave, storehouse, and
^ = (f^ a double cover meaning invisibility.

Therefore # jen^ is an object that was at
one time g tzu* in a storeroom ^ and
later on disappeared ffjl. Therefore JS is to
walk g, on the disappearing line #» ; the

edge. (W. 34 K.)

105 iSiS

t'ot^, The head, the end of a beam or street,

e,©

106

41

etc., the beginning ; a classifier of afifairs,
cattle, etc.
yefe*. Head, page, man. A picture of ahead or
face M upon a man X. It is the radical,

__ __ the 181st. (W. 160 C.)

S, .S. toit*, A sacrificial dish, a dish in which, meat was
served ; beans, (being used for S ton*) . The
151st radical. It is possibly a suggestive
phonetic in this character. The skull
encloses the brain as a dish its contents,
and the Thibetans use the skull bone for
a dish, on a tripod standard. (W. 165 A.)

hsiang^, A box, a chest. (Larger than M ^
hsia^ tzu.)
Tj chu^, batnboo, is the radical, the 118th, indi-
cating the material. (See No. 7.)
>TO hsiatig^, to examine, to inspect. It may be
MfQ from @ aiu*, to watch from behind a ^
^ zna*, tree ; or to keep the eye @ open in

the /fc woods s6 as to avoid danger from
foes or beasts. The more common abstract
meaning of mutual, reciprocity, etc., is said
to come from a kind of pun, both elements,
::^ and H being pronounced alike, rau*.. It
is purely phonetic here. (W. 158 B.)

BALLEE, LESSON V.

Hw vi'an\ Late, evening, sunset, twilight, late in

life, tardy.
Q jih*, sun, is the radical. No. 72, as the charac-
ter has to do w^ith the declining sun.
^, f^ mien?, a man A whose sides are swollen out

42

""l&.t

O with his effort, and whose legs are
spread out to prop himself firrnly to fight
or ward off some evil ; therefore it means
to avoid, without. In ^ it is purely
phonetic. (W. 106 A.) According to Mr.
Chalmers jfe is a man trying to hide him-
self by drawing in to his clothing ; hence
to avoid. The sun H w^ithdrawing M, it
is late Rfe;

ch'ietf, To advance, forward, to'ward, before,
formerly.
/J tao^, is the i-adical, 18th, arbitrarily fixed
without reference to the etymology. The
upper part -i^ is a contraction of Jh, cA/A',
to stop, and the M is a contraction of
^,t^ chot^' a boat, the 137th radical. It is
a pictOre in the seal writing of a boat
with high curved prow, a/ ^eck supported
by one of the partitions in the hull, an oar
in front and a rudder behind. It is
straightened and placed upright to save
room. (W. 66 A.) A boat M advancing
m into the harbor w^here it will stop ih.
(W. 66 D.)

109 jkU

iTv k'tt^i*, A flow of spirits, cheerful ; promptness,

.. rapid, sharp, quiclc.
T' ~ 'L^ shu*. hsiti^, is the radical, the 61st, meaning
heart. See No. 18.
y\^, ^ chiieW To divide, to partake, a hand ^ holding
a half of a ^ cbung^ or object of any kind,
that may be equally divided. (W. 43 O.)
Chalmer's explains it as a hand drawing
a bowstring and about to let the arrow

110

#.$

41

fly ; therefore quick. As quickness depends
on the inind, the radical >(> is added.

tiien^, A year ; at first, the crop or harvest, and
then the year, for that is the time taken to
-, produce the thousand grains.

I, "T" kan^, A shield, is the radical, the 51st ; a trunk
•^ • or stem ; to look after or concern ; origi-
nally a picture of a pestle, so to grind,
destroy offend against, blunt arms, crime.
The seal writing of ^ nien^ shows that ^
kan^ has nothing to do with it, but that it
is really composed of ^ ho^, grain in the
field, the 115th radical, and =f: ch'ien^,
thousand. (W. 24 D.)

^ ^ *—^

112

m

tsao^, Early, morning, soon, formerly.
jih*, sun, is the radical, the 72nd, as the idea
early, has to do with the rising sun. The
+ shih' is a primitive writing of ¥ chia^,
¥ is the first of the heavenly stems, there-
fore this indicates the first sun» early.
(W. 143 E.)

t'i'aoS To carry a load from the two ends of a

pole, to stir up, to choose, to reduce.

^ shou^ or t'P shoti^ is the radical. See No. 53.

Jk chao*, omen,' is a picture of the lines on the

jLij back of a tortoise shell brought out by

heating for divination ; in the middle is h

pu' in its ancient form ; an omen, a million

or vast number. (W. 56 D.) This phonetic

is the same as in M t'ao^ to run. It is two

A pa^ characters, one outside the other

n

44

113

indicating wide separation; It has been
confused with ^ because in the modern
writing they are identical. Loads carried
in this way must be widely separated.

^V >^ t'ien\ Heaven, the sky, a day, the, weather,
celestial ; the Emperor, great, high, any
superior over an inferior ; moral superi-
ority.
■^ ta*, great, is the radical, but the meaning of
the character is not the one — great iz, as
it is often translated, but the one sky —
which is over man M ', thus it is an indi-
cative charaeter, not a logical combina-
tion. (W. 60 C and l.C)

chieh^. The nodes or joints of the bamboo, any
joint, knot, verse; a feast day; temperance.
71* chtP, is the radical, No, 118, bamboo. (See
No. 7.)

up, ^ chP To eat, that which is done as soon as the
fragrance of the cooked rice ^ .(see No.
75) is smelt. By extension a conjunction
meaning consequence in general, being the
equivalent in wexz li of the ®fc cA/a* of
common use. (W. 26 M.)

P , ^ thieh^, indicates order, in IP, It is written
either P or '&. (See No; 42.) It is the
26th radical, meaning joint^ (W. 55 B.)

115 :?:

^^ ^^-5 ^^'^'^ '^^ cut out 73 tao"^ clothes ^ i^ ; i.e.,
to begin making garments, which is the
first step in civilization ; to beg^n, the
first, at first.

116

^

117 1,^

4&

71 tao\ knife, is the radical, the 18tb. For 3t^
I'S see No. 51. ^ The first thing in making
clothes :^ is to cut out 71. (W. 16 B.)

Aei*, To give to, to let, allow, for, instead of,
to. Read chi^, to receive, to afford, to give
out.
7n ssu^ silk floss, is the radical, No. 120.
-^ £10*, .To join, union, harmony. (See No. 103.)
ogfet To give is to join -&■ silk threads ^. Silk

is a popular present.

chiao*, To call, to tell, to cbmxnand, to cause ;
the cries of the birds and animals ; named,
termed.
P k'ou^, mouth, is the radical. No. 30.
S\- ^ tou^, Measure, ten -f- sheng^ or pints ^. It is a
picture of the peck measure, said to be a
scoop with a handle ; 68th R. (W. 98 B.)
lEI- is to call out P the measure i|-.

118 ^ yA\

I , —I- pan*, To divide in two ; a half, a large piece of.

"l shih^, ten, is the classification in the standard
dictionary, the 24th radical. It comes
etyniologically from A, to divide, and 4=^
an ox. (See No. 50.) To divide A an ox
^ into two halves as butchers split the
beef dow^n the backbone. (W. 18 D.)

119 ^la ara

-jS^. «^|B] kuo*, To pass by, cross over, to pass time, to

exceed, sin of ignorance, sign of past time.
cho* to go, is the radical, the 162nd. The
rest is a suggestive phonetic. See No. 10.
, f^ kttei^, A wry mouth, hare lip or cleft palate
It is from P k'ou^, mouth ; and

46

120

M fO^ kua:\ Skull and bones, to strip oflfthe flesh, to

o bone, dislocate a skeleton, broken, and so

'' a defect. * The ^ to go, means action and

1^ kua'', defective; defective action is sin

m. (W. 118 A.)

cbirf, To bind fast, to press tight, urgent, im-
portant. From
•n ssa^, mi*, a silk thi-ead, the 120th radical and
^^ 5^ chiei^, firm, solid. To have hold ^ of one's
servants g, ch'er^; S a servant bending
before his master, the 131st radical. (W.
82 E.)

121

as

122

7^, A form of B or E. already. When preceded
by pj" i'o*, could, it is equivalent to can be,
J\^ is rad. may be. It is a very ancient primitive re-
presenting the exhalation of breath, the
virtue of any object, its use, and so use until
exhaustion, tp end, to be no more, passed,
already. It is -written in four Avays in
modem times, S B i* JSi. When written
&. it means use, by, \yith, by means. (W.
85 B, F.)

ch^etf, Sun shining forth, morning.
Q jVA*, sun, i« the radical, No. 72.

Jg e cA'e£l^ A day, time, the* 161st radical ; 7 to 9
A.M., the heavenly bodies. These are
borrowed meanings ; the original means
to be pregnant, a woman who bends for-
ward ^ jeT^ to conceal % mien* her preg-
nancy, " her shame," says the Shuo Wen.
( W. 30 B . ) Purely phonetic here. (See S6f)

^, ^ mien\ A woman sitting, — is the girdle, at the

47

left is the seat, at the right is an apron
that hides the front of the body, the preg-
nancy, says the Shuo Wen. Therefore the
meaning to hide, conceal. (W. 112 L.)

123 n/^

H p tso^, Yesterday, time past.

jjh*, sun, is the radical, the 72nd.
I\ [^ 14- wariff', A primitive xneaning to hide, from A
ju*, to enter, and L a hiding place.
^, ^ cha*, is I5t plus —r which represents an obstacle,
that is, to seek to hide and to be hindered ;
therefore the modem meanings of sudden-
ly, hastily, unexpectedly. (W. 10 F.)
H^ yesterday has passed suddenly put of
existence.

124 qcg

Z^ hsien*. The glitter % of gems, IS. ; to appear,

to manifest ; at once, now.
3£,'3& j^ii*, a gem, (the radic3.1. No. 96), jade, pL-arlj-,
half translucent stones. The cliaracter
represents three pieces of jade strung to-
gether, the dot being added to distinguish
it from S wang^i king. (W. 83 A.)
M^ chien*, to see; the appearance of. (See No. 85.)

125 tA Q^

1^. O^ shih-, Time.

Q jih\ sun, is the radical, No. 72.

■^ ssu^, temple, is the conventional phonetic for
the modern writing. ±=;2l chih^ is a small
plant 4* issuing from the ground — ; to
grow, development, continuity. Standing
alone it is borrowed now for the sign of
the genitive or possessive case in the
classic language. ■^- t'stin*, inch, rule,
law. Hence the ^ ssu* or temple is the

4S

126

l!

place where the law -^ is applied con-
stantly :k. (W. 79 B.)
^ The ancient writing of ^ shih^, was §,

meaning the tune of sprouting of plants
under the influence of the sun, or perhaps
the continuity ±.= ::^ of the solkr H
periods. (W. 79 B.)

hott*, To wait, to expect, to inquire, a time or
period.
yv jerP', is the radical, the 9th. The character
w^as originally written ^ meaning a noble-
man, and read /zou^.
'^, ^^, nr hou^, The upright stroke was inserted, some say,
to diiferentiate the meaning of wait, time,
etc. Others say it is the archer's attetidant.
The origina;! character is composed of ^
arrow (see No. 100), sticking in the
target above r* with a man beside it ^.
The man is reduced to f and the target
to :i. Shooting at a target was the
means of selecting oflicials, for the! good
shot mast have an upright heart, so the
character means a nobleman. With the
f reduced to | and another \ added it
means to wait ^ as a target marker
does. (W. 59 H.)

*» PJi.e^

ming^. bright, the dawn ; evident, open ; intel-
ligent ; illustrious in virtue.
tl jiii*, sun, is the radical,' No. 72.
^ yiiei*, moon (see No. 43.) The sun and tlie
moon are the two brightest things. The
qS earlj'^ seal characterhas the character Q for

' vsrindow instead of H sun. Here the idea

128 >SJUi S

49

of brightness was from the moon shining
in at the window. (W. 42 C.)

1^."{III| t'sung^, To follow, obey. A man walking

after another, and often written s^ to re-
present that idea.
^ ch'ih^ is the radical, No. 60. ^ is two men j^k.
walking ;f and stopping Jh together, ue:.,
to follow, obe3^ (W. 27 A.) In the seal
character the ;f and .ih are vinited into a
^ cho*^, going. See No. 10.

VOCABULAEY I OF BALLBR'S LESSONS.

129 3£| .

mL c^^^ '^"o remember, being composed of W word,

and g, self, succession ; to record ; a sign ;
to tell B" the succession EL of facts.
■q yen-, words, is the R., the 149th. (See
No. 10.)
^i, ^."C chP, self, in the seal writing represents threads
i'' on a loom, two of the warp, horizontal,

and one of the woof, perpendicular ; hence
the meaning of succession ; the 49'th R.
It is borrowed to mean self. { W. 84 A.)

130 „.„

maii', Remiss, rude ; to treat haughtily ; slow,

eas3', sluggish.
T . *^ hsin\ called the shu* hsin\ is the radical. No.
61, as the qualities are those of the heart
or mind, cf '£fc k'uai*, quick. No. 109.
^ wan- the phonetic, means to draw, extend or
pull out with the hand, long. (=| mao* is a
hat or cap (picture R with a — tore-
l^resent the head). /§) ^ mao*, to rush on

50

heedlessly or with the eyes covered. The
g is written horizontally to make room
for the X hand, which pulls, (W, 34 J.)

131 m JS. . , , .

,7l ch'ang^. Long. The 168th radical, used m

matters relating to hair, as it is a con-
traction of ^S piao^, bushy hair, the 190th
radical. The seal writing shows that it
is hair so long that it must be tied with a
band — , and pinned with a brooch y. It
also means growth to manhood when the
hair is long, and is read chang', for the
meaning growth. It also had the inverted
man placed below \^ to indicate change or
growth. The modern form is an arbitrai-y
contraction. (W. 113 A.)

132

m

tien*, A shop, an inn.
)-, I yen* A single slope shed roof, being half
of »^ mierP, or roof; a declivity or
slope ; the radical of this character, the
53rd ; an outhouse or hut. (W. 59 I.)
(See No. 24.)
cS chan^, To ask p about some enterprise by heat-
ing a tortoise shell Y ', divination. It is
purely phonetic unless we think that the
diviner lived in a sort of public inn or
shop, and a diviner's house was one of the
first kinds of shop. (W. 56 B.) ^ has
the same sense as fi^ to usurp or to occupy,
hence well used in fjj tien^ inn where one

occu]}ies a room for fi consideration.

133

lieti', Face.

P3, v jou*, Flesh, meat, made up of -^ pao^, a bundle,

51

and ^ strips of dried meat ; the 130th

radical and the radical of this character.

(W. 17 G. and ■54.)

ch'ien^ All, unanimous, meeting, together,

'^ From /^ chP, together, 6K several men and

^ mhsuan\ clamor, A crowd cannot keep

silent. Suggestive phonetic, for the faces

are the conspicuous feature of a crowd.

(W. 14E.)

134 j^ ^

SS, <> hu'-, A pot, a jug.

~n shih*, a s#-iolar, is the radical, the 33rd, but has

nothing to do with the meanita, as it is

simply the picture of the cover ■± on a vase

S?. Compare cA'ii*, * No. 67. (W. 38 G,)

135

m

136

chiao^, A foot, a base.

^ jou*, flesh, is the radical. No. 130. See No. 133.

^ ch'iieh*, To throw aside, referring to the leg

^n ^SS being thrust back when sitting flat on the

' ground. It is composed of p chieh^, the

radical, No. 26 (see No. 42), and ^ c/i'a*,

to go, reduced from ^ ch'iao*, the upper

lip or :^ flesh above the P mouth. To

restrain P the desi^ ;s ^. The character

is still written ggp. ( W. 17 H.)

ch'ing^, Light, not heavy. To think lightly of;
to slight.

c/i'eS is the radical, (classic chii^), a cart ; the
axle 1 two wheels, Zl and the body H ; it is
set upright in writing to give more room ;
in composition it means to roll, to crush.
It is the 159th radical of characters relat-
ing to vehicles. (W. 167 A.')

m

^ ^ ching^ is a pure phonemic here. It rcspreseaatts
the streams ^. flawing under '^le sttrface
of the ground — , and the X is not ktmg^,
but S t'7H^Vand is of phonetic force onty,
as seen in the seal writing. (W. 12 H.)

^^^i^^ A^aH\ The drying effect of the sun, dry, ex-

hausted, to dry, «?lean. Adopfted as a son
by contract. Read c//'/efl", theolowd^- sky,
heaven, the powers of natwre, fiather.
f 1 iS one, a stem, curved, vapor, is the radical, the
5th. A redundancy, however.
^i\, ^ kail* is the sun H penetrating the jungle jjp*^ and
drying up the vapors -that were 13'iing low
on the ground "S" ?• The lower -part of the
t/^ is suppressed to give lylace to, the "5
vapors. It has the idea of evaporation,
fogs lifting, sun rising, etc. With the
adding of ZJ to form ^ ch'ietv, the idea
of rising vapors is intensified, and the
character means cloudy' sky, not the
blue firmament. It is used for kan^, di-y,
bj' a license instead of $2 in whi<ih ^ re-
presents tlie drying effect- Tli of the sun
ujion dampness. (W. 117 D.)

138 ^^

Cip Jeiig''', Cold, chill j\

V , Jc jP^"i§^' T" freeze, ice. It represents the crystals
that form on the surface of freezing water.
It is the 15th radical of characters refer-
ring to cold and ice. (W. 17 A.)
g^ ^■^ ling*, A law, an order, to command, your
' honored. The seal or evidence of cold is

ice. (W. 14 I. See No. 5i.)

•ji$i ^

-ii<

53

jo*, Hot, to warnii fever.
j/l^ huo^, fire, is the i:adical, No. 86. (See No. 47).
Here written ^"^ to save space.
^,^ c/j/A*, to grasp, to seize, to hold, to attend to.
It is composed of
^ nieh* a man :fc (changed to ±) who commit-
ted an oflFence T twice '"'' or repeatedly,
i.e., a criminal; (^ Jen*, is a second
■nr Iri ; offence.) (W. 102 F.) and

, tL chi* to hold, to keep. A pictuVe of a land ^

grasping something 1 . It is changes!
in composition frequently to A and Jl )L.
(W. 11 E.) Hence the meaning of ft
chib^, is to sieze % a criminal #, or to
grasp anything. (W. 102 G.) Jo* % is
the sensation when you grasp ^ fire ^.

140 w9B

shen^, Deep, profound, ardent, intense ; deep

tinted.
7K shui^, is the radical, the 85th. (See No. 79.)
shen^ is the Chinese hearth or stove, or small
cave-like hole yC under the kettle;, (or in
the k'ang*) in which the hand -^^ pokes the
fire jy. It looks dark and deep, therefore
the meanings deep, profound. The lire
and hand ^ have been transformed into
ic and the dot on the "X hs'iteli^ has heexy
arbitrarily omitted by the scribes. Com-
bined with ^/ water it means deep ; com-
bined with ^ hand, it means to fathom,
or probe fil t'an'\ (W. 126 B.)

7JhL shih\ Moist, wet, damp, low lying ground,

dejected.

Hi

^V shuP, water, is the radical, the 85th. (See
No. 79.) ■ ■

hsien^, Two silk threads ^ exposed to the sun
a where thej^ become visible ; so, to be
visible, to appear, remar-kable, evident,
bright. The bottom of the character is
contracted from W» to '"\ (W. 92 E.)
The water 7K appears ^. in a w^et place Wk-
In another w^riting ^ the is replaced by
— and the -"" by ± fti^, giving the mean-
ing of the earth ± v^rhere water 7jt ap-
■ ' . pears jgs- (W. 92 E.)

1^ J§l kao\ Lofty, high, eminent, noble, high priced,

excellent.

The 189th radical. In coraiJosition it
is variouslj' contracted, overturned and
mingled with other elements. It re-
presents a high pavilion "* on a lofty
foundation H, and w^ith a hall O where
the people sit. (W. 75 B.) See No.' 98.

^ff mRV ^^^*' ^ girdle, a sash, belt, zone ; to take along

with one as if worn at the girdle, to bring,
to take, to lead, together w^ith. It repre-
sents a belt -~ with trinkets hang^g from
it 'U*, and the robes falling below ^ one
over the other. The lower part is made
rjl up of two chin rtl characters one outside

the other. Chin^ itJ is a handkerchief sus-
pended from a girdle, the two ends hang-
ing down, the 1 also meaning suspension.
It is radical No. 50, relating to cloth.
(W. 35 A, and W. 24 Q.) rfl chin^ is the
radical of this character.

55

1** *^ /^ k'uan^, Large, broad ; gentle, to forbear, slow^

-^'^' ''*' to enlarge.

^ » mieti^, roof, is the radical, No. 40. (See No. 1.)
■^ •& huan^ A chamois with slender horns, +•" = T
kuai^, (W. ] 03 C.) % represients the hciad,
legs, and tail, (often omitted). % may
mean broad becattse a spacious enclosure is
needed for the breeding of these wild
animals. (W. 106 D.)

145

^,1^

chaP, Narrow, contracted, the opposite of
k'uan^; narrow-minded.

/V hsiieh' cave, is the radical. No. 116. (See No.
97.)

■p cha*, To enter a hiding place and be hindered , i.e. ,
crouching. Therefore w^e have ^ ^ , crouch-
ing down in a J>t cave, ^ narrow. (W. 37
G, and 10 F.) (See No. 123 for cba'.)

At UiL tsou^. To walk, to travel, to hasten, to depart.
^ The 156th radical. The seal character

above represents a man bending over to
walk rapidly ^, and therefore means to
bend. The part underneath is Jt chih^, a
foot at rest, or to stop ; hence the coinbina-
tion maj' inean to bend the leg and to stop,
i.e., to walk. Williams. (W. 112 A, D.)

WC> >0n £iitig*, To put out to pasture, to let go, to put ;

loosen, liberate, to set free, disorderl3'.

^, ^ p'u^ to tap, to strike, oversee, is the radical,

-t: tr- No. 66. A hand with a stick. (W. 43 D.)

•^•-•1 isLi^^i A. square, an open space, the 70th radi-

y^ cal. Two boats lashed together forming a

56

148

149

^

150

square. The X indicates that they are cut
apart and allowed J:o proceed on their
several ways; (W. 117 A.)

chian^. To converse together, to preach, to
explain.

Wi ye.T^, is the radical, the 149th.

^ kou* is a graphic representation of the timbers
in the roof and framework of a Chinese
building ; hence its meaning of a network,
a setting in order, a combination. Com-
bined with g" it means setting words s
in order if, i.e., to explain, to converse.
Compare % wood if, set in order, the truss
of a roof. (W. 1 04 B.) Tuan shih's Shuo
Wen says this character represents a net-
work of irrigating ditches.

tso^, To act, to do, to make ; to arisen to
appear ; to arouse. It refers to doing
things, while fit refers more to inaking
things.

J!^ jer^, man, is the radical, the 9th.

^ cha*, Suddenly, to excite. (See No. 123.) No
etjanology is given for f^.-

chia^. To assist, to rescue, to save from wrong.
J^ p'n* to tap, is the radical, the 66th. (See I«Io.
147.)
^, ^ c/i'iu^, to ask, is the phonetic. Its meaning of
to ask, pray, is found in the supposed
custom of offering sacrifice and taking the
skin of the offering in the hand, to present
with the petition. The character repre-

57

vSents the hand s^ holding the tail or skiu
f\^. (W.45K.)

p-u*, A shop. Correctly written If with ^
cZi/m* for the radical.

15", o" sAe-, tongue, is the radical, the 135th. A pic-
ture of the tongue protruding from the
mouth. (W. 102 C.) (See No. 73.) It
is, however, really composed of -^ she'

m, ffl (See No. 40), cottage, and # A" as a pure

phonetic, it is aptitude Myung^ (an arrow
hitting a target) for founding a family,
manhood, and then, the name assumed at
manhood or given by a friend. (W. 109
D)

152

153

m.

154

kci^. Older brother.
W i^'oa^ mouth, is the radical. No. 30.
^f o| i'o*, To send forth a breathing 7" of approba~
tion from the mouth. Doubled it means
to sing. It is borrowed for brother.
When the lower stroke "^ is curved the
other way, it is a cry, or difficult breath-
ing. See No. 258. (W. 58 I.)

^^ t?. Younger brother.

^ ktm^, bow, is the radical, (the 57th) according
to Kang Hsi*s arbitrary classification.
But see No, 86 for the primitive form and
etymology. (W. 87 E.)

^ cbih^, A hand ^ holding a single bird #, not a

pair as iri % shaang^; hence the meaning
single, one by itself, a numerative. of

155

*r

53

sliips, animals, birds, single individuals of

things in i^airs or sets, as arm, eye, shoe,

etc. (W. 168 G.)
'^, j^ chui'^ short-tailed birds, is the radical, No.
% 172. The seal forms show it to be a pic-

tvtre of a bird with a short tail, cf. M niad*,
%, % bird with a long tail. (W. 168 A.) (See

No. 41.)

tei', To strike, to beat ; doing in general.
^ shou', hand, here called the t^P shot/, is the
radical, No. 64-.
], I tino^, a nail (a picture) is that which the hand
^ strikes. Therefore the hand and the
nail together form the verb to strike (the
subject and the object of the verb). (W.
57 A.) Read t/ag* it means to nail.

hsi', To wash. The radical is 7K shui*, water.
(See No. 79.) In order to wash 86 you
must first ^ have water 7K. (For hsien^
5feseeNo. 27.)

157 |JL^

il2i^ wan^^, To forget. j& hsin^, heart, is the radi-

cal. No. 61.
CT, (^, ^ vrang^ to enter A a hiding place L to hide ; to
]jerish, to run away, to cease. (W. 10 E.)
The mind ijj. ceases to act C that is, for-
gets »^.

158 tttt

lU^ yen', Eye, a hole.

@ 'mvi\ eve, is the radical, No. 109. (See No. 102.)

J^ M, ^ kcff^ firm, is a suggestive phonetic It is the

138th K. meaning also, perverse, obstinate,

to stop. It is from S mu*, eye, and K hua'

156

R,

59

to turn, change stiddenh' (a man A invert-

' ' '■ ed K ) as the eye changes in anger ; there-

• ■'■'■■■ fore anger, defiance, haughtily, etc. (W.

26 L.) It is in the eye that anger may

' first be seen in another person, hence the

use of S in the character for eye.

159 I^ r ..^i

chmg^, The iris of the eye, the pupil ; some say

the eyeball.

g mu%\s the radical, No. 109. (See No. 102.)

ch'iiig^, The first of the five colors, the color of

nature, as the green of sprouting plants,

the blue of the sky, the azure of the ocean,

dark green, and black. (See No. 63.)

The black W part of the eye is the pupil

^ or the iris.

^^ t'lad^, A twig ; a bill ; a classifier of long,

slender things.
>fC tnu^, wood, is the radical. No. 75.
Mt Jjik yu^ to ford, is a man A crossing water (reduc-
ed to-Zl ), and tapping with a stick :£ to
sound the depth. It was borrowed to
mean a relative pronoun, and equivalent
in vsren li, of Bt so^j a place. In ^ the :?K
character maj'' have been added because
the pole used in sounding was of wood,
and so the meaning of twig, slender, etc.,
came naturally by extension, (W. 12 C.)
A slender stick i^ of wood .tIc is tised by a
man who fords f!fc the stream.

^a^ (^^^^^^f ^ street, avenue ; place of markets.

ft- ^^ As/ng"^, to go, is the radical. No. 144. It re-
presents two footprints, one step with the
left ^ cli'ih* and one with the right T

so

162

163

164

ch'e* (the reverse of 5f). ff As/ng* is the
radical of characters relating to motion,
the phonetic being inserted in the middle.
(W. 63 C.)
^ kuev, Lands, feudal appanages ; from ± t't^,
soil, doubled. By extension it is used of
the sceptres or batons given the nobles
■when thej' were invested with their 'fief.
(W. 81 B.)

shvang^ A pair, a match ; an equal ; to go
with, to be matched.
2 chuP birds, is the radical, No. 172. (See No.
154.) Two birds H held in one hand %
make a pair M. (W. 168 G.)

hsxeh^, Shoes ; also written ^.
5 ko^. To skin, to skin an officer, or degrade him
from office, leather. It represents the
skin of a sheep Y (contracted from ^)
stretched between two bars ZI with two
hands €5 at work on it to scrape off the
wool. Radical No. 177. (W. 105 A.)
3^ A«er^ is the phonetic. (See No. 161.) Leather
^ next to the land ^ ktteP, is a proper
sign for shoes, ^.

BALLEE, LESSON VI.

IP, An act, particularly acts of worship, which
w^ill bring happiness ; ceremony, propriety,
good manners ; offerings required by
usage.
^ >J\ shih*, is the radical, No. 113, written ^ in
composition. It means a revelation (aus-
picious or unlucky) from heaven. The

61

- two horizontal lines are the old fonn of Jt
shang-*, high, superior ; and the /]•> repre-
sents sun, moon and stars, or signs in
heaven which reveal transcendent things
to men.
«fg- . S Ji* A vessel used in sacrificing. From a. tou*
(see No. 105), a vessel, and LI l<!an\ a
receptacle above it, ornamented with two
sprays ft feti^, symbol of plenty. (W.
97 B.)

Revelation ^ is needed in abundance ^ to
teach how to worship IB..

165 _^

sha}. To mow grass ; to cut, shear, slaj-, kill.
J3C shv^ the right hand making a jerky motion, to
strike, a stick, kill, is the radical, No. 79.
^ (See Nq. 71.) (W. 22 D.)

^^ ^ ^a}, to shear off the heads of grain, to kill.
^ X ^^ Shears, representing the cutting blades.
tI^ ^ sAn", Millet, the glutinous kind with loose
drooping heads., the' seal character being
^V ^ picture of it. (Also another writing is

a hand separating three grains, hence
glutinous millet, requiring effort to se-
parate.) One dot is omitted in the modern
writing ^. So we have for sha^ ^, to cut
oiFX tl^e heads of the millet #, and for
the whole ^ sAa*, the addition of the
radical gives the strong motion of strik-
ing, intensifying the idea of to kill. (W.
39 B and 45 J.)

166

^^ ^^ ch€ng\ Upright, correct, exact, proper, ortho-
l dox, etc.

fi2

jjU chih\ is the radical, No, 77. (See Nos. 10 and
12.) To stop Jh at the appointed limit —
without going astray is correct !£. (W.
112 A, and I.)

167 :^ i^

^hF> ©> ch'un^. Spring, pleasant, wanton, lewd.

y jV/z*, is the radical. No. 72. The seal writing
has been strangely modified by modems.
It represents the budding and growth >£ ot"
plants P} under the influence of the Sun fj .
(W. 47 P.)

168 -j^ ^

:^^, ^ hsia*, Summer, variegated, large. The first

great dynasty. ,

^V chib^' * to follow, is the radical, No. 34.
^ yeh* A man, head. A man ^ who walks ^
with his hands hanging down folded
O as farmers do in summer g when
the croiDs grow by themselves. In the
modem character M is contracted. (W.
160 D.)

*w%> Ani cA'/aS Autumn, harvest.

^, ^ bo^, grain (growing) (a picture), is the radical,

No. 115.
!K., A Aao*, fire (picture) is the 86th radical. There-
fore autumn fs*: is the season when the
grain ^ standing in the fields, is burned
>K, i.e., whitened and ripe (W. 121 C.)

""^.^

tung^, The last or winter season ; the end : to
store up.
y ping, ice (picture, see No. 138) is the radical,
No. 15.
yC,,^ chung^ End, fixed. (To be distinguished from

#

171

63

radicals 34 ^ chiH\ 35 X sm\ 36 ^ hsi\
and 66 ji. p'u^.) It is a skeiu of thread
fastened at the end by a spindle or tie.
The frozen v' end 4C of the year is the
winter season, ^. An older form had sun
H meaning the cessation of the action of
the sun ; or it might mean the sun con-
fined. (W. 17 F.)

chi^. Tender, the youngest of brothers, the end
of a series of months or a season ; the four
seasons.

"T* tzt^, son, is the radical, No. 39.

^^ ho" is contracted from M chih*, the most deli-
cate Ji among the children ■?, i.e., the
last; then the last month of a season,
and the season itself ^. (W. 94 A.)

172

/a*, To dry meat, the 12th month; winter sol-
stice.
^ , ^ jou*, meat (see No. 133) is the radical, No.
130.
Heh* Hairy, bristly, disorderly. It is a hairj'
«< head &, hsiz^ and M shu'' rat, contract-
ed into ^. It has the legs, head whiskers
and tail of a rodent. (W. 40 B, C.)

^^ 'S, 3^ J^h\ Night.

^ hsi* evening (see No. 14) is the radical. No. 36.
The seal form shows that it means what
is done by man :^ at evening ^, that is,
to lie down on his side ^ , aiftd sleep ; then
by extension, night;j« The modern form is
a quaint invention of the scribes, a man A
under a cover ju at evening i^. (W. 60 I.)

64

174 ^A far, To cai-ry on a pole, to elevate.

"^ ^ shou'\ hand, is the radical. No. 64.

m

175

176

177

_£:» t'aP, A mouth P exhaling a breath X». This is
an arbitrary contraction for the form J
which is a high place i^ "with the topmost
point -^ changed to i and M chih* (under-
neath in place of P), birds alighting there.
(See No. 88) ; to elevate. (W. 75 B.)

k'ai^, To open, to begin ; to boil.

menr, two-leaved door is the radical, No. 169.

-44- ^un^^ Two hands folded, the 55th radical. The

character represents two hands H- taking

away the bar — firom the door, that is,

ojiening it. cf. Fi shuan^, bolt. (W. 115 C.)

J3^, '^ shad'. Few ; shao*, young.

^'^ hsJao^, small, is the radical. No. 42.
^ p'ieh^ A left stroke, to diminish. To diminish
/ that which is already small /h ; few^,

less. (W. 18 M.)

chung^, A bell, a clock.

^ chin\ metal, is the R. No. 167. (See No. 13.)

€un^, A boy under 15 and unmarried, a

spinster. It w-as originally a slave boy,

like 2^ c/j'/eAS a slave girl. It is from ^

Asin*, crime, and fi chujug^, grave. A grave

crime committed by pa,rents caused the

children to be, reduced to slavery. The

slaves w^ere forced to remain vmmarried,

and so the meaning spinster, bachelor,

virgin, and then concubine and catamite,

for thej- w^ere used as such. A slave might

be beaten just as a bell. (W. 120 K.)

180

181

65

^^■^ fit t/en', A black spot, a point, to punctuate, tO'

light, as a lamp; to count or check off, ap
hour of time.
^. ^ ^^'^'' l^l^ck, soot, is the radical, the 203rd. The
soot JH which the fires jfe leave around
the vent \35? where the smoke escapes. The
j^ is a contraction of ^ yen*. (W. 40 D.)
1^ chan\ To ask p a diviner |>, to divine. It is
purely phonetic. (See No, 132.)

tung*, To move, excite, to begin.
•fi jS ]i*, Strength, muscle. A picture of a muscle in
its sheath. It is the radical of the charac-
ter, No. 19. (VV. 53 A).
g chang\ Heavy. (See No. 22). (W. 120 K.)
When force -fj is exerted on heavy things
W., thev move Wl.

182

k^o\ To cut, to carve ; a quarter of an hour.
7J, ij tao\ the Rad., No. 18, a knife.
"^ 5K hai* purely phonetic, an horary character, 9 —
11 P.M. It is a picture of a pig, ^ sbih'
with a tail added. /vV. 69 K.)
Ten', To divide, distinguish, a minute. Fen*,
duty, share.
73 tao\ knife, is the radical, the 18th,
rt pa^, To divide.

A knife TJ that divides A = iJ?" to divide.

^^ p/ao*. The outside, to make known, to mani-

' *^ fest ; a watch, indicator.

:^ i^, clothes, is the R., the 145th.

^ mao-, Skins, furs, hair. Clothes were originally

skins with the hair outside, therefore this

character means the outside of clothes, thie

66

183

manifestation of the person, tiierefore,
to manifest ^. A AAratcli manifests the
time. (W. 16 K.) The emperor dressed
his huntsmen in diflerent kinds of skin
^ to indicate ^ their ftinctions in the
chase.

1^ chien\ A space, interval, division of a house.

P^ meii', door, is the R., No. 169. fal has the sun
a shining through the opening, therefore
the meaning, space, interval. See No. 5
and 12.

184

^,^

185

to^, Many, much, too much, reduplication.
:5^, ^ hsi* evening, is the K., the 36th. Because easy
to write it was repeated for the meaning
many. Perhaps it meatis many, like the,
evenings-that follow one another without
ceasing. (W. 64 A, E.)

j]^ tsan'' I, we. To' tsan when, sometimes

written n&.

yV /en'', is the radical ; □ k'oir* is the radical when
written Bjl.

^' tsan^. I, w^e, is an arbitrary modern abbrevia-
tion for ^ which is jfc tsaii^ doubled, mean-
ing a brooch or hairpin and S yiieh added,
meaning to murmur, 5^ (W. 26 D.)

186

m

hou*, After, behind, to ijostpone ; posterity.

:^ ch'ih* a step, to march, is the R., the 60th.

■{/ yao' A fine thiead. (See No. 8 and 24.)

To march ;f while stretching a fine thread
ii out behind. The ^^ chih^. to follow is

187

188

m

m.^

a radical redundancy as it also means to
go. (W. 90 A.)

ti*, The earth, the ground, a place.
+. t'u\ earth, is the R., the 32nd.
1^ ieh^, Also, see No. 4.

pai*, To worship, pay rCvSpect to either man or

God.
^ shoti\ hand, Ls the R., No. G4. The resiofthe

character ^ is also shoit^ ^ and As/a*, T-
^ It was formerly written with the hsia* T

under both hands ^ itieafling both hands

hanging down, in the attitude of respect,

or worship. (W. 48 E.)

189 n*|

M|HI shang^, Noontide, midday.

' jih*, sun, is the R., the 72nd.
|nl fS) bsiang*, is a picture of a small north window
' tinder the eaves of the house /^ ; by exten-
sion it means, direction, to face ; to like,
to favor. (W. 36 E.)

When the sun faces |p] the south window
it is midday B||i.

'^^I^ wtr, 11 A.M. to 1 P.M., noon; 7th of the 12

stems.
"h shi¥, ten is the R., the 24th.
iC- /ts Some say this is the representation of a

noon mark on the side or end of a house.
In combinations it has the sense of defi-
nite, fixed, exact as in ,f^ hsu\ to promise,
^ wu"* obstinate, etc.

190

"' B.§

Pf Already, past, to cease, to decline.

m

g^ g ch?, self, is the R., the 49th, The original
writing of this character S S is now-
found in four forms B /» B JSl. It is a
Tfery ancient .symbol, to represent the
exhalations of the breath, the virtue that
springs from an object, its action, its use,
then, use until exhaustion, to end, to pass
away. cf. ^ {« -g" (W. 85 B.)

192 lAr

JJPr tso*, A raised seat, throne, numerative of

mountains, cities, houses.

/ j'e/j' covering, shelter, shed, is the R., the 53rd.

Aj^ <tjA tso*, To sit down, to rest, to place ; to reigjn.

It is two men -*^ seated, facing each other,

on the ground db. {See No. 66.)

The radical /** indicates larger things, or

men sitting in a house, so a. seat M. (W.

27 D.)

^H^ cb'eiiff', A city, a city wall.

J2 t'u', is the R., the 32nd.
iJfe fJt cVeng^, is made from a T a nail, a boj-- and
' a battle axe jf^ \vu* in which ^ Ao* is the

radical. When a boy T is big enough to
wield a battle axe he is grown up or com-
pleted, a man, i.e. ch'eng^ tiag^, jg; -f.
The character means, completed, to be-
come, to finish. When earth dh is built
into a citj' wall M it has attained iS. to
its liighest usefulness. (W. 71 M.)

^^ , dt-| ^B^\ A fief, a territory ; to appoint to office

over a fief; to seal up, to blockade, to.
stamp, an envelope.
"»}* ts'un\ inch, is the R., the 4rlst. (See No. 69.)

w

69

■^ kueP^, is> according to the seal character, the
land ± and crops \J/ under the rule "+
of a landlord, that is a fief. Such is the
Chinese explanation. Wieger considers it
erroneous. He thinks it a tree }^ on a
mound i in the eenter to indicate the feu-
datory or imperial possession of the land,
-.f added indicates rule. (W. 79 E.)

195 Jt^ 7|S

IPS* ivS hsin*, Faith, sincerity, to believe in ; a letter^

arsenic.
yV j^^y is the radical. A man A standing beside
his word e", that is, faithful. - Some an-
cient forms are a man and mouth ; also a
heart and a word ; that is words coming
from the heart,; sincere. (W. 25 H.)

BALLEE, LESSON 'Vll.

-^* ^ l \ tsai*, Repeated, a second time, also.

' ~* * n chiung^ a limit, is the radical according to the
dictionaries, the 13tli. But etymologi-
cally it is
Ip liang^' a weighing instrument or scale in equili-
brium and n erA*, two, added to indicate
a second w^eighing or repetition, twice,
etc. (W. 35 J.)

sui^, Year, liarvest, age ; Jupiter, the planet
that indicated whether an attack was to
be made or not.
1^1 chih*, stop, is the R. of the dictionaries, the
77th, but the combination M is from # pu*^
a step, a planet, and >-

J^^ /^ hsii^ which is a spear jX vru* arid its wound — .
The lower part of the pu* ^P is enclosed in

7Q

198

199

200

at

TO

the J^ hsu\ at the bottom. Jttpiter's
period of twelve years was a cj'clical
period used bj^ the Chinese and called a
great year :^ ]^. It [was later adapted
to the twelve months and used commonlj-
forayear. (W. 71 P.)
■^ ffi» pit^, A step. It is composed of Jh to stop and
the same reversed underneath with the
opposite meaning, to start. A step ^, is
the starting ^, and stopping Jh of the
feet in walking. (W. 112. F.)

shti'', To count, s/ju* a number.
4i p'u^ to tap, to govern, is the radical, the 66th,
referring perhaps to the habit of men to
check off w'ith the finger as thej^ count.
lou^ Troublesome, frequent, and so approjDriate
in the character meaning to count off. It
is composed of i)C nu\ women ^ chung^
enclosed in ^r wu*- the -women's prison, and
so has the meaning, idle, useless, trouble-
some, repetitious, frequent. (W. 67 N.)
H^ shu* meant originally to govern J^ these
women prisoners :^.

teTig\ To compare, , an order, series, class ;
such, like ; to wait.

Y^ chu\ bamboo, is the R., the 118th, see No. 7
and cf. ^ ti* No. 86.

^ ssu\ Temple, the place w^here the rule -sfis con-
stantly applied jt ik and jjeople a,re
classed. (See No. 125.)

ts'u\ Coarse, rough, vulgar.
^ m?, rice, is the R., the 119th. (See No. 4^)

201

m.^

^ tsu^ (archaic for chieh^) is a picture of a

stool n chi^ with two rungs=to brace
the legs and standing on the groun<] — .
It was boirrowed for the important con-
junction, and, moreover. (W. 20D,) tSee
No. 228 on ffl as a character showing
contrast.

/js/\ Fine, small ; soft ; carefully.

yfi s'su, or mi'^a strong thread, is the K., the 120th.
(See No. 8.)

trj t'ien-, field, was originally written ji] As/n' or
skull open above, meaning the fontanelles
of a child, tender ; so appropriate for, fine,
tender M, like the silky ^ hair around the
fontanelles ^.

^^ sheng^, Wise, holy, sacred. (W. 81 H.)

^ er/2^ ear, is the R., the 128th, a picture* (W.
m 146 A.)

j£, ^ ch'eng', To speak p k'ou^, while standing in
ones place of office ££ t'ing^ (a man A at
his place on the ground i.)r therefore
g ch'eng^ means to lay before ones
superior, to notify.

^ A shcng^jen\ or wise men, are those
who listen 1^ to the P information of those
under them in office 3£ and so become
wise. (W 81 H.) For ^ see No. 22.

TEL ^© tsao*, fo build, to create.

"^ cho* or tsou' chih*, to arrive at, is the R., the
162nd. From this meaning, to arrive at,
the meaning to accomplish, to build x§ is
derived and the ^ Jcao* is purely phonetic .

202 Bn

72

■^ "^ ^^^*' To impeach, to indict ; thatis^ to do with
the mouth P what the ox ^ does with
his horns. By extension it means to tell.
(W. 132 B.)

Jig huan^, Also, yet, still more, to give back.

^ ^ho* to go is the R., the 162nd.
^ M- huatr The eye g, horizontal, and ^ yiiaii^,
trailing robes, that hinder ones walk, a
hesitating gait and timid look.
^, ^ yiiarr is made up of ^ P a long robe and

^ ch'uarP To attach, to trail, being a picture of
an ox yoked up and attached by a single
trace to a ring. (W. 91 E. H.)

205

«.#

Jcvei*, Honorable, costly, dear.

^ pel*, cowries, precious things, is the R., the

154th. It is a picture of the cowrie shells

with feelers out. They were used for

money down to 300 B.C. and then brass

representations of them were used. (W.

IGl A.)

-^, ^ k'ui* a basket, is a picture. (W. Ill A, B.)

A basket ^ full of cowries K is a high

price, dear.
206 JL4.

3ct hsin^, A surname of a clan.

^ ni?, woman, is the R., the 38th and ^ shen^,

born. Woman bom, — possibly this dates

to the time when " mens' mothers were

known but not their fathers " and so the

woman gave the name to the clan or

family. (See No, 15.)

jl^ ^^ huahg^. Yellow, the color of loess. 201st R.,
formed of

208

a, 6

209

^.%

210

±,^

211

M,(^9t

73

jg t'iea\ field, 102nd radical, (a picture of fur-
rowed fields) and of an old form of kuaiig'
it light, (a man A carrying a torch iJi)-
31 huan^ is the yellow light it from the
fields HI. (W. 171 A and 149 A and No. 696)

pur, White ; in vain. Radical No. 106. The
seal character represents the sun just
appearing above the horizon and so
the white light at dawn. (W. 88 A.) (Sec
No. 6.)

Jaa^, Venerable, old, very. 125th radical. A
man A whose hair ^ mao^ changes tj
hua* to white. (See No. 20.) The ^ and
A are contracted arbitrarily by the
modern scribes. (W. 30 D, E.)

cbvP, Lord, master, owner. It is a picture of
a lamp and the flame rising above it. So
by extension a man who spreads light, a
lord. The prince rises above other men
and is seen by all as the flame rises above
"'"he lamp and shines out to all. (W. 4 B.
and 83 D.)

chu^ a dot is the R., the 3rd.

212

pi*, Rags, unworthj'-, mean.
";^' J^ p'u^ to tap is the R., the 66th.
SK pi Broken shreds of cloth.

The whole is a piece of cloth rj[| sepat-ated
or riddled /\ withiioles ^^ by the action
of tapping J^. ( W. 35 F.)

f-fY nan^, Male of the human species ; a son.
B3 fieir, the land, is the R., the 102nd.

74

~h 5j ii\ Muscle, strength, a picture q^ a muscle and
its sheath. The 19th radical.
The man J| is %he one who exerts his
strength ij in the,:field |H . ( W. 53 C.)

213

^

chi^, To ai'range, to narrate, disposition.

^ ssu\ silk is the R., the 120th, see No. 8.

pi chP, self, the 49th .radical, is a picture of the
threads of a weft above and of one thread
in the shuttle below ; so sorting out and
ari'anging threads ; boVrowed for self.

^ chi*, as a whole is to sort xl thrills ^.
(W. 84 A.)

214 kgp .»;^ ^»

^<>p3^,77t f^\ To shoot an arrow, to send forth, any
^ expansion or manifestation.
^ , r > po* Separation ; trampling ; back to back. It
is two jt chih^ characters back to back.
It is the K., the 105th.
^ kun^, bow, is the 57th radical and the ^ shu^,
to kill, was formerly w^ritten ^ shih"
arrow, so the character meant to separate
yife the arrow ^ from the bow ^ i.e. to
shoot. (W. 112 H.)

m i'u.i', A piece, lump.

-|t ^'"^ earth, is the R., the 32nd ; see No. 13.
ffi ^ iaer, devil, spirit of a dead man, the 194th
f v* ' rad. The fy represents the spirits head, the

^L is man and the /» is a tail or the swirl
where the demon vanishes. Purely
phonetic here. (W. 40 C.)
A -person becomes a spirit fg after the
body has stiffened in death and when the

215

ai6

it

75

earth ±_ becomes stiff and hard it breaks
tip into clods or pieces iM.

Wei*, Seat, throne, condition, dignitj^, a person.
^'v ;e^^ man is the K., the 9th.
_\L, jfc ^^*' 1^0 estabUsh, to stand. A picture of a man
standing firm on the gro.vind.
The place, f]]F (office, dignity) where a man
X stands erect it ; the place assigned to
each official.

ifj , J/f\ ti\ The Supreme Ruler, the sovereign.

rfj chiii^, is the R., the 50th; It iis doubled to re-
present the skirts hanging from the gii'dle.
Cf. No. 143 ^.

The ancient character represented a man
clad in manj"- garments and designated by
^[^ IS. — meaning _L above. The scribes added'

two arms. LP Ssi; changed the bottom into
'^ t'zti*, thorns, and then it was contract-
ed into the modern fonn. (W. 120 H.)

218 1^, g

BALLEE, LESSON VIII.

1^ ' & c/jcbS True, truh", genuine ; rectitude superior

to the common ; perfect simplicity.

§ mu^ eye, is the radical of classifiaition, No.
109, but the character is made up of the
following : —

i^ chiti^, straight, (see No. 99) rectitude ;

U hua* to change," a man tumbled heels over
head ;

T[^ wu*, a high platform or base.

In the combination the -f- shih^ at the top
of the character ^ chih" is replaced by the
\^ hufi*^ and the top line of the % wu* at ■

76

the bottom is combined with the lower
stroke L of the chi!^ g. The logic of
the combination is that moral rectitude
iit chihF acquired by a change ^ haa* and
raising % wu* of the moral nature is true,
genuine M chenK (W. 10 L.)

219 YS

-1^ fin^, The top, very ; the button on a man-

darin's hat.
^ yeh*^, man, the head, is the radical, the 181st,
see No. 105. ;

J , "P t/u^, A nail, (picture). It is of phoiiietic force.
But the button on a mandarin's hat called
^$Sl ting^ tat*, looks like the head of a
Chinese nail and as though it were nailed
into the hat or head.

220 -^ }^

Jp[, iP^ mai*, to sell, to betray, to vaunt.

^ pel*, cowrie, precious, is the radical, the l54th
as in % map, see No. 38.
ZtT'^fU,^^ cA'u*, The springing of plants, to put forth.

map, to buy. Therefore K tnaP, to sell, is the
opposite of H in that it consists in putting
out {ij goods, and netting or obtaining
Rq the cowrie money % peP. (W. 78 E
and 161 D.)

'"^.^

chia^, Home, family, a profession or class.

r* * mienF a roof, or house, is the rad., the 40th.

31 shih^ Pigs, the 152nd, radical.

The seal character of 100 B.C. shows that
it is a picture of a pig, the upper line for
the head, the left side showing the belly
and legs, the right side the back and tail.

^

77

It is suggested that when placed under a
'^ roof, it means ^ family because pigs
and dogs lived in the house with the
family. (W. 69 A.) But earlier forms of
^ show various objects under the roof
t^. One of the earliest is three people
under a roof, for a man, woman and
child make a home. Chalfant XIX.

222

ts'o*, In disorder, wrong, mistaken ; to polish ;
a polishing stone, a file.

c&/fl\ metal, is the radical, the 167th. (See No.
13.)
H . © ^*'^^ O^*^' ancient, fomierlj'. Dried meats.

It is forjned of dt contracted from the seal
form ii representing strips of meat hung
up to dry and H jih* sun. So the mean-
ing is old, dried meat as compared with
fresh meat. (W. 17 J.) Old ^metal ^,
scrapped, makes a most disorderly place.

223 An , .

>|^ hen', \ er3'.

^ ch'jh* a step, is the radical, the 60th. In the
other writing J^ the radical is ^ or it
ch^uan', dog (classical) the 94th radical,
j^ is the form used in combinations.
^^ g ^ Aen'' is composed of @ rau* eye and {j hua*, to
turn or change ; so ^ keti^ is to turn or
change the'ej'-e g, looking in anger, de-
fiance; stubborn, hard. (W. 26 B &L.)
It seems of phonetic force onlj' in \^ hett'.
In the second wi'iting one might say " a,
dog's a defiance, or obstinacy in holding
on is verv Wk extreme.

225

78

224 1^ ^3 p'P, Skin, leather, bark, wrapping, the case

A^' ' ^ around goods or the tare ; the 107th R.

The seal form shows it to be a priiiiitive
meaning to skin, representing the skin }
a hand ^ and a knife D . (W. 43 H.)

/-|5 , f^ yung*. To hit the centre, to use, with, by. It
is the 101st radical. It is from the same
form as t^ chuti^ which also meant to hit
the target and an — i showing the part of
the arrow that did not go through. By
extension the capacity of the archer, the
effect, the use, the means. (W. 109 B.)

226 -gg- ^

^ ken^, To change, keng*, much.

Q yiieh, to speak, i^ the radical, the 73rd. This
is by convention in the dictionaries. It is
really formed of the following, according
to the Sbuo^ Wen":
l^,/51l ping\ Fire, calaiiiity, bright. A fire in a house
with flames rising above the roof.
^ p'u* To tap, to interfere with the hand holding
a stick.

Therefoie H kmg^y change, may repre-
sent fire on the hearth. Fixing the fire R.
on tlje hearth, the coais were covered by
ashes; the change is great. (W. 41 A.)

fljffl sheiP, Spirits, animal spirits, gods.

^ -^ shih*, to reveal, is the R., the 113th, used in
characters denoting spiritual things. It
is formed of H crh — Jb shang* heaven
and /J^ = the sun, moon and stars, or
signs in the heavens which reveal trans-
cendental things to men.

227 ^

79

^ Hi sh€n\ To extend, to stretch, to explain. The
seal wiiting shows two hands stretching
a rope and so the idea of stretching, ex-
pansion. Later the rope was straightened
by the scribes and . was explained as a
man standing and with both hands t^
girding his body | with a sash. The tbrni
tj3 is simply an easier way of writing feji.
(VV. 50 C.) The combination #is proba-
bly ijhonetic but the idea of god may have
some connection with an increased or

^, ^ extended ^spiritual revelation ^. Chal-

fant, however, finds early forms represent-
ing forked lighting. , He thinks, probably
rightly, that these became the sign for
deity from superstitious dread of light-
ning ^g tien*. It gradually took the form
^ and tt: was added to distinguish the
meaning of God jjiji, and ^ ,v£f' rain, was
added to show the meaning lightning ^.
(Plates VII and XXVI.)

^'#.PI

k'eh\ To be flexible,, pliant, willing, to assent.

M ^,^ Jo"*> ^^^^ ^^^^ ^s opposed to the skeleton

^yo«*,is the R., the 130th. (;See No.l33.)

In early writings of ^ /e'en" the i^t A'ua\

skeleton, was at the top of the character.

As this forms the character for bone

^ ku^ the upper part fi was replaced

by jh and thus the etymology is lost.

The flesh is soft and pliable as compared

to the bones ^ (changed to ±) and hence

the derived meanings to yield ones self, to

be compliant, to assent. (W. 65 A, C.)

In & t'su^, we have another example of
two objects of opposite characteristics
joined to represent the adjective applying
to one of them i.e. IH. t'su^ coarse is :^ fine
grains and a large object, a heav\' two
ranged stool JL. (No. 200.)

929 10:$

iBJC chia^, False, to borrow, chia* leave of absence.

J^ jeti'-, is the radical, the 9th.
03 ga chia:', False, to borrow. The seal writing
^' ^ shows two Zl skins j£, that is, double skin,

or a borrowed skin over ones ti-ue skin,
disguise, false. " Wolf in sheep's clothing."
(W. 43 ,1.) The character for shrimp Jg,
hsia^, uses this suggestive phonetic. It
sheds one skin gradually while growing
another.

230 ^gjw

'^J hui*, To meet, to collect, a procession, a

society, able.
Q yiieh^ to speak, is the radical, the 73rd. (See

No. 9.)
A ch? To collect, (see No. 18.)
^ -Sk tseng^ To add, still more. The words H
yiieh^, that ]:)eoplc say when they meet A
chr at the fire under the smoke hole IS
ch'uang^, in greeting or A in parting, i.e.
fidding more and more. The A pa' at the
top is modified in the combination with
A chP to form # hui*. (W. 14 D and W.
40 D.)

231 4^

'IJr shih^, To cause ; to order, to send, a messenger.

A. i^n"' is tlie rad., the 9th, with |^ li* an officer

232

233

231

^M

81

kN^ ^ shih^ A hand ^ grasping a stylus, see No.
96 ; a historian, scholar.
5^ ii*, Those of the scholars j^ who were set over
— (= Jh) the administration.
The meanings of ^ shib^ come from the
uniting of A man and J^ the superior
official of government. (W. 43 M.)

ch'iang^, Strong, firm, determined, good ; read
chUian^, to fonse, to rob. -

'^ ^ kun^, a bow, is the radical, the 57th, a picture.
As the character ® ch'iaagf^ was originally
written ^, it meant a bow ^ that shoots
over two fields and their boundaries S
cbiatig^, that is, a strong bow, and by-
extension, good, firm, determined. Being
Itard to write the M chiang\was replaced
by ^, an insect that bends like a bow and
springs into the air when it falls on its
back. Xv changed to p was the head of
the insect.

^, ^ ch'ving^ an insect, in the seal writing represents
a snake, probably the cobra, called huf^^.
now written Jg. It is the 142nd radical
and used for |§i ch'titig^, which anciently
meant animals with legs, but now means
the smaller animals, as frogs, worms,
snails, insects. (W, 110 B.)

p'en*, A tub, bowl, basin.
jj^ mia^, a dish, is the R., the 108th, a picture.
Zk /e«\ to divide, is the phonetic. (See No. 181.)

/iiS Husband, man, workman,
"J^i^ ta*, great, (in composition,, man) is the R., the

37th. It has a stroke added in ^ fn^, to
represent the pin 'in the hair used only
when, grown to manhood at the age of
twenty, the boy took a cap, and received
an honorable name as well as used a hair-
pin. (W. 60J.)

235 &^

pin^, A cake, pastry.

shiif, to eat, food ; ssu*^ to feed, to r^ar, is the
R., the 184th, of characters relating to
food. (SeeKo. 75.)
3fp, XT P"'^' ^^^ ^^^^ represents two men marching

^ side by side, or on a level ff cb^ien\ there-

fore the meaning even, together, harmony.

5f*J* ch^ien} is two poised scales, or shields side by
side, even, level. Pin^ is phonetic, but
cooked grains % united A form cakes ff , a
logical combination.' (W. 115 B.)

236 -jfi^

J^ ho^, A box or dish, with a cover.

J1J[ m/n*, dish, is the R., the 108th.

^Afc bo^, Shut A the mouth P ; join, unite. (See No.

103.) So ^ ho^ is a covered dish,— join -&•

the dish M and its cover.

' J^ hat", A child. ^ tzu^, is the R. (See No. 1.)

^ ^ hai* is pure phonetic It is the 12th of the
twelve stems ; 10th of the horary cycle i.e.
9 to 11 P.M. The 10th month. It is said
to be a picture of the pig with tail added.
(W. 69 K.)

238 __ _

p'an^, A plate, tray.

M HHfl', dish is the R., the 108th.

paT^y To make a boat M move along by a

239

240

241

242

88

regular action ^ of the oars ; so the de-
rived meanings of regular -way, manner,
equally. Plates resemble little boats.

'^,-^ chou^, A boat, (picture showing the high bow
the deck, compartments, rudder and an
oar.) It is the 137th R. of characters re-
lating to ships. (W. 66 A.)

jC. ^ s^"' is the right hand x making a jerky
motion JL or a rhythmical motion, therj,
to kill, to strike. The 79th R. (See No.
71.) (W. 22 A. D.)

4J)C pan*, A board, flattened bamboo.

>1C /na*, wood, is the R., the 75th.
^^ fan*. To turn* over, inversion. (See No. 75.)

A suggestive phonetic, as a board is flat

like a hand.

teng*, A long bench, a stool.
>fC mu*, wood, is the R., the 75th. (See No. 22.)
^^ ten^, A stool or bench. This is composed of
Hj chi^, a stool, the 16th radical (picture) and
/^ ^^ *^^^» to ascend, advance, at once. This is
' from the radical '/^ po* (See No. 214) to

ascend step by step, and a pedestal S tou*.
(See No. 105.) (W. 112 H.)

j R. tan*, But, only. A is the radical, the 9th.

Q 3. tan*, The morning, dawn, daylight. It repre-
' sents the sun just above the horizon —.

In fg. it is, of phonetic force only. It is one
of the few indicative characters.

chan\ A classifier of lamps ; a shallow cup.
rain*, a dish, is the R., the 108th.

u

chien' To destroj', narrow, small. (See No.
13), A small ^ dish M is a shallow cup
^. Thus it is a suggestive phonetic.

243

•PI

ttng^, A lamp, ifi huo^, fire, is the'R., the 86th.
(See No. 169.)
r» ^ ten^*, To ascend, to elevate. (See No. 214 and
240.) This is a suggestive phonetic for to
elevate ^ fire ^/c is a good designation
for a lamp M:.

244 juzf

WB mao\ A hat, or head covering, to rush on,

B[ rash.

\\l chiti^, a napkin, is the R., the 50th.

M G| mao*, a hat, is the original writing for l|lg. It
is a n mao^ (to cover fj chiung^ some-
thing— ) and —indicating the head within.
The modem writers change 3 to [^ and
H so that it cannot be distingaished from
yueh without reference to the seal
character.

M, mi ™^'^*» ^o rush on, heedless, to act with the eye
g covered P , is a natural meianing for the
character. ^ M #f &. (W. 34 J.)

249

BA-LLiEE, liESSON IX.

chang-*, An account, a bill.

g pei*, cowrie, precious, is the R., the 154th.
(See No. 38.)

■^ chan^, to grow, senior, is a phonetic and also
the 168th R. (See No. 131.)
A long or growing ^ list of predojis
things M is a gg cbang*. The character
is a modern invention to take the place of

246

24f

85

il^, the radical M. beipg more appropriate
to the meaning than Ift.

'JJCi chao^. To seek, to find, to pay a balance.

^ sbott't hand is the R., the 64th.
-^ Ao*, A spear or halbiprd. (See No. 2 f^, from
which the character must be distin-
guished.)

The seeking in mind Tay the inventors of
this character must have been a search for
an enemy, with spear :^ in hand ^. It is
often used now for seeking a man in the
spirit of revenge.

^ saaii*, To reckon, calculate, to plan.

M* AV chu^y bamboo, is the radical, No. 118, because

g the abacus, upon which mathematical cal-

culations, are made is made of bamboo
often, @ is a primitive, a picture of the
abacus, which is called ^S suan* p'aif.

-H*_ p^ katjg^ The hands held up side by side as in
presenting anything to another person.
Here it is the two hands f^ working on
the abacus g which is made of bamboo •^
and so ^ means to cipher. (W. 47 G.)
iV kaug^ is the 55th radical. In combina-
tion it is modified in several ways as ^ in
^ tsan^ ; /\ m & ping^ ; :*: in :g^ chii* and

248 /W^

|g^ chieh*, To borrow, to lend. A Jen" is the R.,

9th.
^ ^ hsP Old, purely phonetic here, (See No. 222.)

249 ^^ rung". Brass. ^ chin" is the R., No. 167. (See

No. 13.)

86

250

^ t'ttH^, With; together, like. Phonetic. It is H
ma&' a cover fitted to the n mouth of a
vase, thus meaning agreement, union, to-
gether etc. (W. 34 I.)

J^. ^) chiao^, An animal's horn, a projecting corner, a

pod ; a dime, a quarter. It is the 148th
radical. It is a picture of a striated horn
and is also said to be a combination of
strong yj /? and flesh 1^ joii*. (W. 142 B.)

251 -lA

huan*, To change about with the hand, i-emove,

to exchange. The R. is 4* i'^'^ shou', the
64th.

^;, ^ huatf To be on the watch for, to examine. It
is from two hands f\ (contracted to -jz)
and a contraction of ^ ch^iung^, w^hich is
a man A standing at the door of a cave '/Z
hsiieh^, peering out g, with a stick in his
hand 4^==:^, that is, to watch, or examine.
Thus ^ means ]passing an object from
hand p to band ^ while examining it ^
to avoid deception in the exchange. It is
now^ written with another hand added as
a radical i%, the hand of the other man.
(W. 37 F.)

-^H pu^, To reimir, to mend ; to patch, to substitute.

^ :^ i\ clothes, is the R., the 145th. (See No. 51.)
fu° To begin, great, just now, an honorific
name. It is capacity |g for founding and
governing a family, manhood, the age at
which an honorary name was given to a
man. Phonetic combination. (W» 109 D.)

ffi.S

a?

Y^ -, j^ y^i^g^, The ocean, foreign, European, vast.

•■^ y ,7K sAh?, water, is the radical, the 85th.

"^^ ^ ya.vg^, A sheep, a goat. It is a picture of a
ram seen from above with horns, legs and
tail. The tail is often left off in combina-
tions to make room. Phonetic combina-
tion. (W. 103 A.)

254

%%

mad", Hair, fur, plumage, (Picture). The 82nd
radical. (W. 100 A.)

255 Ig* fedd ,.

:3^r?, JAi p'iao*, A signal, a ticket, a warrant, abank-

1^1 note. For a mnemonic take " a bankbill

■*** ^ is a'^Wegtem M revelation ^ ". This is

untnie however.
^ shih\,a revelation, is the R., the 113. (See No.
164.) Etymologically however the ^ is a
modification of the seal writing of ik. fir^,
})l, Chalfant PI. X shows a beautiful ori-
gin of the character in a fire ^ with smoke
rising from it " and manipulated by four
hands |==1. This was an ancient method of
signalling. The seal writing of 100 A.D.
is explained as being an ignis fatuus &
ik. kveP hud'', below is the fire %, on top^
the head and hands Efij and the line in the
middle — is the waist. Compare M No.
16. (W. 50 0.)

rP, /n sA/A*, Market place, a market.

fjl chin^, a handkerchief, is the R., the 50th (See
No. 143), a mistake etymologically. The
seal shows that it is a broad place n
chiung^ outside the town, overgrown with

256

88

grass ik. chih^, where people go to get 7

what they want. (W. 34 D.)

P3 chiung^, an open space a limit, is the 13th R.

jt "jr chp, To reach to, to get. (W. 19 D.)

257 ij^

ti*, Base, foundation, low, to settle ; bottom.

J^ yetf a shed, hut, is the R., the 53rd. (See No.
132.)
^^ ^^ t?, The rest of the character is a development
of R shih*, (See No. 8), a floating plant
that branches on the surfe.ce of the water
and sends a root down to the bottom^
A line is added below to represent the bot-
tom of the water. So the meaning to sink,
the bottom. (W. 114 A.B.)
JK t? with the ^ yen^ radical means tlie
foundation, base, of a house etc. JB£.

hao*, To cry out, an order, a signal ; a mark,
a label ; honorary name.
y^, (^ bu^ tiger, is the R., the 141st. This is a pic-
ture representing the stripes on the tiger's
skin. (W. 135 A.)
^ cb'iao^ Difficult breathing, sobbing. It repre-
sents the breath i fighting against an
obstacle — (cf. rT No. 152. ) The Shuo Wen

^ . says. KWi^^±.mn-^^b^M~mm.

"2r bao* is the mouth P sending forth cries inter-
• rupted by sobs T- (W. 58 A, B.) -i'.Pffi'?

■^, f^ ^"*» ^ tiger, is /g hu^ with feet like a man's Ji
jen^, added below. This character enters
into sevferal compounds meaning cries,
clamor. Thus both sides of the §| bao^
mean outcry..

89

259 ^rtt tin^. An ingot of silver.

^^ ^ c/iin\ metal, is the R., the 167th. (See No. 13.)

^ (S| ting*. To fix, td settle, certain, quiet. It is
order jE chen^ (See No. 12) in the house
>^ mien^ (see No. 1) i.e. peace, quiet. (W.
112 1.) An ingot of silver ^ is therefore
a fixed or certain ^ lump of metal ^.

260 AA>

fcB? <'a*, Rule, law, model ; means.

J^,7K sbaP, water, is the R., the 85th. (See No. 7&.)
-^ cA'tf*, To go, to remove. (See No. 67.)

The far fetched mnemonic has been sug-
gested " the law, or a model fi fa'^ is
intended to raise the moral level, as w^^ater
:?fC, by removing ^ vices."
Historically the aijcient character for ?i
fa^ was written ^ which means A chp
to adapt iE cheng* rightly, that is law,
rule.

261 IJK

fv^ mst. Weights for money or goods, wharf.

^ shil^, stone, is the R., the 112th. (See No. 42.)
/na', horse, is the phonetic. The seal writing
shows the head turned backwards, the
mane, legs and tail. It is the 187th R.
(W. 137 A.)

262 __ _
chisL, The value of a thing, the price.

^ ^yy jexBy man is the R., the 9th.

^ chis^, kt^ Pi. shopman, as distinguished from a

^ travelling merchant ^ sban^; from %, pei*

precious things under a canopy P5 hsia*.

ffll, (^ As/a* A cover, a canopy. The 146th R., often

confused with ffi hsi" West. (W. 41 C.)

90

263 J=^ ,S^ yiiarr. Head, principal, origin. It is made up
"^^ ■• ' C of zl, or _t, and )[ijen^ man. That which

is uijon Jc. man )l, the head. ^L is the R.,
the 10th.

261 ^

^L pao^, A gem, a coin, precious, valuable.

*■** miet^, house, is the R., the 40th.. (See No. 1.)
"05" ^^ ^^^ Earthenware vessels in general, the pic-
ture of a covered vessel ; the 121st R. (W.
130 C.)
^C pad', is to have 3E vu*, gems or jade,^-^ /ba*-
earthenware and ^ pel* money in the t'^'
house. These w^ere the ancient valuables.
(W. 130 D.)
265

266

yin\ Silver. ^ chin^ is the R., the 167th (See
No. 13.)
,^ ien* anger, hard, firm, is the phonetic. (See
No. 223.) Silver M is hard S metal ^.

fp t/ao*. To suspend, a string of 1000 cash.

ipa 1^ p .&'oa^ mouth, is the R., the 30th.
» ' ^C When written ^ it means^ to condole, and

^ Aufl^ bow is the R., the 57th. It is a
man A with a bow^ over his shoulder, com-
ing to help keep the birds and beasts away
from the corpse which w^as exposed to rot.
Hence the meaning of to condole. The
Mongols still expose, but do not keep
aw^ay the beasts and birds. The meaning
to suspend comes from the fact that the
bow was slung over the shoulder. (W-
28 H.)

267

glj

fu*. To aid ; a duplicate, an alternate, a pair.

268 2p

91

J} tao\ knife, is the R., the 18th. (See No. 37.)
^ ftr^, abundance, happiness is from ^ A-ao* (con-
tracted) and H t'icn^ fields ; the heaping
up M of the products of the fields ffl, i.e.
abundance, prosperity g.
A knife 7J cuts off from ones abundant
stores m to help 11]. (W. 75 D.)

p'itig-, Free expansion on all sides ; plane, even,
level ; tranquil.
"T" kati^, arms, crime, is the R., the 51st ; (See No.
110.) This is arbitrary classification, foy
the seal vyrriting shows it to be =f- yiP, the
breath *7 hao* overcoming the obstacle —
and spreading out freely above — . In'^
the sjanbol A pa!" to divide, adds to the
idea of free expansion on both sides. (W.
58 F.)

BALLEE, LESSON X.

269

ha^, The sea, an arm ' of the ocean ; lake, an

expanse, as a desert, ^, ;!fc shu^ is the R.,
the 85th. (See No. 79.)
-^, ^ meP, Each, eycrj. These are borrowed mean-
ings, as originally it meant swarming,
being a combination of ^ or »;j c/z'e* a
sprout, and # mt^ mother.
tnu^, Mother. This is from -^ nii^ female, with
the breasts made prominent. (W. 67 O, P.)

^p iu\ £ouS All, the whole ; the capital.

P , g i\ city, is the R., the 163rd, (See No, 11).
' HJ' che^, Phrase, speech, document ; sign of end of
a paragraph ; after other parts of speech
it changes them into nouns. This charac-

«.lt

92

271

^.'^

tei- was invented to represent a connec-
tion between members of a text : above
are two crossed branches to represent the
preceding members ; in the middle a ©=&
tza*, from, represents the point already
arrived at, the starting point for what
follows ; and the "1 at the read€r's right is
the continuation of the discourse. (W. 159
A,B.)

ho^, To drink ; to shout.
P k'ot^, mouth, is the R., the 30th.

ho^ A stranger or beggar fisJ^Aai* who speaks,
g yiieh^, to ask the w^ay or beg ; to ask,
how ? where ? why ? (W. 73 A.)
kai*. To beg, a beggar. A wanderer ^ who
lih seeks to enter A. ja* a refuge L— The ^

formerly stood at the side, now it covers
the Ki. (W. 10 G.) cf. No. 145 ^ cha*.

272 ,At =^ ^

-j^ xS\ ko*, Each,. every, all, various ; apart.

Q kou^ mouth, is the radical, the 30th. It repre-
sents a person following and calling for '
help,
ig. ko* means to go on ones way ^ without
heeding the calls n or advice of others
following, V, therefore, apart, separate,
each. (W, 31 B.)

^w, ^£ a^*> To love, delight in. ^6 hsin^ is the R., the

61st. It is formed of ^ ai* to love and

_^_ ^ ^ suP^ to go slowly.

—^.xi c/ji* The upper part of the character ^ is

* strangely contracted from 56 chi*, to

274

93

breathe in, to swallow. The meaning
comes from reversing
^, ^ ch'ien*, to breathe out, to be lacking, as both
are made up of ^ and Jljen^, the ^ being
a reverse of ^ ch'ien*. Both are synonyms
of % ch'i* breath. ^ is the 71st R. Joined
with if^ it forms
ai*. To swallow ^ down in one's heart jfi. ; to
take into one's heart, to love, kindness.
The radical ^ suP to walk is added to
form M at*, primitively meaning the same
as the radical ^ but now used exclusively
in the meaning to love. It suggests that
Move is an outgoing virtue; (W. 99 E, F.)

pan*. To exert ones strength ; to manage, to
arrange.
fj li*, strength, is the R., the 19th, (See No. 212.)

hsiti^. Bitter, punishment, criminal, the 160th
R. It is made up of ^ kati^ (see No. 110.)
to offend, with two V dots indicating a
repeated offence, and -^=_t shang* a su-
perior ; that is an offence against a
superior ; a crime brings punishment,
bitterness.

pieti*, Two criminals facing and mutually ac-
cusing one another ; passionate recrimina-
tion. (W. 102 H.)

When the ^ li* strength of the official is
interposed between the two parties accus-
ing each other in court we have manage-
ment, to manage, to arrange, |^ ; or each
criminal in such a recrimination exerts all
his strength :fy.

^,W

lf#

94

^^^ ifJi ^^^' ■'■ ° stand ; a stage in a journey, 60 to

■^ 90 F.

jL, ^ /^'*' to stand is the R., the 117th. (See No. 216).
It is a picture of a man A standing on the
ground—. (W. 60 H.)
(5 chan^, to consult O the diviner [• , is the pho-
netic, chan* to seize, invade. (See No.
132.)

276 ■^'

k'ao\ To be dose to; to mutually oppose,

lean on ; to trust. It is from ^ kao* to
tell, inform and # feP' not. That is to in-
form of non-agreement, i.e. to oppose,
and so to be opposite to, and then to
be next to, to rely on. For ■^ see
No. 203.
^,fln ^^^' ^ primitive with two sides opposite to
each other and so the abstract notion ot
opposition, negation, wrong, hot. It
gives j^ its meaning of opposition and the
idea of nearness is related to that of op-
position, (note that the idea of opposition
is in ^ also). It is the 175th R. (W.
170 A.)

277

ts'aP, Adverb of time, now, present, just now.
TH ssij, mi*, is the R., the 120th, commonly called

^ Ian* chiad' ssu^.

ch'arf rodents, or gnawing animals, crafty.

It is the pictures of two rodents ; the one

lS ^ above is ^ ch'ao* an animal -like the hare

but larger, (a useless character) ; the one

below is

iS fi| t'li*, A hare. It is a picture of theihare squat-

"^ ting, with tail perked up. (W. 106 C.)

96

278 p|3 nP, Interrogative and emphatic .particle, twit-

-^^ tering sound.

P i'ou», mouth, is the R., the 30th.
j^ 7^ nP, To stop; a nun; ni* near, familiar. Phone-
tic force only.

It is formed of two| men in contact, one
seated P sbib^, the 44th R. and one
reversed, fc pP. (W. 26 F.)

Jra" lESl ^H*> ^ road, a way ;'a kind.

JH S tsu*» The foot, a picture of a foot at rest, the
circle above indicating rest as opposed to
motion ; enough, full, pure. It is the R.
the 157th. (W. 112 B) cT. jh chilP sec
No. 10. Motion is expressed by §.
^ ko\ Each. (See No. 272.)

The way % /u^ is that through which each
one # Ao* goes JS. tsu^ (W, 31 B.)

Jhi, >< , IC J^nan^', Light, bright ; honor, naked, smooth ;
the presence of a distinguished person.
Anciently it was twenty "b" fires ^. The
modern form is a man JL bearing alofb a
fire or torch i'C. A- » the R. (W. 24 J.)

^£ ts'aPf Vegetables, herbs, greens, food, viands.

-«/- dnli ^s'ao^, is the R., the 140th.

/r\' ^ ts'ai*. To pick flowers or firuits ; variegatied ;
to gather objects. The upper part is ^
cAaoS *the contracted modern form of flCV
the right hand prone or reaching down,
the paws, claws. Normally at the top of
a character because of its meaning and
here it is above a tree ;fc meaning to pick

96

282

283

284

^ fruit from a tree jjc. It is often written
with a hand at the side ^. With grass
radical it means the small vegetables, ?|g.

(W. 49 B.) 4

ch'P, To rise, to begin ; after a verb an auxi-
liary denoting the beginning and continu-
ance of the action.

^ tsou', to walk, is the R., the 156th. (See No.
146.) "'

£< chP, self, is the phonetic. (See No. 191.)

yang*, A pattern, kind, model, manner.
^ rau*, wood, is the R., the 75th, as patterns
are often made of wood. The character
has the same meaning and pronunciation
without the R.
3R. ^ yang*, A rising or unceasing flow of water
(same as ^ yun^ w^ith i^yang^ added
as phonetic) ; uniformity,, mod^, pattern,
tediousness.
^. 'iiC y^^^j is unceasing flow of w^ater in veins in
thfe eai-th, duration, perpetuity. It is a
variation of 7jc shuP, adding foam and
ripples. (W. 125 D.)
^ yatig", Sheep, (see No. 253). (W, 103 A.)

JW^' ® , ^ j'u^, Fish, the 195th R., relating to names and
parts of fish. It is a picture of head,
body, fins, scales and, tail. The four dots
below stand not only for fire 3^ but also
for tail, and feet in % niao^ bird, ^ ma*
horse, ^, kao^ lamb % wei^ monkey. (W.
142 A.)

286

'97

^^ '0^ y. JHan^ Steamed bread or dumplings.

"S sA//J^ food, to eat, to feed, is the R., the
184th. (See No. 75). (W. 26 M.)
wa« * Long. @|| resemljles closely hooded heads
(See No. 130) (W. 33 J.)

lang^, To grasp, to collect ; to push out, a
comb.
4^,^ shott\ hand is the R., the 64th.
f^,^|,^\ lan^, A dragon, imperial, glorious, the 212th
R., contracted from a picture of the
animal'. The modern form has on the
^y^ right a contraction of jH /eiS to fly » or the

wings (picture of a crane flying W. 11 A.)
and on the left at the bottoin is ^ = ^ joa*
meat or body, and above it ^jr li*, said
to be a contraction of ^ t'utig^, slave boy,
as phonetic. This is probably an artificial
interpretation of a conventional modifica-
tion of the picture. ' (W. 140 A.) JH is a
hand :^ on a dragon f|, able to grasp or
gather together legs, wings, tail and all.
Phonetic.

287 _„

isung', To collect and tie up in a bundle ; to

sura up to unite ; to comprise, to manage ;
before a negative it makes a strong as-
sertion.
^ mi*, called MW^ ^^^ cbiad' ssu\ is the radical,
the 120th.
J§>.^ ts'ung^ To feel alarm ; excited, restless. When
ones mind j6 is excited or restless, one
looks anxiously through the windows j^
ch'uang^, and makes a forecast of pro-

98

bable outcome ; now written W. (W.
40 D.) Phonetic combination.

288 ^t^

r/|» su\ To tell, accuse. jT yen^, words, is the R.,

the 149th.
J^,J^,f^ ch'ih* To attack; a modern abbreviation of
J^ to attack a man jfr i*, in liis house r
yetf ; to expel, to scold.
5M . "^ 1* is said by the Shuo Wen to be =f- kan^, an
offence doubled, though not completely,
and so having the idea of repeated offence
as in ^ jen', See No. 139. (W. 102 D.)
vJp su* is to attack J^ with words 3".

289 iy-t - , ■ .1

^J tmg , A nail ; ting , to nail.

^ chin^, metal, is the R., the 167tii, being the
material of which the nail is made. (sSee
■No. 13.)
~r, ^ ting\ A nail with large head, (W. 57 A.)

4<£ t'u", To go on foot ; foot soldier ; disciple, ap-

]5rcntice ; coinpanion ; a low fellow ; onl\-,
futile ; to banish.
A ch'ih^ to walk, called H shuang ^ 1^ }^jea-,
is the R. in the dictionaries, the 60th ; but
originally it was ^ cho*, the character
being written ^. Later the jh chilf was
moved over under the ±. t'w* (See No. 10.)
To go % on the ground ±, is the etymo-
logy of $^. (W. 112E.)

^t' a shen\ The body, the trunk ; ones self; person-

al ; pregnant ; the whole life ; the 158th
R., used in characters relating to the body.
The seal form is a human figure with

291

292

99

Large abdomen and one leg forward to
support the bodj' more firmly, or preserve
the equiUbrimn.

Attention is called to other forms of the
character A jctt^- 4 jen^* erect ; {j pp, to
turn ; y v ^ on the top of compounds ;
JL /\ the legs, at the bottom of com-
pounds ; Jr jet^, leatiing or bent over; fc
H /iHa* heels over head, to change ; 7* r*
shih\ a seated man, a corpse ; ^ $ pao^,
a man leaning forward to enfold an object
in his apron ; -^ ta* man with arms ; ^ |J(.
A forms of men moving on with hind-
rances of three forms. (W. Lessons 25-32
54, 60, 61.)

t'P, The body, the whole person ; a class or
body of officers etc. ; the substance ;
respectable ; a style of writing Chinese
characters, of which there are six.

*^, "^ iu^, bones is the R., the 188th ; a framework.
It is made up of skeleton ft kua^ and flesh
^ = ^ /oh* opposed to each other, (See 1^
k'en' No. 228.) (W. 118 A.)

^i, S ^^ ^ vessel used in sacrificing. (See No. 164.)
(W. 97 B.)

293 yt^

^J^ tsen , How ? Why ? j5 hsiii^ is the R. For -^

cha* see No. 145 and 271.

The surprised ^p heart asks how? w:hA'^? ^,.

m

VOCABULARY TI OP BALLEE'S LESSONS.

^SL yenP, Salt.

§ /u" Radical No. 197. Rock salt ; salt land ;
rude. Composed of iS=Bff West and ^ij'
four grains of salt, as rock salt comes from
the West. (See No. 26).
L, ^ chien^, To watch, prison. The\S is a suggestive
phonetic (W. 82 F.) — as the Chou Dynasty
(1122 to 255 B.C.) appointed- officers to
have control of salt and salt lands. The
chier} is E cWcri (see No. 120) and reclin-
ing man ^, which ineans to recline or bend-
over, and jfJL "SL hsiieh, a vessel of blood.
One explanation of this phonetic is as fol-
lows : — an ancient times an oath was
taken by having the contracting parties
draw blood and an official watch it flow
together in a vessel. Wlien the radical for
salt fe,nd is added the idea is conveyed
that salt is w^atched over by those who
have been appointed to this work.

295

^ chal, Pig.

f\^^ .^ ch'iian^ Radical No. 94, a dog.

This is a modem character and is made
up of the above radical and # ch^, (See
No. 270) which is here a simple phonetic.

"^m

^,^ .^ ch'iiaif Radical No. 94 ;J,:^, a dtig.

Jp) chu*, or AoaS sentence, (See No. 80) is a sug-
. gestive phonetic, as the dog guards by
his barli. This is a modern character.

101

. ;^L ^ua*, To suspend; anxious; classifier of bridles.

♦^ f . ^ shou\ Radical No. 64 ; hand.

+r Wf^ kua*. The # is a combination of M kuep,
' sceptre, (Sec No. 161) and |» pt^, (See No.

14-) and it means to divine ; or a diagram.
(W. 56- E.) ^ is said to represent an hex-
agram and thus it has no connection with
the jade sceptre, but as the writing of the
two are identical, it is classed under scep-
tre ^. If we suppose that the charts or
diagrams of the diviners were hung up
then we may regard this as a suggestive
phonetic.

298 itB

•^ ch'an^. To sing.

P k'ou", Radical No. 30, mouth.

ch'ang^, The phonetic; splendid; (W, 73 A).
The upper part is the sun and the lower
is to speak, emanation. The idea is that
the sun sends forth rays as the mouth
puts forth words, — a suggestive jshonetic.
f^ A more refined quality of voice than
ordinary conversation.

299 a^ , ^^. ^

tsang". Dirty.

W /fu', Radical No. 188, a bone. (See No. 292).

tsang*, to bury, is a suggestive phone-
tic. What could be more loathsome than
a body after mortification is well estab-
lished and the bones appearing? It is
composed of -«* ts'ao^ grass, (See No. 40)
and JE sztiP, to die, which is composed of
^ fill ^' ^^^' calamity and A jeif, man ; the

calamitv which comes to all men —

302

death. (W. 26 H.) The present writhi^
of man in this part of the phonetic is un-
fortunate as it has but slight resemblance
to X- Beneath is :fl- a contraction of HBji
grass. The dead were tied up in a reed
mat $!?. The — is the rope.

300 B»

c/^'^^ To ride horseback ; to sit astride.

raa,'^ Radical No. 187, a horse. (See No. 261).
■^ -^ cA'i^ The phonetic; (See No. 54) wonderiul,
strange. This phonetic is also used in the
character for chair. A chair ^ is used for
sitting on ; in riding a horse, one sits
on the horse as he would sit on a
chaii-, and in the character for riding 1^
radical 7|c, wood, is replaced by the horse
radical. There are not a few cllaracters
that have a similarity of action that are
formed as the above by a change of
radical.

301 ^^

eh'mn^. Poor, thoroughly exhausted.

*/^ hsiieh*, Radical No. 116, a cave. (See No. 97).
Caves are used bj"- those who are reditced
to the last extremity.
^ Jg; H kung', The phonetic, (W. 9a t) ; to bend the
bod3' forward and cause the vertebrae
to stand ptit. The character was formerly
written with g /ti* on the tight, but
^ kung'^, a bow has been substituted for
JiP the back bone. This is not a bad com-
bination to stand for poor.

^i^ RH k'ung^, Empty, leisure ; the firmament.

9i hsueh-*. Radical No. 116, a.cave (See No. 97).

303

304

^M

305

it

103

nr. /vun^V, The phonetic is X labor, (See No. 89).
This character may have been originality
used for caves made b}' man; a place made
empty by X labor. (W. 82 A.)

hsien*^. Thread.
7j^ mi\ Radical No. 120 but common^ called lan*^
chiao^ ssu^ ; silk. (See No. 8).
The phonetic is ^ chiet^ small, narrow.
(See No. 13). Thread is made of mintite
strands of silk.

ssu', To die ; death ; firm ; closed.
^ tai^. Radical No. 78, bones fallen apart ;

death ; bad, perverse.
Ij jerr, Man inverted.

This is an old character which came into
existence before radicals and phonetics
were adopted, hence when we say that
the radical is "^F taP there is no discre-
pancy, but when we say that the phone-
tic is X /eB'* it is a misnomer as \ has
no phonetic value. ( W. 26 . H ) . (See No.
299). Death JE is the calamity ij that
comes to man ^ .

chet}, A needle, a pin, a probe.
^ chm\ Radical No. 167., gold, metal. (See No.

13).
^ cher^, is the correct writing of this character,
but if- cheri^ is shortei' and is very often
used.
^. j§| hsiet^, The phonetic of the correct writing is
to bite, to wound with the mouth. ^
hsu" is to wound— with a weapon jrJc ; with

104

the addition of p A'ou' to the above, the

character means to wound bj' biting. (W.

71 P.) The needle takes up as it were,

little mouthftiUs of cloth as if biting its

way along. There is no etymology for the

short way of writing this character.
306 _ _

xnan\ Full ; complete ; pride ; Manchu people.

7K ^ shuP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

man^ The phonetic, is M equality, equilibrium,

(W. 35. M.) The scale pans M are even ;

when the water is even with the brim of

the vessel, then it is full. (See No. 35).

The upper part of this phonetic is, b\-

some, supposed to be horns, to indicate

equality, as the two hornS are apt to be

similar. By others it is supposed to be a

beam which indicates when the two' scale

pans are level.

367 «tt «

cAi'S Chicken.

'^ chui Radical 1^2, a short tailed bird. (Sec
No. 21).
niao", Radical 196, a long tailed, bird.

The phonetic is H hsP, a woman con-
demned to spinning in. official prisons.
The top is fll chao^, hand ; the center of
the character is ^ silk, contracted, and
the lower part is iz ta*,. an adult. Some
think thatit was not ic ta* originally but
f^ /h the lower part of ^, and the 4* was
5 changed to ic ta\ M The hand working at
^ spinning, a spinster. These women were
condemned to this work, and consequently
got no benefit from their labor. The

308

103

great Ijulk of the eggs that chickens lay
goes to their owners, thus the appropri-
ateness of this phonetic. (W. 92, C.)

Vieti', Iron.

yK chm\ Radical 167, gold or metal. (See No. 13).
!^& ^^ it'c/j' The phonetic ; to scrape, to pick.

This comes from _§ ch'eng^, to speak P
■while standing at one's post z£ ; with the
addition of i^ ko^ it. is read tieb*, to notify
in a menacing manner ; with the addition
of :fc ta* man, now reduced to -+- shih^ it
means to scrape or pick or stab. The
metal with which one can scrape or stab
best is iron, hence the appropriateness of
the phonetic. (W. 81. H).

'Bnu, ^R cVin^, near, a relative ; self.

Mi chien*, Radical 14«7 ; to see ; perceive.

chen^, The phonetic, now reduced to § ; hazel.
Hazel shrubs grow in clumps, this charac-
,ter is used for those persons which one
sees constantly : — those in the same
family, relatives. (W. 102 H.).

B^^ IPl kuan^, An official, public.

»*-» mietf Radical 40, a roof. (See No. 1).

This is an old character w^hich does not
conform to rules governing phonetics. The
lower part of the character is ^ tui^, ter-
races, ramparts, city. The f^* hall of the
g city. It originally referred to the resi-
dence of the official who governed a city.
Now it stands for the officer. (W. 86. C*).
The top stroke is left oflffrom the ||.

106

311 ^g tai*, To wear, as hat or spectacles, to bear.

J^ ko^, Radical 62, a spear. (See No. 2).

This is an old character and the radical
and phonetic are not separable. The
•^ foundation of the character is ^ ts^aP,

to do damage with a spear. The + shiti^
is a contraction of ^ €saP, property or
matei'ials ; ^ (W. 71. H.), to plunder with
the use of weapons.
, ^ i\ To disagree, different. (W. 47. R.). The m
fietf is a modification of ^ /u*, devil's
head, but here used for the earnest money
w^hich is placed on a table 7C wu*, hands*,
f^ are represented as pushing the money
away, it is not acceptable. The character
W. is explained thus. After a place is plun-
dered the marauders divide the spoils
accoi-ding to the number of men, the
articles are placed in order, one by one
on the several piles ; thus the idea of plac-
ing on, as the hat is placed on the head is.
conveyed.

312

feng^, To sew ; ieng*, a crack, seam.

^ ^ mi\ Radical 120, silk. (See No. 8).

1^ feng^, The phonetic, means to pick ones way (to
walk slowly) ^ through ^ &n^, brush-
wood, to meet. (W. 97. A.). The i_ cho^
is a i-edundancy, as ^ suiVconve3's the idea
of walking. When silk is added to this
phonetic the idea is that this silk thread,
threads its way through the cloth as a
man picks his way through brushwood.

107

313 <^» ^*, Rich, abundant, wealth.

314

®

*^* mien- Radical 40, a roof. (See No. 1).

g iu^, This phonetic seems to be a contraction
of ^ kao^ on IH t'ieii^. The meaning is
that the products of the IH t'ien^, field arc
piled high, M kao^, under cover ,w mieti' ;
abundance. (W. 75. D). (See 267.)/

ken^, A root, origin, a base, as of a wall.
>t^ ma*. Radical 75, wood.
^ ^ Ae«* Phonetic ; perverse. (See 223).

Wood added to this jihonetic is the char-
acter for root. The root is firmly fixed in
the ground.

315 ^g »VE

■{y, K'^ ching*. Clean, pure ; to cleanse ; only.

Y' 7J^ sbuP, Radical 85, water.

The phonetic is ^ cheag\ to pull in differ-
ent directions, to contend. The upper
part is ;iv. chao^ the lower part is a ^ hand
holding a stick, the two hands are pulling
the stick in opposite directions. (W. 49.
D.). In order to cleanse an article, it
must go through what appears to be an
active struggle with water.

jSf Ao^Ariver.

^ sbui^. Radical 85, water.

-pT k'o;' The phonetic. (See 54). The idea of
this phonetic is that tlie breath leaves
the mouth without meeting obstruc-
tion. With the addition of j' the idea is
that the current is unobstructed, a river
flows, but the water of a jjond is hemmed
in on all sides.

108

317 .^ 31 la /«S Father.

>v> I.M This character is the 88th radical

The seal character is' a hand holding a
rod, the hand which wields authority.
The modern writing failed in bringing out
this idea (W. 43 G.)

318 „..
chia*, Frame, staging, a rads, to support.

yfC «Ju*, Radical 75, wood.

■hn chja*, Phonetic ; to add to. To- add M muscle
:fj to persuasion fcl, violence. Muscle is
^ iJ J'*, O k'ou'^, indicates a command.
(W. 53. D.). When wood * is added to
this phonetic it indicates that this is a
frame on w^hich articles can be added.

319

m

320

Hang*, A classifier of carriag^Sj — a. pair of
wheels, the important part of a cart.

cAV, Radical 159, a cart, a barrow:.
"jSa liatig^, The phonetic, two, (See No. 35.).

This is an appropriate phonetic as the
two wheels of a cart should be a pair,
equal in size. With the addition of the
cart radical the numerative of carts is
completed.

lu', A donkey.

md', Radical 187, ahorse. (See No. 261).

lu^ The phonetic; a hound. This phonetic
might have been selected as a donkey
is small and not very different in size
from a large hound. This phonetic also
means a vessel or pan. It is from ;&
hu^ and ft tzv^ a vase. This is now made
like EB t'/enS a field, but it has nothing in

32^

322

109

common with it. ELaiitf, added later,
is a redundancy. (W. 135. D.) and
(W. 150 A).

ctien^, To ride, to mount, to drive.

p'ieh}, Radical 4, a stroke to the left.

This is a character which does not divide
into radical and phonetic. It is a pic-
torial representation of a war chariot in
the seal writing (^'. 31. E.) 4b=^ ch'uaif
represents men sitting" baifek to back. The
chariot has an awning over the men. A
good symbol for riding or mounting.

cbiad*, A sedan, chair.

cAV, Radical 159, a cart, a barrow.
i, ch'iao^. Phonetic ; something high, as a tree,
the top of which bends forwards. ^W.
75. B.). It is composed of
^ X. y^<^y ^^^ ^ kao^. Yao^ 5c is a man bending
his head forward getting ready to jump.
(W. 61 B.). ^ ch'iad' is the phonetic in
bridge, i^ and as a sedan chair when
carried looks like a moving bridge, this
may be the reason for using this phonetic
in sedan chair.

BALLEE, LESSON XI.

iij, l\U pP, To compare.

This character is radical No. 81.
Two men standing together as if compar-
ing heights. (W, 27. 1.).

324

^^, 1^ chP, To reach to, to come up to.

110

^ yu*, Radical 29, the right hand.

The part of this character which is not
the radical is A ie^-, man. When the
radical is added it indicates that a hand
has caught up with the man aiid has laid
hold of him. (W. 19. D.). This charac-
ter has no connection with Ji naP, but.

iR,ff^ ;«-, Like^as.

]5f nu*, Radical 38, a woman.
r| k'ou^, mouth, is the phonetic. (See No. 10.).
(W. 67. D). . To speak p Jc'ot^, like a
woman -ic, that is, appropriately to the
circumstances.

t

327

326 n^ tsuP, A bird's bill, the mouth.

™ P Fou", Radical 30, the mouth, r

^ J^ tsuP The phonetic is ^ tsuP, egret of 3. heron.
S' (W. 142 B.). jtfc this n horn, with the

radical P A'oa" is a bill, or inouth.

iCa p'ao*, To soak, a blister.

^,7K sAaP, Radica,l 85, water.

^ (^ pao', The phonetic ; to wrap up ; primitive
meaning : — ^gestation. With Water added
to this we have, water wrapped up, a
blister (W . 54. B.).

•

^^ paP, To place, to put, to spread out.

J , "1 shou'\ Radical 64, the hand.

f^ pa*, Phonetic, an officer ; ^ nen^, acble and ^
wang^, an officer taken in the net of the
law ; to discharge. With the addition of
hand, which usually indicates that the
character is used as a verb, the idea of

328

Ill

placing articles in order is conveyed, for in
securing the dismissal of an officer one
must set forth the evidence ; here the hand
is setting articles in their proper position".
For fig See No. 357.

329 _„^

yiieh*, to exceed.

tsou^, Radical 156, to walk.

^ ^ yiieh* The phonetic ; a lance :^ ko^ with a

hook >. (W. 71. L.). jS yiieh is a

halberd with an additional hook thus

something extra is itiferred. With the

addition of the above I'adical it forms the

character for exceed.

330

fn,^

331

Ao*, Harmony ; with.
D k'ou^, Radical 30, the mouth.
^ ho^. Phonetic ; grain and mouth are adapted

one to the other, hence the meaning of

harmony.

tsai*, Sin, crime.
pit |j^ wang% Radical 122, a net.

ife?, Phonetic, not right. With the addition of
p5q wanj^ the idea is convej'-ed that trans-
gression # /ei\ is caught in the net of
the law and it is called sin. This charac-
ter was formerly w^ritten ^ tsui*, (W. 102.
H.). A malicious scribe substituted the
character M. huang^ for this character and
the Emperor Ch'in-sliih-huang forthwith
changed the writing of tsui* by Imperial
decree to its present form and tabooed the
former writins:-

112

332 jh^ pei\ To increase, fold, times. Original mean-

* ing was to rebel.

/\,^,y\ jen\ Radical 9, a man.

^ -^ t'on' Phonetic, to cut a speaker short by
interrrupting him in his speech, (W. 133.
A). The older writing is >f pu^ above
P k'ou'', mouth and a little stroke on*' top
chu^, which is said to. represent expression
of contempt. The present meaning of the
character ■fi^ seems to have been given it
without et3'mological reason.

333 ■agg

cho', or chao-, Kight, to just hit, after a verb

the sign of the success of the action.
^ yatig^, Radical 123, sheep.

This is a modern character and it is
written in several .ways. ^ The phonetic
which can best be explained is
che^, This SA'mbol.was invented to represent the
clauses of a sentence which w^ere being con-
nected, the g tzu* is the central part and
on either side are branches or arms w^hich
take hold of the clauses and bring them
together. (W. 159 B.)

331

hsiatig*, Like, resembling, an image of a man,
yS^,-^ jen', Radical 9, man.

^ hsiang*, Phonetic, elephant. This is a primi-
tive, representing the animal. On top is
the trunk, then are the tusks; the body
legs, and tail make up the rest of the char-
acter. (W. 69. L.). It is difficult to ex-

335

336

ffi

113

plain why this symbol should* have been
taken for an image.

kai*. To cover, a cover; to build.

^'.W ts'ao\ Radical, No. 140, grass.

'^,^ ^^^ Phonetic ; a dish filled and covered ; why
not ? With the addition of ^ the char-
acter is used for the roof or any cover.
The ifiili ts'ao^, indicates that where ithis
character was coined, housed ' were
thatched. (W. 38. G.)

cAuS To dwell, to stop. '' "

"i ,\j^n^ Radical No. 9, a man.

^^ cAu\ Phonetic, a lamp with the flame rising.
(W. 83. D.). By extension, : a man who
sheds forth light. (See No. 210). With
the addition of the radical, the character
stands for, to dwell, as if the inference
was : — those who can enli^ten others
are those who have a permanent abode.

337 |=i ^s -wu^, A room, a house.

p* shih^, Radical No. 44, a corpse, is the usual
definition of this rad., but a person lying
or sitting down is a better explanation.
I ac <^'^'^*i Phonetic, to s^rrive at. This is an old
character and what is called phohelic has
no phonetic use. The M represents a bird
just alighting on the earth ; thus a room
is a place where a person can come and
recline. (W. 32A, G.). (See No. 38.)

333

tK, Vw szu*, Resembling.

^ yen". Radical No. 9, a man.

114

339

a

"° ^ ^

341

ni f Phonetic. This is a very ancient character
and is supposed to represent the breath
leaving the niouth without obstrnction
as from asthma or other impediment.
(See No. 121) (W. 85 F). With the ad-
dition of A the idea is conveyed that the
man has the same hmg capacity as the
normal individual.

IP, Reason, iDrinciple.

3i yu\ Radical No. 96, a geni. (See No. 124).

B IP, Phonetic, the smallest countrj"- village. It
is composed of EH t'ieir and ±. t'tP, tillable
land. (W. 149 D.). This is the 166th
radical, (cf. No. 82). With the addition
of the 3i the idea is conveyed that a gem
must be cut according to fixed rules just
as a field has to be divided into furrows
in order that it may be of greatest use.

pa*. Cloth, cotton cloth.

rjl chin\ Radical No. 50, a napkin. (See No. 143).

^ fa*, Phonetic, father. This phonetic is not re-
cognizable in the modem writing, but it is
distinct in the seal writing. (W. 35 C).
3C is probabl3'' purely i)honetic, but some
think that it implies oyder. In weav-
ing one must proceed according to a
fixed order. The material used bj'^ the
ancients was a kind of linen or flax. Cot-
ton is a modern development. Fu* 5C is
the 88th radical. (See No. 317). *

fang^, A house.
^ hu*, Radical No. 63, a door, a window (No. 5).

X15

^ in H> ^ang^, Phonetic, a square. This is a sugges-
► tivc phonetic as most hoiises, or rooms

aie nearly square. A thing which is
squax-e and has doors and windows is a
hoiise.. For :^ fang" see No. 14,7 (W. 117
A.) ; it is the 70l;h radical.

342 g&l,

^ _^ hsieh*, Thanks, to thank.

Sj- jea^ Radical No. 149, word. (See No. 10).
^. ^1. *^ she*. Phonetic, to throw out ; to shoot, as an
arrow, against someone ^. See the
oldest form. CombineiS with the rad., ^,
the idea is to throw out words of thanks.
(W. 131. D).

343 __
iaa*. To drive, to hurry, to strive for.

^ tsou*. Radical No. 156, to walk. (See No. 146).

S. han*, Phonetic, droughth, rainless, dry. This
is composed of ^ kan^, (supposed to \?e a
pestle, thus by extension to grind, to
offend), and B jih*; with the addition of .
jih^, the fierce effects =p of the sun are set
forth. (W. 102 A). When the radical :^
is added, fthe idea of driving or hurrying is
convej'^ed. The sun is the signal which
sets the Orient to work.

P^ tsan*, To commend, to praise.

■g yen^ Radical No. 149, word. (See No. 10).

m tsan*, Phonetic. , (W. 79 B.). From ^ shen\
to advance in order to make a statement
and ^ pei*, money ; to come forward with
a present, to aid. When the above radical
is added the idea of commending is given.

?,

f.

IIG

345 -^1^ ^ meP, Beautiful, excellent.

^ ^ yac^,vRadical, No. 123, a slieep. (See 253).
■4^ ta*, Phonetic, large,"but originally it meant a
man. (W. 103 A). A man who has the
disposition of a sheep, mild and gentle.

346 a

s/h'AS a song or hymn.
■^ j'esS Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).
JiL ^ ssu^ Phonetic, a court or temple. (W. 79 B.).
■^ ' * The place where the law -*f is pfdlniilgated.

continually ±. (See No. 125). The
■ upper part is ili, cbih^, a small plant issu-
ing from the ground, conveying the idea
of development or progress ; something
which is continual. With the addition of -
the radical M it stands for prolonged
words, a song. The words from the
throne should be as music in the ears of
the people.

Z&

mm

'"*,jiR

EAL1.ee, liESSON XII.

nan', South.
-p shih\ Radical No. 24, ten. (See No. 47).

This character cannot be broken tip into
a radical and a phonetic as it is an old
sjTnbol for south or the place of ^ Jen",
luxuriant vegetation. The fj are the
boundaries of- a place or field and the
vegetation forces its way over them by
constant growth += f. (W. 79 G).

peP, North.
t pr*. Radical No. 21, a spoon ; inverted man.

319

"^mM.

351

117

This is another chatacter which cannot be
reduced to a radical and phqneticf (W.
27 G.).- It represents two' men stand-
ing back to back in the seal writing ; com-
pare **> ts'ang^ to follow. The custom of
the Chinese is to face the south, therefore
the back is toward the north.

chih-. Straight.

@ mu\ Radical No. 109, the eye. (See No. 102).

-p shih\ Phonetic, ten. (W. 10 K.). What ten
eyes declare to be without deviation l
must be straight. (See No. 99).

wang^, To go towards, towards.
-< cA'/A* Radical No. 60, to step'' with left foot.
^ ^ wang^ Phonetic, luxuriant vegetation which
springs from the earth in tufts here and
there ; rambling, (W. 79 D.). With the
addition of the radical it means to strax'
or roam about.

This phonetic has nothing in common
with ^ chtt a lord or w^ith 5 wang^ a
piince- In its modern writing it is confus-
ing as it is not always written the same
w^ay. ^ A'aaafg^, a mad dog comes from
this phonetic, but the top dot is left off.
This is a suggestive phonetic in Jfl as a mad
dog wanders about aimlessly. The idea
of aimless is suggested as these tufts of
-vegetation spring up without regard to
order.

^|i /r. To leave, to separate ; from, distant from.

118

< fi^ chaP Radical No. 172, a short-tailed bird.
(No. 21).
^. ^ it', Phonetic, a yak or elk. (W. 23 E). Thi.s
phonetic plus the above radical was for-
merly used for the Chinese oriole, a verj-
beautifitl yellow bird now called ^ ^
haatig^ Ir. According to Kuei Shih Shuo
Wen, when this bird was heard or seen in
the spring, it was the summons for the
unmarried daughters to leave the parental
roof for the home of their future hus-
bands. Thus the idea of " to leave " at-
tached itseif to the character, and another
^character ;.Yas adopted for the bird.

2^1, ^ cfi'a*, To diifer ; a disci'epanc^'.

~r kting^, Radical No. 48, work. This is doing
violence to the construction of the charac-
ter to^say that X kun^ is the rad., as the
X is only a part of :£ tso^, left hand. (No
89).
^,^, /vfe ch'ur, Phonetic, to hang down, (W. 13 E.).
(See No. 387).

This chtiracter ^ has undergone many
changes. The oldest form is f^ (W. 46
C). The right and left hand are not
working in unison, one is directed upward
and the other downward. The idea of
the present writing is that the left hand is
hanging down, not doing its. -part, thus
there is a discrepancy.

^^^ ^ cA'uanS A boat.

^ chou\ Radical No. 137, a boat. (See No. 108).

119

\^ /fl» j'e«" Phonetic, the ravines in the niiountains
through which thd torre'nts flow. (W. IS
IJ.). Tuaii Shih Shuo Wen gives a bfcttcr
expUiiiation. He says that th« phonetic is
?& _vei2"S a coast ; thus wc wibulcl have this
character taking the place of our English
word, coaster, as the Chinese did not
build boats for crossing the oceans, a
coaster w^as their largest vessel. SoniQ
have tried to prove that this character
indicates that the Chinese knew about
Noah's ark as it is made up of a boat and
eight persons. A Pa^ P k'oti^. This is
only useful to aid in remembering how- to
write the character, as it is of modern
construction, not much over 2000' yeai's
ago — long after the deluge.

354 A^-

^ i^ chiaiig\ A large river.

7K. ^ shuP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

kdng^, Phonetic, labour. This phonetic may
have originally been % ktwg'' tribute. The
Yang Tzu Chiang was the river which
bore the tribute from the nine chou, iLW
(nine ]5rovinces) to the Emjieror. For-
merh'^ official documents were carved on
tortoise shell and the material apparently
was limited in quantity, so that occa-
sionall3' characters were abbreviated on
account of lack of space. An abbre-
* viation of a character in an,_ official docu-

ment was a i^reeedent fbr all time and some
characters have thus been changed so that

!tt,tt

120

/ it is difficult to find an explanation for

' f their present construction.

355 ^

chuan^, To pack, to fill, to pretend.

^ i\ Radical No. 145, clothes. (See No. 51).

chuang-*. Phonetic, a stout man. The idea of

stout is obtained from j:\ ch'iang^. (See

No. 84). The -i: shih* is man. (See No.

69). (W. 127 B.)

As this character was early used for an

' - officer and as officers wore their robes of

: ( ;•!!.' ., office, there are many characters which

■f; r have the abovfe phonetic whose meaning

has to do with appearance. Thus when

the radical for clothing is added, the idea

is to pretend to be what one is not, or to

fill full.

7^ yuan , Distant.

i^ cho\ Radical No. 162, to go. (See No. 10).

^^»-^ j^uan* Phonetic, a long robe. (See No. 51).

^^1 {W. 16 L.). There is evidence that this

character has been changed from the ori-
ginal writing and the -present writing is
not explained. If one remembers when
going on a long journey long clothes are
worn it may assist in recalling the make
up of the character.

357 ^^ 3(^ ;»h

W.IfI iieng', Able.

^ jou*. Radical No. 130, meat. (See No. 133).
This character refuses to be broken up
into radical and phonetic, it formerly
meant the " large brown bear," and be-

358

i£

359

H

360

121

cause of his great strength he was con-
sidered extremely able. This indicates that
a slang word has been incorporated into
the language as the correct expression for
able. (W. 27 ].). The character is ex-
plained thus ; two g paws, ^ the body,
and Jj, the head.

chin*, Near, in time or place.
L, cho* Radical No. 162, to go (See No. 10).
J^ fA c/hb', Phonetic, ax, battle ax; catty. A picture
of the axhead. It was used for a weight*
of 16 dunces or cattj^ (W. 128 A).
The character seems to suggest the proper
way for a w^arrior to advance, (to go to
battle), with his battle ax in his hand, i.e.
near. Both near ^ and jg far have this K.

luh^, To revolve ; a wheel.

cA'e', Radical No. 159 ; a cart, a barrow.
(No. 136).

lan^ Phonetic, a bundle A of documents in pro-
l^er orri er W . "( W. 1 4 G. ) With the addi-
tion of the above radical the idea of oi'der is
retained as a w^heel must have the spokes
arranged properly. The ancient docu-
ments were engraved on bamboo slips and
tied together, as shown in the seal w^riting,
consequently the phonetic is suggestive.

IP, Plums ; baggage.
;ijC wu*. Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).
jv^ tzu^. Phonetic, son. Kang Hsi's dictionary
affirms that, owing to the plum being verj^
prolific, it was represented by wood and

1-22

361

362

son ; the character son is here r-/»«^rosent -
ing the fruit on the tree. When travelling
ones baggage should stick to him as un-
ripe fruit clings to the tree. Pupils are
sometimes referred to as peaches and
plums,— they are unripe fruit receiving
their development from the teacher.

/c«*, To hire, to engage.
yV, A Jcn^f Radical No. 9 ; man.

f^ ku*, I'honetic, to hire. This character is written
^ in two ways, with and without the radi-

cal for man and it has the same meaning.
The upper part of the phonetic is ^ An*
..the 63 rad., Ji door, a famil3', a farmer.
The lower part is jg chuP; a short tailed
bird, the 172ndFradical. A logical inter-
pretation of the combination of these two
radicals would be, the farmer's bird. In
ancient times there were nine kinds of
birds called ^ ku*. The arrival of each of
these M. ku*, on their migratorj-- expedi-
tions was regarded as the sign for com-
mencing certain lines of husbandry. Thus
when the quail was seen in early summer
it set the farmers to harvesting their
wheat ; when wild geese appeared in the
fall, the crops must be gathered in.
Thus the character means to set a person
to work. . Shuo Wen. (cf. W. 129 A.).

ching^, Classic books ; to pass through ; al-
^ ready.

^ mi\ Radical No. 120, silk. '
^ ching^ Phonetic, the watercourses «< under the

363

Hi

128

ground —. (W. 12. H.) These watei-
. courses are of first importance in the
.>■< mind of the geoinancar, hence this phone-

tic enters irtto the composition of nian>-
characters. (See No. 136). With the
addition of the silk radical it stood for
the warp, the long threg.ds in a piece of
cloth. These threads were vei'j' import-
ant in Chinese civilization. In ^ chitig'
the neck, because the courses of the veins
were visible, this phonetic was itsed.

_ shuil\ F'avorable, prosperous.

^ veh^. Radical No. 181 ; head ; leaf of a book.
(Sec No. 105).
, /l|, m ch'it;in\ Phonetic, a large \iver formed 1>y the
junction of several others. Perhaps the
idea of this combination is : — when affairs
flow in a current which is in accordance
with ones head or wishes, H. it is tlien
favourable. (W. 12 E).

364

§i,#

/v'o', A A'isitor, a traveler.

mien- Radical No. 40 a roof (Sec No. 1).

/co-'"-^, Phonetic, each, everj', all. (\Y. 31 B).
A place where all can have a roof over
their heads. Such an individual is called
a ^ k'o*. (See No. 272).

365

kua^. To. blow.

V^ J||r fen^, Radical No. 182 ; the wind. Insects *

^23 ' are bom under the influence of wind or

vapor -V (W. 21 B).

^ ^ she', Phonetic, the tongue. (See No. 73).

This is a modern character and is not

124

366^

367 ^

found in the Shuo Wen. The combination
would suggest that the character was
coined for a blustering wind which licked
up the dust as if by a tongue.

shou\ To receive, to gather together.
^, J^ P'ti\ Radici^l No. 66; to tap, to rap. (See No.17)-
U g chiu^ Phonetic, tendrils. This is a primitive
which was formerly used alone, but in the
rearranging of characters a radical had to
be written with it, as the primitive is not
one of the radicals. The clinging of ten-
drils is a very suggestive symbol for the
above meaning. (W. 54 F.).

sbih^, to pick up ; ten.

^ , ^ shou^, Radical No. 64, the hand.

^^ Ao^ Phonetic, with. (See No. 103). The
phonetic seems to have no phonetic value
in this character, but it indicates that
things are picked up when the hand and
article come together.

'J

n

368

*^

BAIiLER, LESSON XIIT.

ehang*, A measure of ten feet.
— • /'■, Radical No. 1, one.

This is an old character and it was com-
posed of the right hand ^%yu*, holding
shih^, ten, (a ten foot pole).

369 ^ ;g5;

^3i ^3 tien*. Lightning, electricity.

M yu*. Radical No. 173, rain. (See No. 61).
^ 1^ ^ H sAenS Phonetic, Chalfant says that this was a
representation of lightning which even-

370 3

123

ttially became the sign fof " deit:^-." The
combination of the radical foi- rain arid
the sj'nibol for lightning is npt an incon-
sistent sign for electricitj'. (See Nd 227).

iu«S To discuss ; an essay.

■^ j'enS Radical-No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).

^^ y&^ /uM"^ Phonetic, documents assembled in order.

W; BB (See No. 359). With the addition of the

above radical the idea is conveyed of

setting statements in order so that the

thought is made lucid. (W. 14 G).

^^ W *'^'' ^°^' instead of.

a yijeh^, Radical No. 73, to speak. The original
idea of this radical was to depict a word
issuing from the mouth. (See No. 9).
The phonetic of this character has no

,..;,; phonetic value. It was originally two

jJ: li* characters side by side, but it was
afterwards changed to two ^ fu^ charac-
ters, and the lower part^was g tzu, ^ thus
• the idea was that the first man ^ li* could
not do something, but the second //■• did it
just as if the first man had clone it him-
self @. Both j5c and ^ mean man. (W.
60 L.).

^^^ 1*6 P*^*' To tear ; lest.

i[ il> hsm\ Radical No. 61. heart. (See No. 18).
tfi par, Phonetic, white. White heart — no cour-
age. Fright causes one to turn pale.
(See No. 6).

373 jm^ ^ ,. „ ^,

— " hang', 1 o measure.

126

g IP, Radical No. 166, a Chinese mile. (See No.
82).

The phonetic of this character was ^
lian^, but it is so modified in the present
writing that it is of little aid 'to refer to
it. The etymology of the chara<iter is
difficult to trace and the Chinese have in-
vented an etymodogy which after once
hearing it is difficult to forget : — the dis-
tance to the sun H has been measured ^
and it was found to Ije one IP above the
Earth. H sun — one S ^P-

374 *|L

5X kou^. Enough, fully.

^ kung', Radical No. 57, a bow. (See No. 55).
%!k ^ ch'iieh*, /t'e', Phonetic, shell, husk. It is pro-
' bable that the idea w^as to strike ^ shu^

something hollow % A'e** When bow is
added to this phonetic the idea of enough
is said to be sugj^ested because an archer,
in shooting, draws the bow to the full.
He makes a large vacant space between
the bow and the string. (W. 34 I).

375 tt ?^

/^, f\ ch!ih', a foot, a span.

jF-* shih^, Radical No. 44, a corpse, a person in the
reclining posture, an adult.
V^ 2i ''*' Phonetic, germination ; here it indicates the
opening out of the hand in the act of mak-
ing a span. The p shiW is said to be the
male, adult hand . It is probable that this
character has been contracted and thus
the part w'hich indicated the hand has
been deleted. In 'the ^ C/iou dynasty the

127

unit of length measured abc/ut ^isyenty cen-
timeters. If one reniembers this it wiU
help to understand measurements in the
Classics. (W. 32 F.).

"'mM

pao*. To announce ; to recompense ; a news-
p9,per.
Jl t'a\ Radical No. 32, earth.

5te ^ nieh*, a criminal, a man -jfc who has committed
crime ^,jen\ cf. No. 274 (W. 102 G., D.).
It is unfortunate that the scribes have
caused the left part of the ^ character
to be identical with

^, ^ hsing*, fortunate, kickj^ as it has a very-
different meaning.

^,1^ fu' The right part of the character shows a
hand holding a seal, and about to stamp
the order for punishment. (W. 55 C.)
The idea of to announce ^ is obtained
owing to an official trying a crixninal case
^ and publishing his decision g,.

377 |— t zs>

^^ [qI chi?, an office, a shop.

p* shil^, Radical No. 44, a corpse. This is another
character . which cannot be divided up
into radical and phonetic aj^'the base of
the character is R ch'ilf, the expanded
hand, a span and P k'oti^, the mouth. The
explanation given is that in fixing up a
shop one must not onlj' use the hand but
the mouth must also be used to inquire
the best mode of procedure. There is
another explanation of the character
which may be eaisier to remember. The

128

ch'ih^ ;^ is a foot, (a square foot) and the
P k'ou^ is one of the positions on a chess
board. A chess board a foot square is
large enough and the squares are places
for stopping or resting. (W. 32 F,).

378 igg

'iTO ^"» Happiness, prosperity'.

^ shih*, Radical No. 113 ; to reveal. (See No. 227).
•^ -d» fu* Phonetic, abundance. (W. 75 D.). The
- ' ' most satisfactory explanation of this

phonetic is that it is a contraction of Wt
Aao\ high and ffl t'ien', a field, the products
' of the field piled higli is a good symbol tor

abundance. With the addition of the
radical the idea is that a superhuman in-
fluence has decreed abundance, hence the
meaning happiness, (cf. No. 267).

379-^ -d* .

~^!^, ^^ bsiang'. To receive, to enjoy.

-*-* t'oa^, Radical No. 8, above.

This character does not divide up into
radical and phonetic. The ancient writ-
ing was two iti characters, one upright
and the other inverted, they were con-
tracted to ^. Hei-e is another illustra-
tion of the reversing the meaning of a
character bj' inverting it. The upper
part -^ is w^titten in the ordinary way
and means superior ; the lower part
is inverted and means inferior. The ©
in the seal form is the gift which is being
handed up to the superior by the inferior.
(W. 75 D.).

380

@C

cheng*:, To rule ; government.

381

Mft

382

"^m

129

■^ p'u* Radical No. 66, to strike or tap. The
seal character is a right hand holding a
rod. (See No. 17).

Tr cheng*. Phonetic, right, exact. A govemment
ifc should act :£ p'u* in an orderly and ex-
act jE manner. (See No. 12). (W. 112 I).

t'ieh^, To paste.
^ pei*, Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).
f* cban\ Phonetic, to usurp, to seize, to divine.

An old definition of the character 5fi is
" to leave in pledge." An article left in
pledge is marked by pasting a written
statement upon it. It is possible that
the meaning which is now prevalent
originated in this way. The above
phonetic also means to divine, but the
meaning to usurp seems to be more
logical in this combination. (W. 56 B).

mo*. Ink.
-p t'a*. Radical No. 32, earth.
m Gg heP, Phonetic, black. The]^seal writing of this
^*n,sins. character is a vent^for^ smoke and the

lower part is two fires, one above the
other, indicating a succession of fires.
Around the vent lampblack accumulates,
hence a very appropriate symbol for black.
It is the 203rd radical • Mixing lamp-
black with earth ± is probably the way
ink was first made. (W. 40 D).

an*, Dark.
H jih*, Radical No. 72, sun.
ei y^"^' Phonetic, sound. This is the 180th, radi-

130

cal. (See No. 39), There are several
characters which have this radical as their
phonetic and have a i^ieaning of dark or
obscure ; it may be, that this meaning has
been attached to this phonetic owing to
sound being invisible. When the sun is
invisible it is dark. (W. 73 E).

384 M

fSS en^t Grace, to show favor.

Jl^ hsin^, Radical No. 61, heart.

m yirH^, Phonetic, because. (W. 60 B). The ori-
ginal meaning of this phonetic was a
man confined in a cell. One cannot but
feel sorrj^ for a prisoner thus confined.
If this feeUng of sorrow leads one to
hberate him, that is grace and it is repre-
sented by placing heart, j& bsin^ under @
yin^.

J^, ^ hui*, Kind, grace.

>L^ hsit^, Radical No. 61, heart.

ch'uan\ Phonetic. This is supposed to repre-
sent an ox w^ith a trace attached to a
bar behind the horns ; and at the end of
the trace there is a hook for attaching
objects which are to be drawn. By ex-
tension, when ones heart is drawn into
his work he is kind, he allows his better
feelings to enter into his actions. (W.
91E,G).. ,,

386 iBi )itt( . , -,. .

:>^, ^v tietf, A dictionary, records.

J^ pa^, Radical No. 12, eight.
nn -.lUL ch'aP, Phonetic, books. This is an old char-
acter and has , dropped out of use. It, in

387

'$

131

the seal writing, represents bamboo
books placed in order. The lower part of
the character was a table % wu^, and not
A pa\ but when radicals were sought to
classify all characters, the legs of the table
were taken for A pa^ (W. 156 C).

yu^. Post house.
& i\ Radical No. 163, a city. (See No. 11).
: ^ ch'uP, Phonetic, a bough loaded with leaves
and drooping flowers (W. 13 E). Chalfant
says that this phonetic is a spray of wis-
taria. As these flowers hang pendent,
this symbol has been adopted for charac-
ters w^hich convey the idea of hang-'
ing or suspension. Thus M shui* to sleep,
implies that the eyelids are drooping and
are suspended over the eyes. A post-house
w^as on the frontier. This was the only
place w^here the Governn;ient maintained
postal communications, the Emperor espe-
cially desiring to know the condition of
affairs in the villages or cities which were
located on the fringes of his domain.
They are looked upon as the "hanging
on " cities.

388

BALLEE LESSON XIV.
fu^, A prefecture ; a palace.
f*^ yen^ Radical No. 53, a covering, a hut.
vj^ fu*, Phonetic, to deliver to. With the addition
of the radical the meaning of the charac-
ter is a place J" where taxes ar<!i paid,
^. A man i takes and a hand ^ gives.
(W. 45 C).

1.32

389 Xxi Ikk chou^, A political district.

J*\. U\ //./ ch'uan\ Radical No. 47, streams. (W. 12 E).
This is. an old character and does not
break up into radical and phonetic. In
the old writing it represents tracts of land
surrounded by rivers. (W. 12 L).

390

391 >dfe»

392

hsieti^, A district.
^ mi^ Eadical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).
|B . ll. hsiao^ Phonetic, the head of a criminal hang-
ing up, the hair is hanging down. (W.
160 A). With the addition of % hsi\ a
modification of ^ mi* silk, the idea of the
head being hung up is emphasized. A
bsiea* was a place w^here an official resided
whose rank enabled him to execute crimi-
nals. (See Chalmers No. 187).

|g sheng^, or hsin^. Sheng^, a province ; hsin^,

watchful.
@ mu\ Radical 109, the eye. (See No. 102).
^ shao^, Phonetic, few. This phonetic is devoid
of phonetic, significance. There are three
ways of explaining this character, but
only two .of them are worth recording.
The ^ is said to be the eyebrow frowning
as if endeavoring to see more distinctly.
The other explanation is that the /J? shao^
indicates a narrowing of the palpebral
fissure in order to see better. This is fre-
quently done by nearsighted persons as it
gives them clearer vision. (W. 158 D).

lou^, Loft, a story, a house which is more than
one story high.

393 >fc=;

394

395

133

^ mu*, Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).
-^ lou' Phonetic, the part of a palace where wo-
■^^ men are confined. (W. 67N). Women ^

nff, enclosed 41 chung^, in the # wu^, prison
of the gynecium. With the addition of the
w^ood radical it is the symbol for a
house which is higher than the ordinary
dwelling.

tuarP, Short, deficient.
3^ sbih^, Radical No. Ill, a dart. (See No. 100).
g "^ tou*, Phonetic, a dish. (W. 165 A.) The char-
acter for short was formed by putting
together two of the shortest utensils of the
ancients, namely, a dart and a dish.
The character for long ^, was hair that
was so long it 'had to be fastened with a
brooch. (For long, see W. 113 A).

hsin^, New, recent.

JX chin^, Radical No. 69, an ax. (See No. 358).

^ chen^ Phonetic, the Chinese hazel bush. Rods
of this shrub were used for beating crimi-
nals and, for this purpose, it was necessary
that they be freshly cut. Thus hazel
brush ^ cheti^ and ax Jf chiti^ became the
symbol for new or fresh, as the ax by the
side of the rods implied that they were just
cut. (W. 102 H). The present writing of
hazel W cheii^ is not like the above, which
is the old writing.

chiu*, Old, worn out, fornlerly.
^^ ts'aq^ Radical No. 140, grass. (SeeNos. 22, 40),
Q chiu^, Phonetic, a mortar. This seems to be a

134

396

397

^ chiwi, was originally used for j^ chim, a
corpse placed in a coffin. In the shops
coffins are euphemistically spoken of as
%i^ shorn ts'ai^, material for the aged or
old. This usage may have stamped the
meaning of old on ^ chiw^ as in the above
writing it represented the corpse in the
coffin. (W. 103 C) (cf. 42.8.)

huai*, To spoil, ruined.

;^ t'u^ Radical No. 32, earth.

m; huaP, Phonetic, to hide in the bosom, covered
from the eye by putting in the breast.
(W. 16 J). The upper part of the phone-
tic is a cover, the part which looks like m
w^ng^ is g mu* vsrritten horizontally in
order that it may not take vip so much
space, the loAver part is the radical for
clothing with the cords which are used as
fasteners across the breast of the garment
represented. Others explain that 5ji tai*
means to hide as the eyelashes fall over

J the eye and hide it, and is here placed in-

side of the ^ i.e. to hide in the clothing.
, -,; cf. No. 82, ;X. '

With the addition of the radical for earth
the idea may have been, — if instead of hid-
ing the article in the breast it was buried
in the earth it would be ruine'd.

c/2'a^. To examine, to search into.
TfC mu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).
n ch^ieh^ Phonetic, a chair, without a back. It is
used here as a simple phorietic. This char-

398

399

400

135

acter was originally used in sacrificial
ceremonies and it enters into the composi-
tioil of many characters. With the addi-
tion of wood h was originally used as
a proper name and afterwards it was
written instead of ^ ch'a'. Thus it has
no etymology. Correctly written $.
nan^, Difficult, to cause distress.
^ chui' Rad. No. 172, a short tailed bird. (See 21).
J^ Qt| /jan* Phonetic, dried in the sun. In the old
seal writing the sun is shining on the loess
with fiery heiat and drying out the mois-
ture. With the addition of the radical for
short tailed birds, (most water fowl have
short tailg) the idea is that when the pools
where these birds get their food are dried
up they are in distress. (W, 171 B).

ts'ao^r Grass, herbs.
ljn|l_ -tt ts'ao^ Radical No. 14Q, grass.

M *sao*, Phonetic, early. (See No. 111). This
character originally stood for a kind of
grass which was used tor dyeing articles
black ^. With the addition of the radical
it now means any kind of grass or herb.
(W. 143 E).

chiao^, To teach-; a religion ; to allow.

v^ p'u^ Kadical No. 66, to strike. (See No. 17).

;^ &. hsiao^, Phonetic, to learn. The seal writing is

two crosses X=i*, above a son ^. (W 39

B). If hete indicates question and answer.

it, 5^ vao^ (See No. 165). The character X has the

meaning of influence from the cutting of

shears which it pictures. Here being

136

doubled it emphasizes the influence of the
teacher on the pupil ^. With the addi-
tion of the radical :£ the idea of applying
the rod is portrayed. (W. 39 G, H). The
modern writing of this phonetic is identical
with ^ hsiao*, filial piety, but it has noth-

401 -y. ingbut ^ in common with it. (W. 30 E).
chu\ To boil.

iK,*^^^ /zuo^ Radical No. 86, fire.
^*^^ >§■ che' Phonetic, a final particle, a suffix. (See

No. 270). This phonetic can be regarded
as the pronoun it ; then the etymology is>

fire iK it ^. Boil it by putting fire under it.

402 »/^
chin*, To enter in, to advance.

cho^ Radical No. 162, walking and stopping.

chui}- Phonetic, a short-tailed bird. It has no
phonetic significance in this character.
172nd radical. (See No. 21). With the
addition of the radical 5_ it stands for to
advance ; this may be because birds in
flying always move forwards, they never
fly backwards.

403 Jt>|.t

njfll t^ang*, A time, an occasion.

cA'eS Radical, No. 159, a cart. (See No. 136).

shang*, Phonetic, a roof of a house. (See No.
52). (W. 36 E). With the addition of the
cart radical it is used for the number of
times a trip has been taken. The cart
suggests that the idea may have been, —
the number of trips the cart made to a
certain house and back.

^ W ^*' Advantage, profit.

JE mm^ Radical No. 108, a dish, (See No. 233).

405

137

^V sAai^ Phonetic, water. The character is lying
on its side, indicating overflow, or abund-
ance. A dish M overflowing stands for
advantage or profit. (W. 125 C). This
is an old character and antedated the
glazing of pottery. Unglazed pottery if
made of sandy clay will not hold water,
but pottery made of good clay will retain
it. It would not be strange if pottery
which held water was taken as the symbol
of advantage or profit.

sao^, To sweep.
^ shou^, Radical No. 64 ; the hand.

chou^ Phonetic, a dusting brush. (W. 44 K).
In the seal writing a hand ^ is represented
as holding a broom. The addition of the
hand radical at the side was made about
406 ^ a. 200 B.C.

•^ hsiao*, To honor parents, filial piety.

"T^ tzu^, Radical No. 39, a son.
^ lao^, Phonetic, old. This phonetic is not
brought out in the modern writing. (W.
30 E). The phonetic in ffcfj; chiao^ in
modern writing is the same as # hsiao*,
but it has nothing in common with it in
etymology. (See No. 400). Lao^ ^ old,
stands for parents and the ^p tztP son
should render that devotion and reverence
which is fitting and proper.

ching^, To reverence.
j^ p'u^ Radical No. 66, to strike.
;gj ra chi* Phonetic, to restrain ones self. (W. 54
G). This phonetic is made up of ^ yang^

407

138

408

409

410

sheep, contracted, and '^ pao^ to cover
and n k'ou^ the mouth. To stand meek
as a sheep and restrain ones words. With
the addition of the radical which here can
be taken as the one w^ho wields pow^er the
idea is to be modest in the presence of
those in authority.

t'ang^, A hall, a ineeting place.

i t'u^ Radical No. 32, earth.

-^ shang*. Phonetic, a house, (See No. 52) ; hence
this is a suggestive phonetic. With the
addition of the radical for earth we have
an inclosure n which is roofed over »^ but
the earth is the floor, a condition which is
by no means uncommon at the present
time. (W. 36 E).

ch'u*, A place, circumstances.

^ hu\ Radical No. 141, a tiger. (See No. 258).

^Jjt c/z'u*, Phonetic, a place. Suggestive phonetic.
The primitive idea of this phonetic was
to have walked until tired, ^ sw}^, and
come to a seat JL chP. This character
had the radical hu^ added to it when the
characters were being put under radicals
but it contributes nothing save difficulty
in writing. To the present day the ab-
breviated form ^ is without this radical.
(W. 20 B).

ch'ang^, Constantly.
|tj chin^, Radical No. 50, a napkin. (See No.

143).
[^ shang\ Phonetic, a house, (See No. 52) (W-

411

^

412

139

36 E). The radical cbin^ is a banner
which is constantly ^ floating in front of
the headquarters, fl shan^, of the general.

/c'o^, Numerative of trees.
>^ mu*, Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

kuo\ Phonetic, fruit. (W. 120 F). The fruit
is represented by IH fier^ on the tree. This
combination would make an appropriate
numerative of fruit trees, but it is used for
all kinds of trees.

shu^, A tree.
'^^ Mu\ Radical No. 75, wood.
■ ^=1 chu^ or shu*, Phonetic, upright, vertical. (W
165 D). This seems to be a hand ^t
beating a drum M. chou^. The idea of
vertical' may have been derived from the
position in which the drum was held.
The left part is a drum n on a stand and
above is an ornament. With the addition
of the wood radical we have vertical or
standing wood, trees.

413

BALLER LESSON XV.

hou*, Thick, generous.
f^ ban* Radical No. 27, a cliff. (See No. 42).

hou^ Phonetic, liberal, generosity. ^ is the
reverse of ^=^ i.e. «^=^. The.0 is a gift
and the rest of the phonetic is first five
strokes of i^ AaoS high, reversed ; thus 'it
is a gift come down to an inferior -^.
A superior man or the gods would give

140

lavish gifts, thus the meaning of generous

is attached to this phonetic. The f' han*

is not cliff but a stroke which indicates

descent or the coming down of the gift

from above. (W. 75 G).
414 /^

J^ ch'uan^, To propagate ; to hand down.

^ _ J^ jen^, Radical No. 9, man.

-^ ^ chuati^, Phonetic, singly, particular. (W. 91
~ F). g ch^uan^ The upper part of this

phonetic is an ox harnessed and a trace
dragging behind with a ring for attaching
loads which are to be drawn. When the
lower part of the phonetic -^ hand, is
added, it is the character for a writing
tablet which was worn attached ;^ to the
-^ wrist. These tablets were worn by the
official scribes. A man A proclaims ^
what is written on his wrist-tablet U,
preaches from notes.

1^, nl^ AsjV, To repair, to build, to cuMvalse, adorn.

A ^ jen^, Radical No. 9, man.

/p^ yu^ Phonetic, to feel ones way across a ford

^ with a stick ^. (See No. 160). This

phonetic has added to it ^ shan^, feathers,

long hair, ornament. This compound

phonetic and the radical for man stand for

.,„ __^ ^ to cultivate, to repair. (W. 12 C).

f ■W' pao^ An herb of the mint family ; thin, mean.

Pr ts'ad', Radical No. 140, grass, is connected
with the first meaning of S|.

i^ p'a^, Phonetic, a wide expanse of shallow
water ^Jc. (For iT fu^ see No. 151). The
phonetic M fu^, the hand ^ of an adult, W,

141

417

broad, amplitude. From this meaning
the idea of breadth runs through several
characters which have this phonetic, (W.
109 D). Here breadth without depth
suggests thinness, meanness.

hsiad^, To laugh at, to smile.
YS chu\ Radical No. 118, bamboo. (See-No. 7).
^ ^ J'^oS Phonetic, a man in the act of bending
forward in order to jump, march or laugh
more easily. With the addition of bamboo
the character is used for, to laugh, because
when the wind waves the bamboo it
resembles the movements of a man con-
vulsed with laughter. (W. 61 B) (See
No. 323).

418 rst

yiian^, Round.

|~| weP, Radical No. 31, enclosure.
g g yuan'. Phonetic, round. (W. 161 B). Origi-
nally this phonetic was the full writing of
the character, but □ weP was added later.
The character now has two □ weP radi-
cals as the small square above the §, pe/*
is weP. The meaning was something
round like a cowrie ^.
419 rPC fp

lis. cbiang-^, An artisan.

I. /ang^ Radical No. 22, a log hollowed out.
(W. 51 A).
/T, /^ chiii^, Phonetic, an ax. No phonetic significance.
(W. 128 A). The seal writing is said to
be a representation of the instrument.
The little stroke to the right is thought
' • to be a chip of wood. This is the 69th

142

radical. (Cf. No. 358). When the radical
for a hollowed out log is added it stands
for an artisan or the work of an artisan.
The hollowing out of trees to make boats
or vessels was probably one of the first
mechanical devices employed.

"'~^ ch'in^, The affections, the feelings.

1^ i^ hsin^, Radical No. 61, the heart.

^ ch^jng^, Phonetic, the colors of nature, (See No.

^ 63), (W. 115 D). With the addition ot

the radical for heart ^e character stands

for those feelings which are pure or

natural to the heart of man.

421

422

sbih^, Real, true, really, solid.

t^-- mien', Radical No. 40, a roof.

«■ kuan*, Phonetic, long strings of cowries or
cash. (W. 153 A). The upper part of
the phonetic, which by the w^ay has ^no
phonetic value, is two articles w strung
together on a string — , ;■» kuan\ and the
lower part shows that these articles are
cowries or coins ^ pei*. When roof is
added the character stands for real wealth
" stored away where it is available for use,
not a false pretense of wealth.

bsin^, to become sober after being drunk, to
wake up, to startle. *

_ ^ yu^ Radical No. 164 ; a kind of jar which was
used for keeping fermented liquors. The —
shows that there is something in the jar,
(W. 41 G).

,^ hsin^, Phonetic,, stars. (W. 79 F). The

^<%.

423 ^

424

425

■v

143

oldest writing of this character has three
stars or suns above ^ shen^. The stars
are supposed to be formed ^ sheng^ from
the quintessence of sublimate matter rising
up to heaven, i^ chwg^=tleSLi\ crystal. ®
hsing^ is to become cle^r- headed after
intoxication.

buo*, Calamity, misfortune.
7J>, >v shih*, Radical No. 113, to reveal. (See No.
227).
1^ kaa^ Phonetic, a defect in the conformation of
the bones of the mouth a cleft palate. (See
No. 119). When the above radical is
combined with this phonetic there is the
suggestion of divine judgment. If a child
is born with a hare lip or a cleft palate j^
it is regarded as a calamity |^ sent from
heaven^. (W. 118 A).

k'u\ To cry.
P k'ou^, Radical No. 30, the mouth.
-^ ^ ch'uan^, Phonetic, dog, — without phonetic
significance. Confucius remarked that
this character is a picture of a dog. The
two mouths ua bsuan^ indicate a call or
outcry, hence ^ means to howl or cry ra
after the manner of dogs i^. (W. 72 C).

cWien^, Shallow.
7K, ^ sbuP, Radical No. 85, water.

cbien^ Phonetic, to exterminate, to destroy,
dangerous. The common work of two or
more halberds. (W. 71 R). (See No.
13). This phonetic always gives a bad

144

^■^/^

427

X,A

428

or insignificant color to the character.
Shallow water is dangerous to a sailor.

shih^, An age, a generation, thirty years.

— ' iS Radical No. 1, one.

Jffk san^ shih^, Phonetic, thirty. No phonetic
significance. (W. 24 O). j]\- is the con-
traction of three + shih^ or thirty and the
horizontal line below in ifi:, is the radical i^
— one. Thirty years make one generation.

wen', Strokes, lines, literature, elegant.

Radical No. 67. This is one of the oldest
characters and it is supposed to represent
the grain in wood or ripples on water.
(W. 61 F).

ch'uan*, To exhort, to advise.

^ li\ Radical No. 19, strength. (See No. 212).

H" kuati*, Phonetic, a heron. (W. 72 J). A
short-tailed bird # chui^, with egrets, X
or horns, which has a loud call "^ bsiiad.
The horns of a sheep are taken to repre-
sent the egrets. The Sbuo Wen has no
etymology for this phonetic in combina-
tion with the above radical. It may be
that this combination was used owing to
the great patience of the heron. Its
Chinese common name is " old waiter ",
lao* ten'^. It will gaze into the water iot
hours without moving, in order to secure
a fish. If we could use the same patience
and vigilance in J)ersuading men much
would be accomplished, hence it is not an
inappropriate symbol for, to exhort.

145

*^^ P^ "'^*' '^'^ curse, to revile.

i^ P^,|^ wang^ Radical No. 122, a net. (See No. 38),
(W. 39 C).
^ ma^. Phonetic, horse. Radical No. 187. (See
No. 261), (W. 137 A). The Shuo Wen
does not explain this character ^. It seems
to be an arbitrary combination of radical
and phonetic. Catch a horse 15 in a net

1^ and you will w^ant to revile ^.
430 -gH?

i^^ je*, To provoke, to irritate.

^H^ hsin\ Radical No. 61, heart. (See No. 18).
^^ ^ jc*, Phonetic, the primitive sense is to pick 3)
' ^ herbs ft to eat P ; to select. (W. 46 G).

The ordinary meaning is if. Just why this
combination of radical and phonetic should
mean to irritate is not verj' apparent. If
the ^ je^is regarded as selecting, — one who
is over particular in selecting is most ex-
asperating, or irritating to the mind ^6.

~fflc ^$- wu^. Without, none.

rf»»>' mm ...

J^ AHo^ Radical No. 86, fire. Fire was arbitrari-

Ij considered as the radical of this charac-
ter ; in the old writing there is no such
element in its composition but # forest is
the original form for the -"". Chalfant sug-
gests that this character is made up of ^
ch'en^, primitive meaning, a warriors
.^& car and C wang^, lost. This last charac-

ter, in an old writing, is placed where the
horses should be and the idea, according
to the above mentioned authority, is that
the animals have strayed away in the
forest. The forest is represented by #

146

lin^, in seal writing and the ^ virang^ is
placed between the two trees. (See Chal-
fant Plate XXYIII, and W. 10 I).

:5p chieh*, A boundary, a limit.

H t'ien\ Radical No. 102, afield. (See No. 207).
XK til chieh*, Phonetic, boundaries, the lines that se-
parate A pa\ men A /'enl (W. 18 F).
With the addition of the radical for
field the idea of field boundaries is very
evident.

433

lan^, A basket.

^^,^ cbu", Radical No. 118, bamboo. (See No. 7).
chien^, Phonetic, to examine, to oversee, a jail.
(W. 82 F). (See No. 294). By taking
the meaning of this phonetic as a jail or
place of confinement, then by the addition
of the bamboo radical we have a wicker
utensil in which articles may be placed or
confined, for safe transportation.

434

435

shui^, To sleep.

g mu\ Radical No. 109, the eye. (See No. 102).

^ ch'uP, Phonetic, to hang down. (W. 13 E),
(See No; 387). With the addition of the
radical for eye the idea of the eyeUds com-
ing down and covering the eye is set forth,
naturally suggesting sleep.

chiao^'^, chiieh^. To perceive, to feel.
@ chien*. Radical No. 147, to see, to perceive.

(W. 158 C). (See No. 85).
P^ hsiad' Phonetic, to learn. (W. 39 I). The two

147

sides of the phonetic are the two hands of
the teacher pressing down on the '— waste
space where ignorance reigns in the head
of the pupil; the two Jii i* between the
hands indicate the questioning and ans-
wering of teacher and pupil. jJ = doubl-
ing of X> cutting shears, idea of influence
(see No. 400 and 165). With the ad-
dition of the radical, ^ to perceive, the
characrer means, to perceive, to know.

BA.LLEB, VOGABULAEY III.
436 ^ /^

1=1 . iol hai*, To injure ; to contract a disease.

'^ mieti^ Radical No. 40, a roof, (See No. 1).

This being a verj' old character it does not
fall easilj' into radical and phonetic. The
phonetic should be a combination of ^
chieh* and n k'ou^ but we find no such
• combination outside of this character. ^
chieh* is the first mnemonic invention
after the knotting of strings. It represents,
notches ^ on a | stick. The stick was
injured by these notches. When the
word for mouth, □ k'ou^, is "added the
idea is that one injures another by slander
and when the above radical is added, the
injury is done under cover '^ i.e. secretly.
(W. 97 E). ^ CAie/z* is very like, ^ feng^
a leafy bough, (See No. 312).

ping*, Disease, defect.
jf^ ni* or chP Radical No. 104, disease. This radi-
cal is made up of — i^ a straight horizontal
line, the position of a sick person, and bed

437

148

tI ch^iang^. Thus it means, to be sick.
The scribes arbitrarily added a dot on
top- (W. 127C).
p)^" [jijl ping' Phonetic, the third of the ten stems. It
is a fire jJH in a house f\ and thus it is a sug-
gestive phonetic, as a feverish person, a
sick person, is hot (W. 41 A). When the
radical for disease is added to this phone-
tic it forms a fitting symbol for disease.

438 €^ m^

■^5*, j^l hstieh^, Snow.

j^ J'^^ Radical No. 173, rain. (See No. 61).
-J , ch'otr' Phonetic, a hand. (W. 44 A). The
original phonetic was broom, ^ izai* but
it has been contracted to ch'ou^ and there
is little use in remembering the original
phonetic, save to explain wh^^ the present
phonetic has no phonetic value. (W. 44
J). With the addition of the rain radical
we have the rain '^ .which can be taken
up in the hand a- or swept aw^ay ^. A

AQQ isa** good combination for symbolizing snow.

S i\ To heal.

yu^, Radical No. 164, wine or a cordial. (See
No. 422).

i^ Phonetic, to take out ji shu^ arrows ^ from
the Cjuiver E ?. The idea is that these
arrows are to be shot at the deinon of dis-
ease. The cordial radical g is added as
it indicates that .spirits are to be ad-
ministered to the patient. (W. 131 C).
440 r^ .

yang^, To nourish, to rear.

•^ shih-, Radical No. 184, to eat, (W. 26 J\I), (See

M9

^ yan^^ Phonetic, sheep, (See No. 253). This is
a suggestive phonetic as the eating -% of
mutton #^ is one means of securing

nourishment, * (W. 103 A).

441 -M- ^ ^

3^V) TT yi^^i Brave, heroic; England.

-H- ts'ati" Radical No. 140, grass, (See No. 22).
H^ /jK yati^, Phonetic, a man :fc in the midst of a
large space, rt ; in the seal writing it is a
man in. the midst of a jungle. (W. 60 K).
With the addition of the radical ,h- the
idea of jungle is still further elaborated.
It requires bravery to enter a jungle where

fierce beasts abound.

442 ^fo

l^^ £eS Virtue, moral excellence.

^ ch'ih* Radical No. 60, a step with the left foot.
(See No. 128).

^ te^ Phonetic, virtue, ig chihr' upright, >& Asin*
heart. This was the original w^riting of
the character %., but it was finally put
under the 60th radical. i[See No. 99 for
explanation of phonetic). The addition
of the radical may impart the idea of
action or going out ^ ; in order to deve-
lope virtue it must be exercised, and go
out to others.

443

B,^

yuan*, A court yard ; a public building.
/u^Radical No. 170, a mound. In the seal
writing a mound F is depicted with three
steps # leading to the top of a terrace.
(W. 86 A).
^ watf, Phonetic, finished, done. (See No. 93).
This phonetic often has reference to build-
ings and with the above radical it indi-

150

M4 |§j

445

m

cates a large court surrounded with
buildings, or public offices (W, 29 H).

huatig^, Imperial ; the sovereign.

Q paP, Radical No. 106, white. (See No. 6).

qrT wang^, Phonetic, king, ruler, royal. (W. 83
C ) . Chalfant has the most likely explana-
tion of this character. He has found old
writings which seem to indicate that it
was a string of jade beads J ; as jade beads
covild only be afforded by the royalty, this
was the s^anbol which was adopted to
indicate the ruling class. (See Chalfant,
Plate XVIi;. The g paP is contracted
from g tzu* beginning, self, and thus the
character M huang^ originally meant a
king by right of birth.

lang-, A wolf, cruel.

^ ,^ ch'iian^ Radical No. 94, a dog. (See 424).

g S 77an^, Phonetic, good, sagacious. This phone-
tic has undergone many changes with the
varying ideas as to man's original nature.
The primary meaning was the nature of
man, a gift from heaven, is good. The
gift is represented by ©. The coming
down from heaven was represented by/*.
The next more modern form is 1.. The
two convergent strokes at the top are
heaven and earth coming together, the
middle part of the character is the gift and
the bottom part indicates that this gift
may be lost li, (W. 75 F). This seems a
most inappropriate phonetic for wolf; tbe
explanation is as follows : — The wolf is

151

extremely sagacious, in knowing where to
go to escape danger and where food can
be obtained, he is an expert g. dog, j^,

best of the dog tribe.

446 ^

~KtK. ii^g^i Spirit, spiritual, intelligent.

^ yv?, Radical No. 173 ; rain. (See No. 61).
^^ ^ ling^ Phonetic, the falling of rain in large
drops, the large drops are indicated by
the three circles. These circles have been
changed into squares as usual in the
modern writing. This phonetic does not
conform to the usual rule of phonetics, in
that it includes the radical and does not
contain all parts of the character except

(^ the radical ; M wu^ was added to the

character at a later period. The rain
was something very earnestly desired for
the crops, and they made supplication for
it. The lower part of the character is a
symbol w^hich represents witches M danc-
ing to obtain rain ; the work X of witches
M. (W. 72 K and for wu" W. 27 E).
Because the spirits were invoked for rain
this character has been used to represent

spirit or spiritual.

447 rit_
han^, The soul.

7^, /S. kueP, Radical No. 194 ; the spirits of the dead.
(W, 40 C). The old character is a primi-
tive representing a human being vanishing
into the air. This character has under-
gone several changes. The upper part is
said to be the head of a demon, the lower
part is a human being and the X» is a

152

448

representation of the swirl made by the
demon when it moves.
:2^ yiJn'', Phonetic, clouds, borrowed to mean
speak. This phonetic adds the idea of
evanescence. The spirit is not visible to
the natural eye. ( W. 9 3 B ) .

SJ^l /e?, Thunder.

1^ yff, Radical No. 173 ; rain, (See No. 61).

[Tt t'ien^, Phonetic, field. Without phonetic sig-
nificance. (See No. 45). This character
® was orif^inally written with three or'
four ig t'ieti' and a small symbol in the

^y center which indicated reverberation ; as

if the noise of thunder was caused on
account of the fields impinging. See
Chalfant, Plate VII. (W. 149 F).

449

ts'eng', A story (of a house), a layer.
/ shlU, Radical No. 44 ; a person in either the
recumbent or the sitting posture. A
living person w^ho was, in ancient times,
dressed to impersonate the dead, and
was worshipped at the funeral. (W.
32 A).

ts'en^. Past, already ; t&etig^, still more, to
add. The radical f shih^ seems an inap-
propriate radical, a plausible explanation
is as follows : — the character " story " was
needed when houses were l)uilt more than
one story high. This was another room
M wu^ (See No. 337) added # tseng (See
No. 230) above the ordinary room. It
may be that the character ts'en^ M was
originally written; i^ i.e. M room # added,

158

but was afterwards contracted to its

present form.
450 *a^,

chih^, To cure, to heal, to govern.

yy% s/zu?, Radical No. 85 ; water, (See No. 79).

^ r Piionetic, I, ones self. No phonetic sienifi-

cance. This was originally the name of a

river and it seems to have been adopted

to stand for the verb to cure without

etj'mologlcal justification.

.451

«

452

m

453

m

ming^, A name, fame, reputation.

P /f'oui, Radical No. 30, mouth.

J^ hsf Phonetic, evening. No phonetic value.
In the evening -^ one should call out p his
name ^, in order that others may know
who approaches. (See No. 14).

tao', To pra3'', prayer.

^ ^ shih\ Radical No. 113, to show, to make
known, (See No. 227).

S. J sAou*, Phonetic, longevity. (W. 144B). The
upper part of this phonetic is supposed to
represent a ploughed field J ch'ou^, and
indicates constaiit repetition, the furrows
are turned over one after the other. With
the addition of p k'oa^ the idea of repeated
inquiry is convej^ed. The present phonetic
has hand, -rf- ts'un*, added by the side of
P k'ou^, as gestures aid the petition. With
the addition of the radical this character
fulfills the heathen idea for prayer; — "for
they think the\^ shall be heard for their
much speaking."

shih^, A lion.

154

^ -^ ch'iiatP Radical No. 94, a dog. (See No.
424).

pip shih^, Phonetic, a leader or master. Composed
of ^ tuf^ an elevation of two steps, ele-
vated, and rfJ chin^ and — ?, one or first.
This combination stands for the banner of
the commander-in-chief, the first —banner
fjl over the fort g , thus the idea of leader
.or master is conveyed by this character.
With the addition of the dog radical, the,
idea is set forth that the lion is the king
of beasts. (W. 86' B).

454 n^t

ch'iang^, A wall.

^ ch'iang^, Radical No. 90, a split log, (See No.
84).

^ she* se*. Phonetic, grain inclosed in a granary,
frugal, stingy. The present writing of the
phonetic has no phonetic significance, but

;^ |g ch'iang^, means a wall and it may have

been originally used as the phonetic and
contracted to the present form. (W. 76
E). ^ She* is composed of hn^ "^ a place
® for putting: grain in, A> A jv*, to put in,
(contracted) and ^ laP, grain, also con-
tracted. (W. 13 C), (See No. 64). (This
character now means to come). The m
represented bearded grain hanging from
the stalk. "With the addition of the
radical which is a symbol of strength,
we have a good combination for
wall. Walls were early built around

155

*55 j^l chi*, To adjust, to trim ; A dose of medicine.

^J [j , 71 tao\ Radical No. 18, a knife. (See No. 37). •
^K ^6 cA'i^ Phonetic, even. Doses of medicine should
be of uniform size. (W. 174 A). This is
the 210th radical. In the seal character
there are three stalks of grain. Stalks of
grain, standing in the field, are practical-
ly all of equal heighth. These three ap-
pear to us as quite uneven, but this is
because our ideas of the perspective differ
from those of the framer of the character.
The lower of the two horizontal lines at
the bottom, is the foreground and the
upper of these two lines is the back-
ground, thus because each head of grain
is equally high from the ground, the
character stands for even. With the ad-
dition of the knife radical we have the
idea of the apothecary using the spatula
in apportioning doses of medicine.

456 :?H£

yao*, Medicine.

+f ts'ao^ Radical No. 140. grass, (See No. 22).
j'ao*,jueA*, Phonetic, an ornamented frame on
ie* which drums and a bell are placed. The
drums are on the sides and the bell is in
the middle. (W. 88 C.) This instrument
gives the five sounds of the Chinese scale.
It is necessary to observe the seal
writing in order to see the intention of
the symbol. These five parts of the in-
strument are all in tune. With the addi-
tion of the radical for grass, the idea is
anj^ vegetable substance which will re-

.156

store the proper functioning of tile body ;
restore harmony. YegetallDle i substances
were first used as niedicinefe.

BALLEE LESSON XVI.

^^ pei^, Bed-clothes, a sign of the passive, to

suffer.
^ :^ i\ Radical No. 145 ; clothes. (See No. 51).
tb p'P, Phonetic, skin or covering. (W. 43 H.)
(See No. 224). This is the 107th radical.
Its use here as a phonetic with the radi-
cal for cloth or clothing is logical. The
integument not being sufficient* to keep
the individual w^arni, blankets w^ere re-
garded as cloth skin. The use of this
character as the sign of the passive and its
use meaning to suffer are without etymo-
logical warrant.
458 J^

-yj^ ch'iao^, A bridge.

7^ mu*, Radical No. 75, wood, (See No. 36).
ch'iao^ Phonetic, loft3^ (See No. 322), (W.
75 B). A bridge is a high ^ structure,
often made of w^ood TfC-

m

459

pa*, To stop ; finish, resign : sign of the im-
perative, interrogative particle.
™, W\ wang\ Radical No. 122, a net, (See No. 38.)
]|g neng; Phonetic, able. (W. 27 J). (See No.
357). The explanation of ^ by the
Shuo Wen is ; an ofl5cer,gg an able man,
taken in the meshes [^ of the law and
dismissed.

157

^^0 i^f tnetig^, To cover, to conceal ; sign of passive.

-»^ ts'ao\ Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).
^ meng^, Phonetic, to cover. (W. 34 T). The
. upper part of this phonetic is D mad'; to

^V ^ cover something. The lower part is ^

sA/A^, a pig under cover. Another explana-
tion is that it is a representation of the
wistaria w^iich forms dense foliage and
hides from view an\^ thing beneath it.
The ^ shih'' is not pig, but the vine twist-
ed and coiled around itself.

461

M

p'en^. To'' strike against ; to happen ; to meet
with.

^ shiW, Radical No. 112, a stone. (See No. 42).

;4f; pfng^' Phonetic, together. (W. 115B). From jf
chUen two scale pans or shields (? ) evenly

^^ poised ; in pin^ ^ # a man is placed above

each pan, or shield, indicating that the two
are going along together. When one comes
into collision with a stone 5 he is struck J^.

462 J^ e^

t^sf^ v^ hstieh^, To learn, to study.

•^ tzff, Radical No. 39, son. (See No. 1).

eJ3 hsiao' hsueh^ Phonetic, to learn. (W. 39 I).
(See No. 435). This phonetic in com-
bination with ^ tzu' is a good symbol
for, to learn.

463 ;ig^ ;^ J^

J5^. ^^ . '^ shou*, To. receive, to endure.

3^ ya\ Radical No. 29, the right hand, (See No.
43). This character cannot be broken up
into radical and phonetic ; the upper part
is ;iv chao^, the right hand and below is
the right hand of a second person, (writ-

158

ten in anotlier way). Between these two

hands, one of which is giving and the

other receiving, there is a boat, only seen

in the seal writing. This portrays a

common occurrence ; articles are brought

to a boat and received for shipment,

(W. 49 E.)

464 Ifei . , ^ .

miao , temple.

r*^ yen^, Radical No. 53, a covering a shelter.
(See No. 132).
, f |l chao^, Phonetic, morning ; to have an audience
with the Emperor. (W. 117 D). This
phonetic is made up oi kaif (See No. 137),
and ;fij- ^ chou^, a boat, changed to ^ in
modern writing. The rising of the mist
"7 through the jungle i^ as seen from-the
deck of a boat, in the morning. By ex-
tension, morning ; the Imperial court, so
called because court was held early in the
morning.

A temple is a place f where one can have
an audience with the gods.

465

hsiang^, To think, to ponder, to hope.

j^ hsiti\ Radical No. 61, the heart, (See No. 18).

jjQ hsiang^, Phonetic, to examine, to inspect. (W.

*" 158 B), (See No. 106). There is another

explanation of this phonetic which is not,
given under the 106th character which
suggests one of its meanings, it is as fol-
lows : — When about to build, one goes
into the wood, tjc and examines g mu*
the trees until one is found which answers
the requirements. With tl;is explanation

159

466

m.m

the idea of appropriate is brought out.
In hoping, the heart longs for that which
is considered appropriate, or that which
is suited to its needs.

hsiang^, The countrJ^
&, B ?, Radical No. 163, a city, (See No. 11).

^ hsiaa^ Phonetic, cooked grain. (See No. 75).
(W. 26 L). This character is made up of
two ^ R 7 radicals, one on the right,
written in the usual manner |S and one
on the left is reversed ^ - The % is written
between these for the country is the region
between cities, AArhere food is produced.

y^, P'^ nung*, To toy with ; to do

^ kung^ Radical No. 55, hands joined. (See No.
247.)
^ X •^"*' Phonetic, jade. Without phonetic signifi-
cance. (See No. 124.) The hands are
toying w^ith a string of jade beads, — a
very natural procedure.

lAt ne?, Within, inside.

1 /u*, Radical No. 11, to enter. (W. 15 A.)
(See No. 35)
ri H chiun^ Phonetic, space, a waste area. (W.
34 A.) The two vertical strokes indicate
the limits, and the horizontal stroke in-
dicates the space between. When X is
added, the idea of going into this area is
set forth, so this character is the symbol
for inside.

-^j A'u^, Bitter, sorrow, suffering.

160

470

471 3i

pu ^ ts'ao^ Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).
_f^ ku\ Phonetic, old. (See No. 17.) (W. 24 F.)
^ This phonetic plus W, grass, originally

stood for a bitter plant which became
sweet after freezing. It is now used mere-
ly as the character for bitter.

isao^, To meet, to encounter, a turn. Gen-
erallj'- used in a had sense of encountering
evil conditions.
J_ cho* Radical No. 162, to walk. (See No. 10.)
^ m ts'ao^ Phonetic, judges (W. 120 K.). In an-
cient tribunals, t^?vo judges sat in the
Eastern Hall, represented by two 'M. char-
acters,' to pronounce judgment El on cases
brought before them. When \_ is added,
we have the picture of a man who goes
before the judges to endure an unpleasant
ordeal. Thus the character im.plies meet-
ing with undesirable conditions. The
modern arbitrary contraction makes the
character lose much of its original signifi-
cance.

_^ 2*, To discuss, to talk over.
"^ jen^, Radical No. 149, words. (See No. 10.)
^^ 2*, Phonetic, harmony-, righteous, public, (W.
71 O.) This phonetic is made up of ^
wo^ (See No. 2) and ^yavg^, sheep. (See
No. 253). (\Y. 103 A.) When the above
two characters are combined, the ^ wo'
has its original meaning, namely, a con-
flict, — two • spears attacking each other.
With the addition of ^ yang^, the two
combatants have changed and become

472

161

lamblike : — neither one is aggressive, con-
cord is restored. With the addition of 0"
yet?, this combination stands for dis-
cussing affairs in the spirit just described.
Discussion ■= in a righteous ^ way.

7/ng^, To lead, to guide ; to receive.

^^ yeA*, Radical No. 181, a man — head and body ;
but the meaning often is restricted to the
head. (See No. 105.)

^ ling*. Phonetic, an order. (See No. 61.) With
the addition of M, a man, the idea is that
this man or leader gives the order of pro-
cedure.

473

W

ts'un^, A village, a hamlet.
>fC rnu*, Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 36.)
-U« ts'un*, Phonetic, hand ; niodern meaning— an
inch. (See No. 69.) Originally the char-
acter for village Avas ffip, ts^un^ ; but i^ has
supplanted the former entirely. As there
is no etj'mological reason for using the
present character, therefore there is no
logical explanation. In looking over the
North China plains in winter, the
villages seem to be nothing but little
clumps or handfuls ^ of trees :^, and by
keeping this in mind one can remember
how to write the character.

474 tt -r^

^^fj ^ f^ Jing*, Separate, besides, extra.

P Fot^, Radical No. 30, mouth.

This does not break up into phonetic and

radical, as it is a primitive. In the seal

character it represents a knuckle bone.

162

(joint) extending out from apiece of meat.
In the seal wi'iting it verj' closely re-
sembles iWj 7cua^ ; but it is not the same.
The knuckle or bone extending beyond the
meat is taken as the sj'mbol for that
which is extra, or something left over.
(W. 118 B.)

4yg -jy« -»sr

shang^, To consult, to give advice," to de-
liberate.
P k'ou\ Radical No. 30, mouth.

This is a character wrhose modern radical
does not agree with the original composi-
tion of the character. The H is a house,
and § is words (See No. 10). Between
the lower two elements of jen^ the
sj'mbol A ju*, to enter, is inserted. This
gives the idea of being away from
others, w^here two persons can consult
in private. In the oldest writing two
H jih* (sun, day) characters are added,
thus implying that the consultation took
place between two days, at night. To
trade or to do business is a secondary
meaning ; but as bargaining requires much
consultation it is logical.

476

ch'ou', Silk.

^ ssu\ Radical No. 120, silk.

m chou\ Phonetic, complete, (W. 109 C). This
is a combination of ^ yutig*, useful, and
7 cbP, the old writing of ^. The idea of
ffi is an arrow piercing the target, ability,
and when R or 7 (which is now chang-
ed arbitrarily to n k'ou^) is added, the

163

idea is ability to hit every target hence,
rimversally. With the addition of the
radical for silk, it is a simple phonetic in
the character for silk fabric. It may be
that originally silk threads were some-
times mixed with other fibre, and this was

to indicate that it was pure silk.
477 -^^ -^

', Y'^ tsun\ Honorable, noble. (W. 47 C.)

">]* ts'un*, Radical No. 41, a hand or measure.
(See No. 69.)

^ chiu^ Phonetic, liquor M yu^, when the fermen-
tation is over and the dregs are entirely
separated A pa\ Thus spirits that have
settled and are kept in a w^ine vessel, only
used on sacrificial occasions. With the
addition of -^, w^hich in the seal character
is two hands f% we have the idea of offer-
ing good spirits with both hands, rever-
ently to a distinguished guest. Compare
^ ^ pei* ordinary, vulgar. (W. 46 E ;
W. 47 C.) (See No. 526). It is a common
wine glass, presented with the left hand
only. . ^

478 i^

BALLEE LESSON XVII.

tang^, To value, appraise, to compensate.
^g tang*, To be equal to, to pawn, ought. (W.

36 E.)
H t'ien', Radical No. 102, a field. (See Xo. 82. )
-^ shang*, Phonetic, a house. (See No. 52.) This
character shows that the Chinese have
long been in the habit of pawning. House

164

and field being of most value, all other
articles are included ; and because in
pavs-ning the value of the article or thing
is that of most importance, therefore the
character stands for " to be equal to," to
value.

479 ^ E?3

, f"^ J"^) To give, with.

Q cAiV, Radical No. 134, a mortar. The
character is supposed to picture a mor-
tar ; but the representation is not strik-
ing. This radical was arbitrarily given,
and has nothing in common with the
original idea.
f^ -p yii^ Phonetic, giving food from a spoon; to give,
with. -^ indicates a full spoon with — in it.
— (at the top) shows that something is
being given away, i.e., removed from the
bowl of the spoon. This character |a,
was originally written in this way 5 , and
is still so abbreviated. But it has suffered
great changes. The hands of the giver fei
and the receiver f^ have been added.

fyf^ Pk so , a place, that which, whatsoever.

S hu*, Radical No. 63, one leaf of a door ; by ex-
tension, a house. (W. 129 .A.) In the
seal writing ^ is one half of P5 meti^. (See
No. 5.)
JX , /q chivvy Phonetic, an axe ; catt}'. It has no pho-
netic significance, because the character
Sf was made before radicals and phonetics
were adopted. The Shuo Wen sajs that
this character J5|f represents the sound of
chopping. It w^ould be more logical to

■1G5

say it represents the place where the fuel

is prepared* As this was done near the

door or house P, it has come to mean a

place or building, ^ft. (W. 128 A.)
481 j^

^^ kuatf, To care, to control ; a tube.

YS chu^, Radical No. 118, bamboo.

^ kuan\ Phonetic, an official. (W. 86 C.) (See
No. 310.)

With the addition or ft chu^, it forms the
character for tube ; and it is reasonable to
suppose that this was the original mean-
ing, and that the meaning to control or
to care for was added by extension, as a
tube controls the flow of w^ater.

/fjQ shao^, To burn, to heat, to roast ; fever.

iK., jK. Auo^ Radical No. 86, fire. A pictorial repre-
sentation of a flame of fire, in the seal
. ^ writing.

^S yao^ Phonetic ; eminent, great. (See No. 77.)
(W. 81 G.) The phonetic is made up of
^yao^, earth heaped up, and % wv*, a
stool or platform. (W. 29 K.) Thus the
idea of very high is set forth. When the
radical for fire is added, the character
stands for a big blaze or great heat.

hung^, To cheat, to deceive.
P /i:'ou^ Radical No. 30, the mouth.
|[. -t»- kung*, Phonetic, all, together. (W. 24 I.) In
^^'^T| one old w^riting four hands are represent-

r^ ed as working in unison. With the ad-

dition of n k'ou^, the idea of unison is
transferred from hands to words. If
several persons assist by saying the same

483

166

thing, deception is easier of accomplish-

ment. (The seal writing is twenty "W-

Pairs of hands. f=^.)

484 DO ^ •

keii^, To foUow^, the heel, and, with.

^ ^ tsu^ Radical No. 157, the foot. (W. 112 B.)
The Shuo Wen says that the upper part
of this radical is O; the circle indicates
that the foot is at rest. When motion is
indicated ^, 7E is used. The lower part is
.ih chih^, to stop. J£ is now used for the
foot-in general. ^, /£ p'P^ {shu^), the 103rd
radical, was the counterpart of JE. The
seal writing shows the *? on top of ih, a
foot in motion. The use of ik seems un-
fortunate ; but in walking the foot is con-
stantly starting T and stopping ih. The
present use of /E p'i^ (shu-) is a bolt of
cloth. This is undone by turning it over
and over, — a repetition of stopping and
starting jtE- The character ;$ pu*, to walk,
also represents stopping ih and starting
?("'. The ^ is ih chih^, reversed so mean-
ing to start. Thus walking is a repetition
of stopping and starting of the feet. (W.
112 C, G.)
^ kctl^ Phonetic, perverse, obstinate. (See No.
223.) (W. 26 L.) In following' there
must be persistence of action, or it is not
accoinplished. The fixed or hard part ^
of the foot Jg. is the heel KB. "To heel"
is the order to a dog to follow.

485 t^

Hi

sht^, To redeem, to atone, to ransom.
^ pei\ Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38.)

yu^ Phonetic, to hawk, to peddle, (W. 79 J.)
The modern writing of this character is
identical with K mai\ to sell ; but it is
from a different root, and this explains
why so many characters with this phonetic
have a final u instead of a/. The phonetics
M map and M, mai* are used in onl3'- a few
characters as phonetic. The upper part
of this phonetic is ik ^ /u*, a mushroom,
a plant ^ that stands as a man ic. Below
the ^ there is a S mv^, eye, written hori-
zontally. — '^ mu*, a loving eye. With the
addition of the radical K, the idea of
hawking is set forth. Hawkers look on
their w^ares with great regard, and in this
way they induce purchasers to give the
highest price.

With the addition of a second K pei* this
is the symbol for to ransom ; in ransom-
ing the full value must be paid.

r&I, Is) mien*, The face, a surface, a side.

Radical No. 176, the face. (W. 160 B.)
This radical is made up of H shotP, the
heg,d, and a primitive O which is the out-
line of a face. The fn, while said to be
the face, is nose @, all save the—dash
above. The nose is the most prominent
part of the face.

487 S**

g» ka?, Should, ought, to owe.

■^ yefl^ Radical No. 149, words. (See No. 10.)
-** hai* Phonetic, nine to eleven P.M., — a sj^mbol
in the horary cycle. (W. 69 K.) (See

486

168

No. 180) When com'oined with a yen^
it has only simple phonetic force.

^J^ haa^, Flowers ; to spend.

-H- ts'ao^ Radical No. 3 40, grass. (See xNo. 22.)
J^ hua\ Phonetic, to change. (W. 30, D.)

Originally ft, was S fS, man tumbled
heels over head ; i.e. changed and later the
radical A feti^ was added. The character
enters into the composition of ^ /ao^ old.
(See No. 209). When ts'ao\ is added to
ft /j«a*, it forms the symbol for flower.
A flower is that part of a plant which is
strikingly different or changed from the
other parts.

489 ^1

490

pp. That, the other, there.

^ ch^ih* Radical No. 60 ; a step, to go.

r^ p'i^ Phonetic, skin. (W. 43 H.) (See No.

^ 224.) This is the 107th radical. It is

here used as a simple phonetic.
The radical -t , going, is chosen for the
demonstrative pi-onouri " that," because
it is distant and one must go ^ to it.
Jtb t'su^ here, has _ih stop, as the radical-
one stops and that object now becomes
"this." (cf491.)

ke^, To cut, to hack, to reap.
IJ Jj tao\ Radical No. 18, a knife. (See No. 37.)
^ hai\ Phonetic, to injure.' (F. 97 E.) (See
^ No. 436.)

This when combined with 71 tao^ is a
suggestive phonetic, as in reaping violence
has to be done to the standing grain. To

491

169

reap was probablj' the first meaning of
this character.

jifc. ^^ t'zu\ This, here. (W. 112 A.)

ih chih^ Radical No. 77, to stop. (Chalfant,
Plate VIII.) Chalfant has an old writing
which represents a plant withered from
lack of moisture.

\^ (\ pP Phonetic, to turn one's self around ; the
21st radical. (W. 26 B.) The modern
writing of this radical is identical with \^
^ hua*, change, (W. 30 D) ; but they are
quite different in the seal writing. " This
Jifc is the place to stop Jh and turn li " is
a convenient mnemonic for jIfc, and Jh
chiH' is a logical radical, as one going to
a distant object, (® designated as that,
there,) stops on arrival and may now say
this, here Jtfc. (cf. 489).

492 iag-

1^^, pien*, Convenient, advantageous.

y^ J\^ jen^. Radical No. y, man.

-^ ^ ketJg'^, Phonetic, to change, to improve. (W.
41 A). This comes from 0i| ping^, a fire
burning a house, calamity. When ;^ p'u,
a right hand using a rod, a sign of control,
is added, the fire, instead of being a de^
stroyer, is a convenience, an advantage.
(See No. 226).

When the radical for man is added the
idaa is set forth that affairs are adjusted
sol that men are satisfied, get advantage.

493 R^^

nH suP, To follow, to accompany.

170

494

^\l^ ^"* Radical No, 170, a mound. (W. 86 A.)
In the seal -writing it represents a terraced
embankment ; by extension earthworks,
einbankments, etc.
^ suP, Phonetic, to follow (W. 46 D.). This
phonetic has its root in |^ to*, to build
earthworks about a city in order to be-
siege it. The tc left hand repeated indicates
that the enemy is in great numbers, and
that the action is contrary to the action of
the besieged. In Pf (meat cut up) one of
the ;£ tso^, is replaced bx" E jou*. This
may have been suggested on account of the
mutilation of the vanquished ! With the
addition of 3l_ cho*, the character indicates
following around the ramparts, per-
haps in order to avoid being wounded,
(mutilated).

Ija

495

c/jiV, To add to, to increase. (W. 53 D.)
77 li^, Rad. No. 19, strength, muscle. (See No,
212.)

While n k'ou^, occupies the place of the
phonetic, it has no phonetic value. The
idea is : first give the order, P and if it
is not heeded follow it up with chastise-
ment (muscular punishment) ij.

p'ao^, To run.

J£ tsa^ Radical No. 157, the foot.

^ pao^, Phonetic, to wrap up. (W. 54 B.)

This is made up of O ^ pao^, a person
bending over to enfold an object (See No.
80). With the addition of E S- it means
to -w^rsLp up. The primitive ineaning was

496

*.ft

497 J

171

gestation. In Sfe the "Q is a simple phone-
tic, but when one runs the feet J£ may be
wrapped -gj in a cloud of dust.

fei*, To waste, to expend.
^ pel*, Radical No. 154, shell, precious. (See No.
88.)

fu'* Phonetic, not. Two rods, bound together
which bend in opposite directions, there-
fore opposition, negation. In the charac-
ter SJ it is a suggestive phonetic,— to look
on valuables (money) as if they were of
no value ; thus to waste them.

fuUg^, Throtigli, universal.

cho* Radi6al No. 162, to walk. (See No. 10.)

rafl^ Phonetic, blossoming. 5 ban, a bud,
opening flower (W. 55 K). The phonetic
of this phonetic is ffl with the addition of
5_ cho*, to go, the idea is that it is open
in all directions. This character was on
all " cash " to indicate that it was current
498 I3H coin, passing everywhere, M^7-

" kp, A door screen, an ante-room, feminine

apartments.

men\ Radical. No. 169, a door. (See No. 5.)
/^ ke*, Phonetic, each, to be separate. (See No.
272.) (W. 31 B.) This phonetic implied
separation ; and when the radical P5 men^,
(door) is added, the idea of separate
apartments is obtained.

i.

499 A

BAIiLEE, liESSON XVIII
lien-, To connect. (W. 167 B).

172

^ cho^ Radical No. 162, to walk. (vSee No. 10.)
cA'eS Phonetic, cart or carriage. (See Xo.
136.)

Without lahonetic force. The Shuo Wen
says that the character represents a string
of carriages moving along as if connected.
Thus the idea of to connect is obtained.
Carts '^ moving leave a continuous
track, not broken like the track of a man.

;A|J^ /an*, To transgress, to offend.

3P -^ ^ ch^uatf Radical No. 94, a dog. The seal
character is a pictorial representation of
a dog. (W. 134 A.) (See No. 424.)
li han^ Phonetic ; to blossom, expansion, erup-
tion. (W. 55 K). (See No. 497.) This
combination of radical and phonetic is
very apt. What could be more suggestive
of heedlessness than a dog in a flower
garden ? — unless it were a bull in a china
shop.

^^^ ^ *aoS To fall over.

^ J\^ jen^, Radical No. 9, man.

^Ij tao*. Phonetic, to arrive at. (See No. 88.)"
The original meaning of this phonetic may
have been similar to the expression " The
liaugman's noose wiU be his end " ; as a
sword was used for executions, the man
is prostrate when the knife descends. The
present meaning may have been acquired
by extension.

\Yhen the executioner's axe 73 arrives ¥
the man A falls M-

173

502 1^ ^ kati\ To influence, to affect. (W. 71 F.)
"®^ *t^ hsin\ Kadical No. 61, lieart.

j^ hsierf Phonetic, to bite (modern meaning —
all). A wound J^ made by the mouth p.
(W. 71 P.) jr^ wu*, a halberd. jgJt //st?, is a
wound inflicted by a halberd, the -dash,
being the wound. Where □ k'ou^ is added,
the character is used for a wound inflict-
ed by teeth. This kind of wound is most
painful ; therefore when ;6 is added it
forms an appropriate symbol for moving
the emotions. This is the character which
is used for physiological stimulation.

503 ^^ pr:

>^» f>Tl p'^^^f By the side of, others, border, lateral.

^ i. jj fang", Radical No. 70, square. (W. 117 A.)
It is supposed to be two boats lashed
together so that they fonn a square
pontoon.
•^ j[ p'ang^ Phonetic. A space with three bound-
aries. The -i- shang^, is the top, and tlie
two lower lines are the side limits. The
radical :§■ fang^, w^as added later, and it
conveys no additional meaning, as the
sides are the parts of the character on
which emphasis is laid. cf. M.

^°* ^\ )f}( pi'' ^^"st, certainly. (W. 18 G.)

^1^^ hsiTi\ Radical No. 61, heart. (See No. 18.)

This character has been so mutilated in
its modern writing that all of its etymo-
logy is lost ; but a glance at the seal writ-
ing enables one to understand the mean-
ing. A pa^ eight, forms the two sides, and

174

means to divide ; between these two strokes
is a dart. The arrow must strike the
target in a certain spot, like the arrow
shot by WiUiam Tell. It seems primaril3r
to have been an interjection pointing
out a strict order. The placing of this
character under the radical for heart is
a mistake.

505

suP, Though, even if.

^ chuP -Radical No. 172, a short-tailed bird.
(See No. 21.)

^ The phonetic of this character is not com-

mon, and is not found in the dictionaries.
Williams says the character is composed
of Pi weP, only, and A, ch'uti^, a worm,
and that it was a lizard. Others say it
is an insect iU w^ith a special head U- This
meaning has long since been lost, and the
character now means though.

506

„ .^ JBii', Yes ; still, nevertheless, on the other

hand. (W. 65 G.)
>AC.'^^^ huo\ Radical No. 86, fire. (See Xo. 482.)
tt^ Jan' Phonetic, dog meat. From F3 jou^, and
i^ ch^uarf, dog. With the addition of the
radical for fire the character originally
was used for roasted dog meat ; but it is
now used as a conjunction, and con-
sequently there is no logical warrant for
its ijresent use.

507 Am . r 1

chP, Since ; a sign of the past.
^ wa" Radical No. 71, without. (W. 61 C.) A
lame man ± wartg^, who makes an eifort,

175

but meets with an obstacle — which he is

unable to overcome. While the above is

the radical under which Kang Hsi places

this character, it has nothing to do w^ith

it. It is ^ chi* (W. 99 E), to breathe in,

or to swallow which is the reverse of ^

ch'ien*, to breathe out ; but as this is not a

radical it was placed under wu^. Cf. 273.

^ ^ hsiang^ Phonetic, boiled rice. (W. 26 L.) 6

is a kettle, and the dash — is its contents ;

U is the spoon with which it is eaten.

(See No. 75.)

This is an endeavor to put into pictorial
form an intangible condition, and there-
fore belongs to a class of characters which
is often disappointing ; but here v^re have
an exception. The ^ is to swallow. The
remainder of the character is boiled rice,
a mouthful or a meal swallowed is some-
thing finished or ended, hence it is taken
as the sign of the past.

508 ■=^ .HL

. ^. __ /2si^ Pleasure, joy. (W. 165 B.)

p k'ou^, Radical No, 30, mouth.
■J^ .St chou^ Phonetic, a drum on a stand, the P
representing the head of the drum. Above
are the ornaments. This phonetic has no
phonetic value. When n k'ou' is added
it stands for singing. Thus the character
represents vocal and instrumental music,
and by extension, joy.

^°^ §n ch'ueh\ Yet, still, to reject. (W. 17 H.)

P cA/eF Radical No. 26, a joint. (See No. 42.)
It has the idea of restraint, as it is part

176

of a seal,— a seal prevents forgery. The
meaning of joint may have originated
owing to this being only a section of the
seal.

■^, -^ ch'iao* Phonetic, the upper lip ; the flesh ^
above the mouth p Ivovi^. This phonetic
when "P chieh^ is added means to restrain
one's desires ; to reject, because nothing
more is desired. We speak of " keeping
a stiff upper lip " when undergoing that
which requires determination.

510 E3 ;?

;, 1^ P, weP, The tail of animals. (W. 100 B.)

I=» shih^, Radical No. 44 ; a person in the re-
cumbent postui'e. (See No. 449.) >
The phonetic in the seal character is ^
773a o^ inverted ; but the scribes have writ-
ten it in the regular way in the modern
character. Inverted it indicated that the
hair was growing downward.

511

'K

512

huan^. Pleased, rejoiced, happy.

ch'ien*, Radical No. 76, to exhale ; to owe.
(See No. 273.)
M kuan* Phonetic, the heron. (See No. 428).
When a heron has just swallowed a
fish it frequentlj^ emits a scream of
satisfaction ; and this may be why heron
f and to exhale ^ are used to express
rejoicing.

pien*, A queue ; to plait.
^ ssu Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8.)

pien* Phonetic. Two ^f:- hsin^, criminals (W.
102 H.) ^- hsh} is composed of ^ /er/, a

177

serious offence* and Jfc, sbang* ("^ old writ-
ing) ; to ofifend one's superior. In the
phonetic two criminals are supposed to be
mutually incriminating one another ; each
accusation is met with a retort of the
other's deeper guilt. With the addition
of the radical for silk the character is used
for, to plait, as the two outer strands are
repeatedly thrown across to the opposite
side. In all compounds it has the idea of
reciprocal action.

513

514

BALLEE, liESSON XIX.

pien*. Everywhere, the whole.
cbo* Radical No. 162, walking. (See No. 10.)
pietf. Phonetic, a tablet, or signboard ; thin
and flat ; an inscription hung over a door.
(W. 156 D.) With the addition of i^
cbo*, the idea of universal is conveyed, as
go where you will, the tablets are seen
over doors.

jaa^. To forgive, to pardon, to overlook.
shih\ Radical No. 184, food. (See No. 75.)
yac^. Phonetic, eminent, great ; earth heaped ,
on a high base. (See No. 77,) With the
addition of -ft shih^, the first meaning was
the abundance of food . Thus by extension
to forgive. If one has plenty g of food -^
(the first article used in barter) he should
forgive ^ a debt to one in want.

515

J4I ma?. To bury ; to lie in wait.

M

178'

-j- t'u', Radical No. 82, earth. (See No. 13.)
IP, Phonetic, a Chinese mile; old meaning,
farm land, Milage;' ' ( W. 149 D. ) (See No.
339). Because ±^uS is added, it is re-
asonable to suppose that the first use was
trenches for military purposes. These cut
up the land as if for farming, only the
trenches were deeper and longer.

chun^, To allow, to permit ; exactly, certainly.
^ 1 piti^, Radical No. %6, ice. The seal writing
represents the ice crystals that form when
" water is freezing. (W. 17 A.)
7K, 7^ shu?, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79.)

shun^ Phonetic, a falcon, which always comes
to roost on one branch and is sure in its
moyements, swooping ipn its prey. (W.
,168 B.) ?iisacontraction;of^. Thus*
shiin^, is taken as a sign of certainty.
Water 7jC or ice " js the most level sub-
stance in the worlds',' Formerly ^ chan^,
was used as a syipbol for weighing : the
scale pans were always {M shun^) even or
level (7jC shuP or 7 ping^)- This ■ old
meaning is obsolete^ ^ and the present
meaning is certainly, br to allow. The
meaning to allow came abo^t thus : when
one applies for pferiiaission to do a certain
thin^, he must assemble reasons sufficient
to equal the reasons opposing this mode
, of action before lie can obtain the desired

permission. ''

517 3ik

Ry^C _^ t'anP, To chat, to converse.

■^ yen\ Radical Nc>.' I4^','^df d^. (See Not.. 10.)

179,

3^ yer^ Phonetic, flames riising. (W, 126 D.)
Flames that rise high. This is indicated,
as there is one fire above another. When
the radical ■§■ yet^ is added, the idea is
that in conversing words follow each
other, or pile up like flames>' and one be-
comes interested (warm) in the process.
(See No. 178.)

518 g^t^

^> A' un^, Lest, fearful.

^L^ /js/'n^. Radical No. 61, the heart.

t)I A' MDg^ Phonetic, to take hold of, to undertake.
(W. 11 F.) From i^ l^ (abbreviated) ;
to take an instrument in the hand ^ in
order to do work X kung^. When heart
j6 bsin^, is added, the one who has' under-
taken a piece of work 91 k'ung^ has
trepidation j5 bsin^ lest he will be unable
to accomplish it.

519 _
buo*, Goods, wares.
pei\ Radical No. 154, money, valuables. (See

No. 38.)
'fb hua*, Phonetic, to change ; X man changed to
t; . When K pei\ is added, the etymology
is goods which ai-e to be exchanged for
money. Articles not for sale are not M-

520 ^Hfc

IQ bsi^, To regard, to love, to be sparmg of.

*|» , it^ bsm\ Radical No. 61, heart. (See No. 18.)
{ dtb. ^ bsP Phonetic, strips of meat dried in the sun.
^, (See No. 222.) These strips of, meat ap-

pear shriveled and worthless, but they
are nutritious. With the radical for heart.

180

>& hsin^ added the idea is : one should be
sparing in the use of the prepared meat.
(W. 17 J.).

'"'M

3C4\ shti^, To forgive, to excuse.

it^ hsin\ Kadical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18.)
■hn ju^. Phonetic, like. (See No. 325.) To speak
with womanly skill in conformity to the
circumstances, and the disposition of the
man (husband) she desires to wheedle.
When ifjf hsin^, is added, the idea is to act
in accordance with the higher impulses of
one's nature, or in harmony with the de-
sires of the suppliant, i.e., forgive.

'"^mM

523

fu\ To return, to repeat. (W. 75 I.)
:f ch'ih* Radical No. 60, a step. (See No. 10.)
•^ /u* Phonetic, to return to quarters. This
phonetic is derived from ^ ^ kuo^, walls,
fortifications. The seal writing o in the
center is the city, and the two smaller
circles, — one above and one below, — are
the gates, each surmounted by a tower.
In £ the lower gate and tower are re-
placed by ^ chih\ to walk single file.
With the addition of ;f , nothing is added
to the meaning ; thus the 60th radical is
here a redundancy. To return to quarters
was the original meaning.

mu*, A grave.
-U t'u^ Radical No. 32, earth. (See No. 13.)
** mu^ Phonetic, the sun setting ; to disappear.
■ ^ (W. 7 8 G.) The sun is seen through the

vegetation, $+ mattg^ setting in the west.

181

When £'u^ is added, the idea is that the
corpse disappears in the earth, — is buried
in the grave.

^, ^ wei\ Not yet, not. (W. 120 C.)

:;fC »""*» Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 36.)

The phonetic is a curved line in the seal
writing ; and contrasting this character
with M^ mo*, the highest branches or
twigs of a tree, it may be that in ^ the
tree had not yet attained its full growth.
In ?fe the top or end is emphasized — . In

^ it is small, hidden, not yet grown.
525 1^

4^ ieii', A^grave, a tomb.

J2. t'«*. Radical No. 32, earth.
hS* "^ fen* Phonetic, ornaments. (W. 78 F.) # huP,
vegetation, and ^ pei*, shells. Plants
and shells w^ere the first articles used in
decorating. When dh t'u^, is added, it
means a grave. When burying the dead
the grave is more or less elaborately de-
corated.

526 -r^

^1^ peP, A stone tablet, a tombstone.

>^ shiti', Radical No. 112, a stone. (See No. 42.)
^ «^ peiS Phonetic, ordinary, mean. (W. 46 E.)
Originally this phonetic was a drinking
vessel which had a handle on the left side,
and which was held with the left hand f^ .
There was another drinking vessel, the
dg: tsun^, this was used only for the sac-
rifices, hence its meaning, honorable. (W.
47 C). The^pei^, was a common, per-
manent thing, not something only seen on
sacrificial occasions. Hence its use with

182

;^, ; . 5 to represent a permanent tablet, of.

No. 477.

527 ;; j^

^p /Isu^ To. promise, to allow, perhaps. -C

■^ yet^, Radical No. 149, words, (Seie Nbl 10.)
41 4n ^"^' Phonetic, noon. (W. 130 A.) Chalfant
•^' ' and Wieger give different explanations of

this symbol. Chalfant appears to con-
form more nearly to the meaning imparted
by this phonetic. The seal writing repre-
sents a noon mark drawn from the ridge
pole down through the gable. When the
shadow coincides with this mark it is
noon. When word a" is added, tlie mean-
ing is that ones words aSre exact ^, and
. will be iulfilled,— a prornise which one
fcannot depend on is no promise.

■ i^(^ kai^, Generally, for the most part. Original

meaning — a striker to level off the grain
from the top of the measure.
^fc mt^, Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 36.)
chi^. Phonetic, to swallow ; (modern meaning
—since, already). (See No. 507.) The
striker pushed off all the grain which was
higher than the top of the measure, — all
thg,t cannot be held inside of the measure;
thus the idea of sum, general, average.

529

' AueiS Rvtle, custom. , (W. 131 F.)

^ chien*, Radical Np. 147, to see, to perceive.

(See; No. 85.),;

i^, ^ fti\ Phonetic, an adult. This should be ^

s/w'A*, an arrow ^ee No. 100) ; but owing

530

m

183

to the seal writing of ^/a^ and 3c shih^,
1 ;being very similar (a*^ fu^ ^ shih?) ^ was
substituted for^. Neither of these pho-
netics has any phonetic significance, as
-the character is old, having been in
use before the system of phonetics was
well established. The significance of the
original cbmbiiiation was : in order to
corifortn to rule one niust act as when
practicing archery, — observe, M the target,
and adjust the arrow according to re-
quirements. To watch % the workmen
^, and keep them to the rules S.

huo^. Living, lively ; niovable.
7K, y s^"'""' Radical No, 85, water. (See No. 79.)
^ g& iuo* Phonetic, to hold in one's mouth; (W.
' 114 C), abbreviated to =S she^. This
phonetic comes frbiii a different writing of
Sk tP ^ pronounced kuo^ fixed ; (see No.
257). In kuo' the + shih^ is deleted.
The idea is that something is permanent
in the mouth. When water was added
this formed the character for living. This
charactier showed that the physical con-
ditions were early studied : they observed
that nibisture in the mouth was a sign of
' health and life. A moist 7K tongue "S is

' ' lively ffi is an easy mnemonic.

P^ lueh*. Slightly, a little, in general, a sum-

;, mary. Original meaning — boundaries
that separate every # ko*, field H fietiK
-■<■■■ ■■' (W. 31B.) " .

' "59' t'/M Hadieai No. l02, a field ■; (See No. 82.)

:■ i ^ ko\ PhohetiGJ eachj every. (See No. 272.)
f . The original me'aning of B& liieh*, was

logical ; but owing to the tendency of the
farmers to encroach little by little on the
land of their neighbors, it has obtained a
new meaning, of few, slightly.

532 it-ff

H^ aiS E:?clamation of disgust, Alas !

P k'ou^, Radical No. 30, the mouth.

ai*, Phonetic, artemisija, a plant. This phone-
tic is made up of the two blades of shears
X ? (W. 39 B) and +•• ts'ao\ grass. It is
used here with A' ou* as a simple phonetic.

HJj ya\ An interjection.

P k'ou^, Radical No. 30, the mouth..
arlJ■a^ Phonetic, the teeth. (See No, 97.) It is
the 92nd radical. It is used here with
k^ovi^ as a simple phonetic.

533

3t

BALLER, LESSON XX.

534 ftzL

jrj^ t^o , To cast off, to abandon ; to undress.

%,^ iou\ Radical No. 130, flesh ; (See No. 133.)
^ yueh, tui*, Phonetic, to exchange, to barter.
Original meaning, to dispel grief and give
pleasure, (See No, 72) (W. 29 D). The
Shuo Wen does not explain this combina-
tion, but if one recalls how pleasant it is
< to throw off clothing when over warm it
may aid in the writing of the character.

535 J^

/|»V yueh^, To bind, a covenant, an agreement.

^ ssu\ Radical No. 12Q, silk, (^See No. 8.)

18

Aj shao% Phonetic, a spoon. (W. 54 H.) (See
No. 6.) •

The Shuo Wen is silent on this character.
In order to aid the memory as to its con-
struction one should remember that at
the conclusion of a treaty or contract
there are presents of ^ silk and a ! feast.
^ shad^, spoon, stands for the feast.

536,

chieh^ or ke^, To separate ; divided by ; a parti-
tion.

Jp'. IS M Radical No. 170, a moUnd. (See No. 493.)
^ sT ke* Phonetic, a large three-legged caldron ; a
statesman; radical No. 193. (W. 155
A.) This being large, it differed from or-
dinary utensils ; and -with the addition of
a radical ^vhich indicates lofty, it forms a
' character which suggests separation or a
removal from the common class.

^¥, ^g shan\ Good, moral. (W, 73 D.)
P k'on\ Radical No. 30, mouth.

This character, in its modern form, Avill
not break up into radical and phonetic.
Kang Hsi has used P k^oti^ instead of b"
yet^, word, for the radical. It had its
root in a character composed of two b
yen^ characters, i.e. ^ chin^, to dispute.
It is now often written j^ : and when #:
yang'' was w^ritten above ft it implied
" that harmony or good feeling was restor-
ed after a quarrel. (See^^ i*, righteous-
ness, No. 471.) As this character was
complicated it was abbreviated to its
present form by the scribes. Onea jen^

186

has been discarded, and the seal writmg
is partially followed in the one retained.

538 -gS-

j^^ o*, Evil, wicked. Read wu*, it means to hate*

i^\ hsin^, Radical No. 61, the heart.

P5 j'a', Phonetic, ugly. (W. 82 H.) It is sup-
posed to be two hunchback men talking
to each other. When heart is added, the
person's heart takes the ugly characteris-
tics, i.e., evil, wicked.

539 -H- -M-

^, Tnf- cb'f, He, she, it. (W. 70 C.) ,

/^ paS Radical No. 12, eight.
^ -y- ch'i Phonetic, a sieve, (W. 70 A.) The
phonetic is a pictorial representation of
the object. In the seal character the
bottom part of this character is % wtj*,
a stand, and not A pa^. This character
lost its original meaning, and is borrowed

for a personal pronoun.

540 rlfc? , _
peP^, Grieved, sorry, sad. '

>L^ hsin^, Radical No. 61, heart.

fei", Phonetic, not. (W. 170 A.) Radical No.

175.

This combination is not explained in the

Shuo Wen, but the etymology is not

difficult to trace. It is something which

is not ^^ /eiS according to one's desire j&

hsin^ ; therefore it causes sorrow.

541

sAangS To wound, to injure, distress.
'f _ ^ Je^^ Riadical No. 9. a man.

^ shang^, Phonetic, to wound. (W. 101 B.)

To wound with a spear. ^ shang^, was
the original writing. The ^ yang', —

197

which, means to expand, glorious, the rays

^ of the sun, rising above the horizon fi

i, — was phonetic.

Now all that remains of the ^ shil^, are

the two strokes, /- above ^ yati^, the

radical A jen^, takes its place on the

left.

^^ she*, To forgive, to pardon.

ijfe ch'ih*, Radical No., 155, a reddish carnation
color- (W. 60 N.)

It is composed of ■iz ta*, a man, and >fi.
hud', fire. It may mean the blush of
shame, or it may mean the flush of anger.

;fe pV Phonetic, to rap, to tap (W. 43 D.) The
right hand holding a rod. It is the
66th radical. It has here no phonetic
significance. It generally indicates action.
Here it may indicate the red, which an
ofiicial marks on a petition for pardon
, , w^hen the petition is granted, to strike J^
red #, — ^to pardon ^.

543 jtt^

'Tf^ mien^, To avoid, to escape, to remit, to for-

give. (W. 106 A.) (See No. 107.)
, JLje^^ Radical No. 10 man. '.

This character does not break up into
radical and phonetic. It is old, and ac-
cording to Chalmers it represents a man
trying to hide himself by drawing himself
into his clothing, thus avoiding being
seen.

^** "a fi ^^^' ^° interrogative particle. (W. 165 E,)

It is .a drum (not g tou*, a dish, although

188

545

546

547

the writing is identical) which was beaten
with the left hand. The drum which was
beaten with the right hand was written
thus 5|. The upper stroke is the drum
head, the c> is the drum, and the -tA. the
stand. Observe the character §^ tai^,
foolish. A dog it is beside himself when a
drum is beaten. As this character has long
since lost its original meaning, owing to
this kind of a drum being discarded, the
character has been.adopted for the above
meaning.

six ^^"^> To dare, to venture. (W. 146 H.)

J^ P'h^ Radical Ko. 66, to strike.

The phonetic is a bear ^ i^. M neng^,
able, is a bear, and the right part of
the character represents the paws. (See
No. 357). But in ®: the paws are sup-
pressed to make room for the radical ; a
person who has the courage to strike a
bear, therefore brave.

cM, A foundation ; property.

-f fu"", Radical No. 32, the earth.

^ ch'P, Phonetic, it. (See No. 539.)

The Shuo Wen does not treat of this com-
bination. As ± t'u^ earth, is below S
ch'P, it may be that the inventor of the
character intended to show that the earth
beneath it (a structure) is the foundation,
or the place where the foundation must
be laid ; its ^ earth ^J^. .'.

tu^f To oversee, to superintend.

189

g mu\ Radical No. 109, the eye. (W. 158 A.)
qjj In the oldest writing two eyelids and the

pupil are represented ; later the pupil was
suppressed.

M,, jft^ shu\ Phonetic, to collect ^ beans 7^. The
character is supposed to represent a stalk
/h of beans with two pods attached. This
meaning is now obsolete. With the addi-
tion of g mu* it implies that there is a
person who oversees the bean picking ; and
the character now is used to mean over-
seer, and is borrowed for uncle, a father's
younger brother.

548

ktiai*. Strange, to blame.

't^, *|* bsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart.

'?' ±^ kuai^ Phonetic, to till the ground, a hand %
. over the earth ±. (W. 81 A.)
The produce of the ground when tilled
struck the ancient Chinese as remarkable,
and when the radical heart >6 is added,
the character is used to convey the idea
of strange or abnormal.

549 Jdk , ,

1^ shu, A comb.

^ mu*, Radical No. 75, wood.
;*? £'u^ Phonetic, a child being born, with long
'^^ hair. (W. 94 F.) From :«C (W. 94 E);

the birth of a child, head presenting : the
most favorable position. In the above,
hair is added, and it is the striking part
of the character. With the addition of
the radical for wood :^ ma*, it forms the
character for comb, as combs in China
are made of wood. ^ = ^ inverted.

552

190

550 -^^ s/^e^ To give alms, to bestow, to part with, to
^" _^ reject.

^, T shou^, Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53.)
^ she*, Phonetic, a cottage. (See No. 40.)

When the radical for hand is added, it
forms the character to give. Beggars go
to houses in order to get food.

551 >a^, /tfK

PP, 0^ m/ag'*, Ivife ; fate ; destiny ; a command. (Wj

141.)

P A'paS Radical No. 30, the mouth.

^ lin^. Phonetic, an order, a law. (See No. 61.)
When the order is stamped ^ it is
published or made known P ; an order
or command by w^ord of mouth.

•^Hh! ch'uaif, Entire, perfect, all, the whole. (W.

15 B.)
A ;«*. Radical No. 11, to etiter. (See No. 35.)
As this character has been placed under
A ja*, it is not now possible to break it
up into radical and phonetic. The more
plausible explanation is that it is compos-
ed of A chi and X kung^. It is also writ-
ten ^ and ^ the work X has been com-
pleted A.. In making a chair or other
article, wheii all the parts were finished
and put together A the article is finished.

ji^ ying^-*, Ought, proper, respond, fulfill.
i'^\ hsin^, Radical Nb. 61, heart.

ying^, Phonetic, the falcon, now written M
( V\ . 168 J.) It is made up of r yen^, a
house - here indicating domesticated - and
'^ cAti? and A jen^ '• a tame bird which

553

554

m

555

m

556

191

serves man. These birds have long been
used for hunting small game. With the
addition of heart the character means ; —
to answer, or obey, to do what one feels
iC» is proper. This meaning is placed on
the character as the falcon fulfills the de-
sire ^ij« of its master in seizing game.

fo^, Buddha.

J^jen^, Radical No. 9, man.

^ ft^ Phonetic, not. (W. 87 D). Two bent
rods or bows so tied together that their
force is neutralized ; therefore they stand
for not. This combination not ^ man A
may have been selected by the Buddhists
in order to emphasize that Buddha was
a supernatural being. Another writing is
^=MMA Western man.

yeh\ A final particle. (W. 146 E).
^ er^ Radical No. 128, the ear. (See No. 71).
S g /*, Phonetic, a city. (See No. 11). No phone-
tic value. This character is said to be %
bsieb^ arbitrarily changed. It originally
was the. name of a city in the eastetn part
of Shantung. It now means depraved,
erroneous. At present these two charac-
ters are entirely distinct M is only used as
a final particle.

su\ To glean, to revive. (W. 121 D).
:^ ^ bo^, Radical-No. 115, growing grain. In the
' seal writing the ear or head of grain is,

owing to its weight, hanging to one side
(W. 121 A.)

558

m

192

yff, Phonetic, a fish. This is radical 195.
(See No. 284); There is no explanation
of this character -which throws any light
on its etymology. To the present day
gleaning after the field is reaped is an im-
portant affair in the rural districts. It is
possible that formerly the fishermen left
the small fish after they had remoY«i from
their nets the larger ones, but the present
custom is to remove every thing for them-
selves. Both fish ^ and crops $ when
dying for lack of moisture may be revived
M by water.

^ ch'ieh\ To cut, to slice. (W. 33 A).

71 tao^, Radical No. 18, a knife.
f> cA'iS Phonetic, seven. (See No. 32). This
may have been selected as the phonetic as
the permanent, incisor teeth appear about
the seventh year and these are the cutting
teeth.

BALLEE, VOCABULAEY NO. IV.

p'ing^, A vase, a jug, a bottle.

J[, ^ T^a^ Radical No. 98, earthen ware. (W. 145
A). Chalfant on Plate XIV, has a very
plausible explanation of the origin of this
radical. He believes it to be a pictorial
representation of the tiles on the roof.
Originally written -»• and afterward

.,> - . changed to ^ .

^' • r ping'^, Phonetic, two men with shields, march-
ing side by side, even, united. Simple
phonetic. (W. 115 B.) (See No. 235).

i9^

559 J^ "^o*- Jiatig^, Clear, luminous, bright. (W, 75 C).
^^' ''*' Ju t'ou^ Radical No. 8, a cover or roof.

This character has been given a radica
■which prevents its being divided into
radical and phonetic. There is an old
■writing )l^, ^ and it is thus explained : —
The men A at the capital, m ; those who
are advisers to the Emperor, are more
enlightened than other men. The present
■writing of the character is relatively
modem, the upper part is from i^ kao^,
high, referring to the capital and man is
subs-tituted for the lower n in kao^. The
etymology is the same as that of the older
writing.

560 r-; P?

:^, f^H pin^. Soldier, military. (W. 47 D).

jf\^ pa^. Radical No. 12, eight.
iri chit^, Phonetic, an ax or battle-ax. (W. 128
A). The lower part of ^ is riot pa* but a
contraction of H iV kuti^ thus in the seal
writing two hands are wielding a battle-
ax.

561

t'nfS To push ; to shirk ; to refuse.
^ ;t shou% Radical No. 64, the hand.

MU chuP Phonetic, a short tailed bird. Radical
^ No. 172. (See No. 21). The Shuo Wen

is silent as to the etymology of this
character ; but it may be that it was sug-
gested by poultry raising. When the feed
trough is surrounded by those first on the
spot, the tardy bird pushes and shoves
until it reaches the desired place.

m

562 jfct jb+ ts'&i', Material, stuff.

i^ ™«*. Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 36).

^ J. ts'aP, Phonetic, talents, power, genius. This
' phonetic originally was used for material

suitable for building, but gradually it
was adopted for its present meaning.
The upper horizontal stroke in the seal
writing, indicates the large branches
of a tree : the second horizontal stroke is
the ground (W. 96 A). A tree when of
proper size for building purposes is spoken
of as # t'saP, befiare it attains to that
distinction it is referred to as ^^ p'i'
ch^afi, fire wood. Financial pow^er is If
t^saP. Wood :^ was one of the first sub-
stances :^ worked upon by man.

^vi, Wi\ shou^, Ripe ; experienced ; versed in ; cooked ;
intimate.
^, X huo\ Radical No. 86, fire. (See No. 47).

^ shu^ Phonetic, who, which, what ; but origin-
ally, a lamb of proper size and condition
for roasting. (W. 75 E). The right side
of the phonetic %, ^ chi*, implies holding
the animal. (See No. 139) J, ^, Ch'un'
is a lamb large enough to be offered as a
present 0, to a superior bT. The writing
- has bfeen' contracted to the present form.
(W. 75, ©). With the addition of «» fire,
the idea of cooked is set forth.

563

ae*^

. ^ ku\ A girl. ;l^'.-jc J

^' IC ^^^ Radical No. SS, ^^vjioman. (See No. 16).
"S.'S ia^r Phonetic, old. (See No. 17). This is a

"^m

195

simple phonetic. (W. 24, F). It is not a
fortunate combination for " girl" in a
country where, formerly, a girl twenty
years of age and unmarried was almost
unheard of.

niang^, A girl, a woman^ a mother.

-f/^ f^ nvp. Radical No. 38, a woman. (See No. 16).

j^ S « itazj^, Phonetic, good. (See No. 445). Because

this phonetic sets forth respect, dignity and

sagacity its combinations also partake of

same. Mother J^ is a good 'Bk. woman ic.

i^TV, /i, shih^, To lose ; to slip ; to err.

-f^ jjtj ta\ Radical No. 37, great. (See No. 113).
This radical was arbitrarily given to the
character and has no further use than to
aid in looking it up in the native diction-
aries. In the ancient writing a hand is
seen with the *\ i*, which indicates slip-
ping away or shooting. There is no re-
semblance, in the ancient writing, to an
arrow ^ as there is in the modern form.
This is an old character and it has no
phonetic. (W. 48 B).

-^JJ^ chan^. To rely on ; to fight.

A A jcti^, Radical No. 9, man.

_4^ ^ chan^, Phonetic, ten feet. Under the Chou
^ D3''nasty this was about six and. a half

English feet. When a man X is accom-
panied by a person of over six feet ^ in
height (revised measurement), it gives
assurance of not being molested. (W. 32
• F), One can rely on fi a ten foot 3fc man
A to' fight {t. ^(W. 24 E).'^

196

568 »M liao*, Material; ingredients; to estimate.

'' S^ ^ tou^, Radical No. 68, a peck measure, a dip-
per. (See No. 117).
ylv, 7|\ mi^, Phonetic, rice, used of other grains. (See
No.. 47). The phonetic has no phonetic
significance. Grain is measured wjth a i|-
toif, but chaff and straw, on account of
their being of less yalue are not thus
measured. According to the make up of
this character materials of worth are ^
liao\ (W. 98 B),

569 7t Jll

'Ctfc, 1^1 kung^, Public ; fair, just ; male.

yt ?«\ pa^, Radical No. 12, eight. Because the two
parts of this radical, in the old writing,
are similar in construction and are not
united, it was early adopted as the symbol
for separation.

^^ O ^^^^ Phonetic, private. The ancient writing re-
presented a silkworm which has shut
itself into its cocoon. By extension it
was used for private, selfish. (W. 89 A).
This symbol has no phonetic value. The
character ^ implies the right division A
of private J^ property for the benefit of
the public.

570

571

ftfc

m

fu'-'S To spit, to vomit.
n , tl k'ou^, Radical No. 30, the mouth.

_L, t'u^ Phonetic, the soil, earth, place, local.
From mouth P to the earth ±, to spit,

A'an^, To hack, to chop ; to throw stones at.
^ shih\ Radicg,! No. 112, a stone. (See No. 42).

572

573

m

574^^* ^^

,;197

^ ^ ch'ien*, Phonetic, to breathe out. (See No. 273).
This character] may date back to the
stone age when axes wereimade of stone.
If so the combination of radical and
, , . phonetic is appropriate?; with the steel ax

' choppers often make audible expiration

with every stroke ; how much more diflfi-
cult would chopping be if a stone ax were
used !

m^ng^. To dream ; a dream.

^ ^ hsi^*, Radical No. 36; evening. (See No. 14).

jfe «fi xnen^ Phonetic, dimness of vision. The g mu*
at the bottom of this phonetic is replaced
by ^ hsi^, evening, as dreams belong to the
hours of sleep Or the night. (W. 158 F).
Dreams are frequently hazy and indefinite,
consequently this combination of elements
is not inappropriate.

ts'aP, Property.
B S pei*. Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).

ts'aP, Phonetic, talents, powers, genius. (See
No, 562). This is a happy combination
of radical and phonetic as it portrays the
idea of ability in the financial line.

t'an^, To covet ; avaricious.

M pei*, Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).

y^ cA/nS Phoneticj now. (See No. 18).

The emotion of greied which is excited in
the presence 4" of valuable M articles.
(W. 14, -H). The phonetic in this char-
acter is the same as in No. 18, ^ nien*^,
and its rather unusual meaning of present,
is .the same in both instances.

:*,t

198

405 ifeC mien*, Flour. ;, '/"

mai^, Radical No. 199, wheat, barley. This
radical is made tip of 3}S laP, which origi-
nally was the character for barley, (See
No. 64), and jfc so/', a man who persists
in advancing in sjpite of trammels and
obstacles. This may have been added to
indicate the gradual development of the
grain.
l5 raiea*, Phonetic, the face. (See 486). Its use
here is as a sunple phonetic.
^, "Y nj/eu* Phonetic, to conceal. (See 122).

^p^^ ^Jr sbih^, A form, a pattern.

-u. jj i* Radical No. 56, a dart. This radical is not
looked on alike by all scholars. Some are
of opinion that it represents a nail or peg
in a wall on which articles may be hung.
Still another theory is that it is a tally for
counting or ordering ; when this tally was
placed upon an article, this article was the
pattern. Each of these explanation has
its advantages, but no one comes up to all
requirements. It seems wise to adhere to
the first explanation and regard it as a
dart, as these must hare been very plenti-
fal» owing to the state of civiUzation, and
it is not improbable that they were used
as tallies and as pegs. (W. 71, A).
"Tt kung^, Phonetic, work. No phonetic signifi-
cance. (See No. ,89). Here the most
plausible explanation is:— a dart, used for
a peg on which is suspended a pattern of
the article ordered.

id9

^^ KS y^flj^j The sun ; open, front.

^^ g /ti* Radical No. 170, a mound. (See No. 493).

yang^ Phonetic, glorious, open out, a flag ; the

sun above the horizon fi tati.*^ ^ vnt*,

rays of light. This is a suggestive

phonetic. (W.101,B).
578

ch'ii^. To marry.

5C, re ""*' Radical No. 38, a woman. (See No. 16).

^ Ga> c/i'u*. Phonetic, to take. A hand ^ holding
an ear ^ . To hold by the ear, to hold
securely. A betrothal in .China has been
regarded as more binding than the mar-
riage ceremony in many lands. (W.
146 F).

579 *>^ (f^

Ilbll jtm^y Appearance ; to allow ; to endure.

^^^ tniet^ Radical No. 40, a roof.

■^ i'^ ktt^ * ^, Phonetic, a deep gorge, a valley. This

is the 150th radical. The old writing

depicts two strata or ridges of rock, one

above the other and at the bottom a

mouth, a place where water flowed. This

valley is open and one can see all within,

but in g jung^ there is a cover over the

valley. Here the valley is said to refer to

the depths of the heart, the emotions

which are concealed from others. Thus

the idea of to contain and to allow is

given the character. (W. 18 E).

580

faPf A terrace ; a title of resipect.
^35 chih*, Radical No. 133, to arrive. (See No.
337). The phonetic part of this character
is ^ kac^ and :t±,}iL chih^. The former

^00

is changed both at the top and bottom,

on the top the chih^ \j/ i^ plri.ced, which

^ ; indicates the summit, and M chili'^ replaces

the P at the bottom. This character was
,r constructed before they had definitely

settled on, the scheme of radicals and
phonetics, M kao^ and :^ ^ chih^ both
suggest" height but tieither aid in pro-
nuniciation.

Mi £o*, A cluster, a head, pendent things.

>K, rK raw*, Radical No, 75, wood. (See No. 36).

Ih /> shu^ Phonetic, a wing, which on account of
its being short, Tribrates rapidly while in
flight. (W. 22. A). This is without
phonetic significance but it suggests the
movement and appearance of pendent
flowers in the wind. The modern writing
is identical with 75 naP.

582

583

ch'P^, A wife,
^ nu^, Radical No. 38, a woman. (See No. 16).
The phonetic part of this character is not
used alone # and it is not given a pro-
nunciation. It is a hand holding a duster.
It is not an old character. The hand that
manages the household affairs is the wife.
The present form is a contraction of an
older writing.

shan*, A fan ; the leaf of a door,
& hu*, Radical No. 63, a door, a window, (See

. (. ,No, 480).
^ yii^, Phonetic, win^s; plumes. It is a repre-
sentation of a pair of wings or two wing

201

quills. (W. 62.;E), In appearance it is
suggestive, but without phonetic signifi-
cance. A fan or the leaf of a door re-
sembles a wing in that its attachment is
at one extremity or side and has a vibrat-
ing movement.
584 _„

ch'ttang'^, A window.

/y hsiieh*, Radical No. 116, a cave. (See No. 97).
^ ch'uang^ Phonetic, a window. There are-two
grn^ forms of the ancient writing, one seems to

be partly covered by a curtain or shutter
and the other has lattice work w^ithin.
The make up of this character indicates
that it dates back to the time when caves
and dugouts were in general use.
585

tz^u^, Compassionate.

jQ* bsiti^, Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No.
18). ■ ■' '' ■■'■■' '-'./

gg tzti^ Phonetic, the fine velvety appearance of
luxuriant vegetation. All this disappears
if covered by dust or if there is a shortage
of rain. With the addition of heart the
above beautiful qualities are transferred
to the disposition. Compassion is that
quality of heart which is admired by all,
but is easily lost owing to the cares and
w^orries of life.

586ift!6t . ^^

ts'ang^, Wisdom, quick of apprehension, clever.

^ ei^, Radical No. 128, the ear. (See No. 71).

^ ts^tttiU, Phonetic, the feelings stirred. When

A.t is fearful" of being apprehended he is

constantly lo jking out of the wind o w @ to

202

see if the officers are coming. (W. 40, D).
With the addition of the radical ^ ei^, the
idea is to listen -with the same vigilance
that a criminal uses in trying to elude
arrest. The combination is fortunate but
difficult of application at all times.

'"^■M^

BALLEE LESSON XXI.

bsiang^f Incense, fragrance. Radical No.
186. There are two seal writings of
this radical. The oldest is explained as
representing the sweet odor of millet when
undergoing fermentation. The other re-
presents millet held in the mouth because
the flavor is agreeable.

588 Jdl&

hen^, To pity.

^|» i^\ bsm\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
^ ^ iin^, Phonetic, an ignis fatuus* This phonetic
has been unfortunately changed so that
the original idea is not portrayed by the
present writing. It should be ^. The
light is supposed, to be seen on old battle-
fields and is tbe result of the mingling of
the blood of men and horses. The light is
indicated by ^ ^ yen^, one fire above
another. The battle is indicated by ^
\ ch'uan^, to contend, as two persons are at

variance. With the addition of jfr heart,
the character represents the emotion of
pity that one would experience on seeing
an ignis fatuus if he believed it was caus-
ed as above stated. (W. 126 D).

203

^^ ^W chitiy Wme, spirits.

>^,7)C sbu?, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

yu* Phonetic, a jar for holding liquors. The
old writing is not a bad picture of these
jars. When ^/ water is added to the
phonetic the character is used for all
spirituous beverages. (W. 41 G).

590 am

bu^, A lake.
y'./jC sbuP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
±H bu^ Phonetic, dewlap. This phonetic is made
up of old "S^ kt^, and ^ jou\ meat. The
dewlap is made up of a fold in the skin
and is tough, hence the idea of old or
tough is fitting. Its use as a phonetic in
this character is rather far fetched, but
when the dew on the grass is heavy the
dewlap of the ox plows through it and is
wet like the prow of a vessel in a lake.
591

bsia^, Blind.

@ ma*. Radical No. 109, the eye. (See No. 102)-

^ bai*, Phonetic, to injure. (See No. 436). This

phonetic has no phonetic signification, but

it indicates why the eye is blind, that is, it

had been injured.

Itmg', Deaf.
5 er*. Radical No. 128, the ear. (See No. 71).
m #1 Itmg^, Phonetic, the dragon.. (See No. 286).
BB, ^f ^j^^ dragon is supposed to be deaf and

with the addition of the radical we have
a dragon's ear, or a deaf ear.

598 ^^^

fext^y Pain, to pain,, to ache.

592

204

594

595

J^ ^ ni* Radical No. 104, disease. This is in the
ancient writing the representatidii of a
bed v,rith a horizontal line at the top to
indicate the posture of a person when ill.
The dot on the top of this line has been
arbitrarily added by the scribes.

^^:^ tuB^, Phonetic, winter. (See No. 170). This
is a suggestive and very appropriate
phonetic as the pain which is .experienced
from cold is very intense and there are few
persons who have not , experienced it.
Pain beirig a pathological manifestation
the above radical is also a happy se-
lection.

ch'iieh^, Lame.

f" niS Radical No. 104, disease. (See No. 593).

An cAiaS Phonetic, scabs and ulcers. This phonetic
is not found inmost modern dictionaries.
The idea of a swelling is set forth by an
addition M chia^ of flesh ^ jou*. Most
lame joints are swollen and enlarged.

t'ii?. The leg, the thigh,

M . ^ JO"*. Radical No. 130, the flesh. (See No. 133).

Sg jg^ fui*, Phonetic, to retreat, to decline. The
idea of to retreat seems to be derived from
the apparent movement of the sun, ^ each
morning it slowly J^ ascends until midday
and then slowly recedes. This is not like
Wieger's description (W. 31. C). The
162 radical added to the phonetic is a re-
dundancy as it contributes nothing. The
limbs in walking go through the same
■ movement, each one is one half of the

596

205

time ddyanci-ng and -one half the time ap-
parently, receding.

shang^, To reward, to grant ; a reward.

^ pei*, Radical No. 154, precious. (See No, 38).

^ sbang* Phonetic, a house. (Archaic meaning).
(See No. 52). Houses, which includes real
estate, and money ^ pei* are here used to
represent all that is of value or what
would be appreciated as a reward.

597 nn

tz'u\ To bestow, to confer on an inferior, to

give.

pei\ Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).

i*, Phonetic, to exchange. It is supposed to
represent the house lizard, a creature
which is agile and moves with great
rapidity. Some think that the idea of
"to change" is dependent on the crea-
ture's changing its colour to that of the
object on which it rests. The lizards in
North China have this power to a certain
extent, but it is not noticed when the
animal is in the house. With the addition
of the radical we have the idea of giving,
that is exchanging articles of value. If
the giving is always on one side it sooner
or later ceases. (W. 101 C).

598 <<<

tsai^, Calamity, divine judgment.

i/^ \)\ buo^, Radical No. 86, fire. A representation

of a flame in the old writing,

^^ J|| III ch'uaz^, Phonetic, streams. It represents a

stream which is formed by the union of

other streams < I chuan* is a small

206

599

stream; {{ T^ kuai* is a stream which is
formed by the union with another stream.
The overflow of rivers is one of the great
calamities of China.

Fires are not very common in North China
but at times they cause great loss of pro~
perty ; and <« floods and iK fire make up
the character w^hich stands for divine
judgment ; as these are regarded as cala-
mities sent from Heaven.

l^J hsien^, Leisure, idle.

P^ men\ Radical, No. 169, a door. (See No. 5).
H jaeA*, Phonetic, the moon. (See No. 43).

The moonlight coming in through the
cracks of the door and doing nothing is
taken as a symbol of idleness or leisure.

600 ^

601

i'o*, A lesson, a task.

■q ycH^ Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).

ra S kuo\ Phonetic, fruit. (See No. 411). To so

use ones opportunities that the instruction

s yen^ received may bring forth results, ^

kuo^.

chin^. To plough, to till.
^.^ /e? Radical No. 127, a plough. The old writ-
ing resembles a harrow more nearly than
it does a plough. It probably was a tree
with branches so cut as to scratcE fur-
roughs in the earth. .(W. 120 E).
yt ching^, Phonetic, a weU. A very necessary
part of a . farmer's equipment ii| .North
China where irrigation is required for
■ niauy kinds of agriculture. Breaking the

602

603

601

905

207

ground and watering is the symbol for
cultiYating or tilling the soil.

Aa^^ "To call, to halloo.

O k'ou^, Radical No. 30, the mouth.

^ hsieti^ Phonetic, to wound by biting, all. (Ar-
chaic). (See No. 305). With the addition
of another mouth the meaning is changed
from biting to calling.

ch'u^, To remove, to do away with, to sub-
tract, to discount.

% 1$ fu* Radical No. 170, a mound. (See No. 493).

^ -^ yv? Phonetic, I, me. (See No. 40). With the
addition of the radical which means lofty
the meaning of the character can be re-
membered by the following :— If one extols
or elevates himself he is sure to be dis-
counted.

chun^, Seed ; a class or kind.
^ ho^. Radical No. 115, grain, grain on the stalk.

(See No. 556).
M. chung*, Phonetic, heavy. (See No. 22). The

heavy end of the stalk ^ hoi^ is where the

grain M is found.

chuaag^, Serious; a farm.
^^ ts'ad" Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).,,
jfj^ chuan^, Phonetic, strong. (See No. 355).

With the addition of the grass radical the

,; character is used for a \ farm or serious.

The lajtter meaning is difficult of explana-

; . tion, but the first might be explained as

208

the strong St> luxuriant vegetation, ^^
ts'ao^, of a well ordered farm.

chia*^, Growing grain* ^

^ /^o^ Radical No. 115, grain, growing grain.
(See No. 556).

^ cA/aS Phonetic, a family. (See No, 221).
With the addition of the radical it implies,
crops for the family or household.

607 ^±1^ ^i ,

J\ , •^ sheng^, A measure equivalent to one tenth of a'

Si- \ ton* a peck, to promote. The old
writing of this character is similar to the
writing of the character for peck save that
it has an oblique line across the handle.
This line y (^ p'hh, is supposed to indi-
cate that one tenth part of the ton* has
been taken out. (W. 98 B).

I shil?, Radical No. 24, ten. This by some is
regarded as a contraction of two con-
tracted fives ^ .

^ toti^, Phonetic, a peck. This has no phonetic
significance, it only aids in explaining the
meaning of the character in the old writ-
ing. Why shen^ has the meaning of to
promote is not easy to understand, unless
this measure, being the smallest in com-
mon use, any change is necessarily an
increase or promotion. (W. 98 B).

608

F, A plough, to plough.

■^ niu^, Radical No. 93, an ox. (See No. 50).

^IJ 7i*, Phonetic, to cut grain, (archaic) ; profit.
Standing grain and sickle was adopted as
the symbol for, to reap. The addition of

209

iiUf:; ; !

OX forms the character for plough as that
animal was used for pulling the plough,
the use of which was a necessary step
before reaping. (W. 52 F).

609

610

611

BALLEK LESSON XX IL,

sheng*, Remainder.

pei. Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).
^S& &p: cheng* Phonetic, to curve with fire the planks
for a boat B- In this process the plank
was partialh' destroyed by the fire before
it could be bent into the desired shape, but
that part of the plank which remaineict
was now adapted to the requirements.
By adding the radical K, precious, the
idea is set forth that remnants © are of
value. The fy chot^ boat has been con-
tracted to /3 in the modern writing.

sheng*, To conquer, to excel.

tj h\ Radical No. 19, strength. (See No. 212).

^^ cheng* Phonetic, to curve with fire the planks
for a boat. (See No. 60y). In the pro-
cess of bending the planks the strength
of the fire plus the strength ;tj of the work-
men's hands f^ overcomes the resistance
of the plank, thus with the addition
of the radical for strength, the character,
to conquer is formed. (W. 47 J).

^pl* k'e^. A class, a series.

^ /2o^ Radical No. 115, grain, standing grain.
(See No. 556).
•^^ ^ tou^, Phonetic, a peck measure. (See No. 117).

210

612

m^

It is without phonetic value, but suggests
the idea of the coiner of the character. In
measuring 4- toi^ grain %. ho^ each kind
was stored in separate bins, and thus the
idea of class is set forth.

613

fe?, To fly. Radical No. 183. This radical is
the representation of a crane in flight ; the
neck is folded on itself and the long bill
rests on this fold. The pinions are seen
on either side. The body and tail are re-
presented by the straight line in the
center. (W. 11 A).

^^^ R chiao^, To commit to, to hand to, friendship,

intercourse. (W. 61 D).
-i. t'oa* Radical No. 8, above. Kanghsi says that
the meaning of this radical is lost. The
meaning " above " has been given it be-
cause it is always used at the top of a
chai'acter. The original or old writing
did not have this radical ; in the modem
writing it is arbitrarily introduced.
^ /u*. Phonetic, father. This phonetic is also a
modern innovation, having no connection
with the original writing, w^hich repre-
sented a man sitting with crossed legs,
thus each limb is occupyin:»^ the place of
its fellow. From this the idea of " to
commit to or to hand over is obtained.

eK^_y;yj

chih^ He, she, it ; sign of the possessive.
y p^ieh^ Kadical No. 4, a stroke ti the left. (See
No. 176). This radical having been ar-
bitrarily given it destroys the original

211

idea of the symbol ; which was a small

, '■ , plant y issuing from the ground — . The

need of a character for the above process

not being great, and owing to its being

easy to write, it was adopted to represent

the meaning given above.
615 &fc

'PH chieh^, To make a contract ; to produce, as

fruit ; a knot.
Tfl ssu\ mi\ Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).
^, ^ chiF, Phonetic, fortunate, lucky. This phonetic
is made up of i shih*^, which often is used
for ^ shih* in the archaic writing, and n
k'ou^ the mouth. To announce a fortu-
nate affaii: or condition. It seems reason-
able to believe that this phonetic has been
abbreviated from ^ chieW, to be level head-
ed. ^ chieW is another writing of knot.
The abbreviated phonetic has as happy a
meaning as the older form but does not
aid in determining the pronunciation : —
When a thing is fortunate make it secure.
The addition of the radical ^ often im-
plies tying or making secure. (W. 24 C).

616

hud'. Numerous, a company, an associate.

hsi* Radical No. 36, evening. (See No. 14.).
The radical should be doubled ^ to^ many,
as its use here has no reference to the
evening or new moon but to many or
much. (See No. 184).

i«o®, Phonetic, fruit. (See No. 411). When
^ to* is combined with this phonetic the
idea of much or many is brought ovrt ; as
numerous as the fruit on the tree.

^12

617 •^J. _^ chi*, A plan, a device, all told, to reckon.

ST '^ yeti'i Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).

-p shih^, Phonetic, ten. The oldest form of ten
seems to be a contraction of two con-
tracted forms of five ^ ; this was after-
wards contracted to 4 and as this was
difficult to make it was finally written in
the shape of a cross. This is an old char-
acter and the phonetic only explains an
idea without aiding in pronunciation. If
a person can count "a yexi^ up to ten -f-
they are able to reckon, to plan.

618 ^*

619

ch'ang^, To taste, to experience.

P k'ou^. Radical No. 30, the mouth. (See No.
17). This selection of the radical is un-
fortunate as it is taken from the phonetic.

-^ shang*, Phonetic, a house. (See No. 52).
This should complete the character,
but in the present instance the important
or distinctive part is not yet touched.
H, ^ chiW, something pleasant to the
tastcy that which is pleasant to hear, as
the edict of the Emperor. The fc p?,
may be regarded as a spoon and the
lower part in the old writing is -^ kat^,
something agreeable to the taste held
in the month, hence to taste. It is
fortunate that few characters in their
transition from the old, to the new writ-
ing, have undergone such destructive al-
terations. (W. 26 K).

chietP, To select, to pick up.
^ , # shau^, Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

^ ^ chieh^. Phonetic, to select, to choose. This
phonetic is made «p of ;^, % shu*, a bundle
tied to or hung on a tree ; to this is added
A paS eight, written, one stroke on either
side of the bundle, to indicate that it is
opened or divided. (See No. 569). (W. 75
A). With the addition of the radical for
hand the act of selecting is more emphatic-
ally brought out.

flj^ pai^. To ruin.

Tftr :^ ^ p'ti^ Radical No. 66, to tap, to rap. (See No.
/^^^ 17).

g pei*, Phonetic, precious. (See No, 38). The
object of this combination is evident, yiz.,
the result of hammel"itig sea-shells is their
destruction.

621

chian^, To descend.

hsiang^, To submit, to surrender.

B fa\ Radical No. 170, a mound. (See No. 493).

j^ * chian^,. Phonetic, to subject. (W. 31 F).

This is the 34th, radical ^ chih^, a man

overtaking another, written in two ways,

above it is upright, the usual writing, and

below it is inverted. The idea of the

combination is, a suppliant overtakes a

man and prostrates hiinself in token of

subjection. The meaiiing ot to descetfd is

set forth in prostration or inversion of the

suppliant. The meaning of to submit is

the above idea carried a, little farther,

prostration implies submissibtt or sur-

,, o reader. Wiegeir puts this character under

: r : J ' , the 35th, .TAdicak , i The radical P fu*

214

added to this phonetic simply complicates
the writing and as to etymology, it is a
redundancy.
622^

■ tr su', Vulgar, common.

^ . ^'V jez^, Radical No. 9, a man.

^,(ti\ ku^f Phonetic, a valley, a ravine. This is
composed of two A pa* characters super-
imposed one above the other which indi-
cates a gorge of great depth, below is O
k'ou which stands for a water-course.
(W. 18 E). The addition of the radical
implies that the nian is a rustic from the
ravines or mountains, uncouth.

623 >ex&

OS TM^ Like ; undecided ; still.

^ -4^ *: ch'tian^ Radical No. 94, a dog. (See No. 424.)
In modern writing, w^hen used at the left'
of a phonetic, the present form is used in
order to occupy less space.
g ^ chiu^ Phonetic, liquor. A. liquor after fermen-
tation is completed and the dregs have
settled, divided A pa\ If the Chinese,
colorless liquor were placed before a
thirsty dog ;;^ the resemblance to water
is striking, but the odor would cause him
to hesitate ® about drinking. (W. 41 G).

624 %f-

JIJ t'o*^^, To support with the hand ; to com-

mission.
^ ^ shoi^, Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
rll ^t t'o Phonetic, a plant just appearing above
the ground befeiiring the cotyledons. The
stalk seems often too delicate to support
these first leaves and on this account they

625

^

215

attract attention ; thus the idea of to sup-
port is set forth by this phonetic. When
the radical for hand is added the meaning
of to support is changed from the plant to
the hand. (W. 33 B).

c/ju', A rule, a pattern, a custom. (W. 82 D),
^^ shib^, Radical No. Ill, a dart, an arrow. (See

No. 100).
]^ chu* Phonetic, a square. This is an instrument
larger than the X kun^, the ordinary-
square. The square was the guide when
building or laying out a plot of ground.
When ^ shiW is added it indicates, ap-
pointed, determined, irrevocable. This
meaning is derived from archery ; after the
arrow is shot one knows the skill of the
archer, as its position on the target
cannot be changed. Thus this combina-
tion is used for established custom.

626 M& , ,

/a*. The hair of the human head.

^ jgj^ piao^ Radical No. 190, hair, shaggy hair or
locks. In the old writing it is the same
as ^ cVati^, long, save three strokes ^
are added on the right, these represent the
long locks. (Cf. No. 131.)

^, f^ pa" Phonetic, a dog led by a leash, by a strap
behind the shoulders and in front of one
foreleg. During the Manchu rule, prison-
ers were led by their cues. This practise
may have been handed down from the
dim past as the Chinese have long worn
long hair, dressed in different styles as the
dynasty determined. The long braided

216

hair looks like a leash and thus the
phonetic was adopted. (W. 134 A).

627 >SK»

ch'iao^, A sparrow or small bird.

^ chui^ Radical No. 172, , a short-tailed bird.
(See No. 21).
'^, /|\ As/ao', Phonetic, small. It is made up of A
pa^ eight, to divide. The idea of to divide
is given to this numeral because in the
seal writing the two parts are identical
arid they do not touch, thus they suggest
division. Between these two parts there
is a vertical line. This is an object which
is to be divided and as that will make it
smaller, this combination is used for small.
Add to this the radical for short tailed
bird and the sparrow family has an ap-
propriate appellation. (W. 18 N).

628

tiiao^, A bird. Radical No. 196. A pictorial
representation of a long tailed bird.

BALIiBE, LESSON XXIII.

629 Jfcfe

lii£, To€ow, to drift.

^ 7jC shuP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

^ /^ t^u^ Phonetic, a fetus in the easiest position

for delivery, viz., a head presentation.

This is similar to :fe £'a^ the delivery of a

child, save the present phonetic depicts a

: r.li child with long flowing hair. With the

: >.- addition of the above radical the character

;' is used foi:, the; current or the flow of a

" - ■ .river, (W. 94 F). .

' 21.7

630 Jk» kuan*, Accustomed to* practised in.

•^ f vCi^ hsln^, Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No.

M,, ^ kuan*, Phonetic, long strings •& haati* of cow-
ries, g. pei\ to pierce, to tie, to string. The
sea-shells were kept on a string and only
' opened when it was necessary to do so to

make change. Thus with the addition of
heart a character is formed which means,
usage, custom or experience. It having
become as familiar or common to one as
the condition of being strung was to the
cowries. (W. 153 A).
631

tiao*, To fall down, to lose.

f ,^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand . (See No. 53 ) .

^ ^ cho^ Phonetic, high, elevated. (See No. 56).
It represents a kind oi mast w^ith a
hopper shaped box half way from the
ground to the top. Manj' characters with
this phonetic have an ending like the
character under consideration, and it is
probable that. the phonetic has been ab-
breviated from one of these. The addi-
tion of the radical ^ sbou^ signifies, to
fall; In climbing such a mast i^ if ones
hold ^ is not good a fall ^ is inevitable.

632

lo^, A gong.

-^ chin^, Badical Noi 167, gold or metal. (See

; No. 13).

J |M *^o^> Phonetic, a net, a sieve. A net int wang'

made of silk ^ tni*', ssu^ for catching birds

^ chuT^. These nets, in! shape, resemble

- a gong and vvhen the radical which is

218

633

m

used for all kinds of metal is added the
character for gong is formed. (W. 39 D).

p'o*, Broken, to break.

^ shih', Radical No. 112, a stone. (See No. 42).

ri^ p'P, Phonetic, the skin. (See No. 224). The
present form of ^ p^o* is quite different
from the old writing and this accounts for
the variance of the phonetic. (For old
form see K'ang Hsi). Although the com-
bination of this character has been arbi-
trarily changed its present form is not
inappropriate: — if one comes in contact
with a rock or stone, the skin is apt to
be broken.

634 .._

kuei*, To kneel, to bow down to.

Jg, tsa". Radical No. 157, the foot. (See No. 484).

■j^ weP, Phonetic, peril, hazard. This is made up
from f^ weP, a man standing on a rock in
order to get a better view. When B. £
chieh^ is added, (See No. 42), it means he
restrains his movements owing to the
height of his position and danger of fall-
ing. With the above radical the emotions
of one on a rock with a precarious footing
is given to the suppliant, he regards him-
self with apprehension. (W. 59 H).

"'= Bp -^

er*. Radical No, 126, and, yet, still, but.
The archaic meaning is the beard. The
horizontal stroke is tTie mouth. (W.
164 A).

The use of this radical as above set forth
is said to have originated from the fact

219

that the beard is suspended from the chin
and the above connectives act as appen-
dages for connecting together the various
parts of the sentence. •

636

yiian^, A garden, an orchard.

fl weP, Radical No. 31, an inclosure.

J^ yuatp Phonetic, trailing robes. This is a
combination of :aK i^. clothing and ^
^ chuan^, to attach, to drag, (See No.
385) at the end of a trace. This is
contracted to "^, which is placed at the
top df the character, and ri which is
placed between the upper and lower
parts of 3St i*, making ;g and with
the additional top ^ yuar^. With the
ra.dical which often means a fence, placed
around the phonetic we have the charac-
ter for garden. A garden with its tall
stalks and long vines gives one the im-
pression that the inclosed plot of earth

has donned its long garments.

637 >^

•^ ta^ to reply, to respond to.

iJ c/ju^, Radical No. 118, bamboo. (See No. 7).
'^ he?. Phonetic, union, agreement, harmony.
(See No. 103). The joints of ^ chu\
bamboo, harmonize -g- ho^, or answer to
each other, in their positions on the
stalk, as to size and shape. From this the
idea of to answer or respond to is ob-
tained.

638 ^1^^ ggi^ To scatter, to sow, to let loose.
i ,^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53)

2'20

639 ^-,

M

640 ^

^

641 J».

■ JH^ saH* Phonetic, to pound J^ p'a^ meat ^ until
the fibres separate, like shredded hemp, jjijli
p'ait (See No. 24). When the hand is
• added to this phonetic the idea of, to
scatter or disperse is conveyed. The'
modern writing is quite arbitrary and it
is only by consulting the seal character
, that the etymology can be traced.

huan^, To talk wildly, to lie, lies.
■g yen^, Radical No. 149, word. (See No. 10).
■fi: g* huang^, Phonetic, wild overgrowth. This is
derived from ^ wang^ (See No. 123) an
entering, in of the rivers, ^^^ ch'uan^, an
overflow. When -*f ts^ao^ is added it
indicates an overgrowth of weeds or
worthless vegetation on wild lands.
When word a" is added it indicates wild,
* worthless talk or lies. (W. 12J).

wa", M^ilitary, warlike.
Jh chih^, Radical No.'TT, to stop. (See No. 10).
^i^ ko\ Phonetic, halberd. (See No. 2). For
some unaccountable reason the ' stroke
across the handle of the halberd has been
placed above the horizontal stroke on
the left. (W. 71K).'
The lancers :3c who stop Jh the hostile
1 incursion, , thus allowing the people to
proceed with their peaceful occupation.

t'i\ To shave.
U . 71 tao\ Radical No. IS, a knife. (See No. 37).
ti*, Phonetic, a thread wound on a spool. (See
No. 86). /. The hair grows as;if it were

221

" being unvvowild from a hidden spindle and

the idea of to shave was set forth by

placing a razor 7J tao^ by the side of this

phonetic.
642 ,^

cb'iijg^, Clear, pure, correct, as an account.
y,7^ shaP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

ch^ing^, Phonetic, light green, the color of
sprouting vegetation. (See No. 63). As
the tips of recent sprouts are translucent,
they are regarded as being pure and with
the addition of water, which is trans-
parent, the character for clear is obtained.

R. m.

643

614

tt

645

I

/aH^, Blue, indigo.
■H*,!''!' ts'ao% Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).
chien}, Phonetic, to watch. (See No. 294).
This is a simple phonetic and consequently
^ has no logical explanation.

hsin^. Nature, disposition, a quality.
'^ , ^C^ bsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
J^ ^ sbeng^, Phonetic ; to grow, bear, produce.
Radical 100. A plant that grows more
and more. A whorl w^as added to ili 5l
showing increasing growth (W. 79, B, F).
When t bsin^, heart, is added the
character is used for the natural in-
clinations or desires of the heart.

cbia^, Tools, furniture.
>f ,^ jin^. Radical No. 9, a man.

^ chla^, Phonetic, a family. (See No. 221). This

•^ is an unauthorized character and is not

found in the old dictionaries. The only

{explanation is : — what a man ^ jet^, sup-

m^^

"^m

ports his family M cbia^ with ; tools and
furniture are necessary in the home.

buo^, Tools, furniture.

4 , yv jen^, Radical No. 9, a man.

/^ ■ •jt'^ huo*, Phonetic, fire. A pictorial representation
of a flame of fire. This, ik like No. 645, is
an unauthorized character. It is supposed
to have originated from the expression
-^rKl^^'X. ten men make one mess or fire.
The mess includes the utensils for cooking.

fif, A square cloth for tying up bundles.
^^i". Radical No. 145, clothes. (See No. 51).

fu^, Phonetic, to hide, to stoop. This is com-
posed of man K and dog, it- It was first
used as the character for, to ambush, a
man ^ assuming the posture of the dog
it in order not to be seen. With the
addition of I ?, cloth, it becomes a sug-
gestive phonetic, because it surrounds the
articles inclosed, — ^hides them.

BALLEE, LESSON XXIV.
648 ^^t

chm^. All, entirely, exhaust.

M.inl rnin^, Radical No. 108, a dish. This is a
pictorial representation of a dish with a
pedestal such as the Chinese often use at
feasts.

^. W cbiti* Phonetic, ashes which remain after the
fire. This phonetic, in modern writing,
has one less horizontal stroke than in the
ancient writing. It is difficult to account
for the use of ^ cA/q* as a phonetic in

649

650

m

651

223

this character. ^K Kuei Shih Shuo Wen
has the most plausible explanation : — he
says that H is a contraction of ^ hsiii^
fuel, and 'X huo', fire. Thus when the fire
has consumed the fuel, its force is expend-
ed ; nothing remains save the ashes. The
radical JDL min^ indicates the stove. It
might have been a brazier for holding
coals for warming the hands of scribes ;$:.

A'o^ To thirst, thirsty.

^,7jC sbui^ Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

a' ji hd" Phonetic, to ask. (See No. 271). With
the addition of the radical the idea is :
To ask ^ for water 7jC because one is
thirsty M.

hsieh^. Vicious, depraved, heterodox.
U g, i\ Radical No. 163, a city. (See No. 11).
' nl Ja^ Phonetic, tooth. (See No. 97). This is
a conti'action of the original phonetic ^
hsieti', a garment like a buskin w^hich
wraps around the legs, a,wry. The con-
traction has deprived the character of a
proper phonetic. The radical added to
this was the name of an ancient city in
Eastern Shantung. The city may have
had a bad reputation. Owing to the
original meaning of the phonetic being,
awry, M this character has been used for
depraved or hetrodox.

t'ing', To stop, to delay ; suitable.
A .\jen^ Radical No. 9, a man. (See No. 5).
*^, ^ t'ing^, Phonetic, a pavilion, terrace. This is

224

formed of W ^a6\ high, and T ting^, a
person. Ifi the combination, the lower p,
of the ^ao* is deleted. With the addition
■ of the radical A the idea is : — When a ^
man comes to a pavilion ^ -while on a
652 journey, he will stop, ff to rest.

M.l^M M. chien\ The shoulder.

1^ ^ jou\ Radical No. 130 ; meat. (See No. 133).
jg /zu*. Phonetic, a door. (See No. 5). A glance
at the development of this character will
reveal why ^ Au*, a door has b?een added ;
it has gradually been substitiited for a
curved line which represented the arm.
Because this line was only used for this
one character, its form was not easy to
remember; first P shih^, a person in the
sitting or reclining posture, was substitut-
ed, and afterwards it was changed to ^
ha\ This shows that early in the de-
velopment of the written language, un-
usual symbols were gradually replaced by
\ those in common use and this too at the

expense, in many instances, of logical
etj-mology. The facility of remembering
oft recurring elements brought about these
changes. The ^ represents the muscles
about the shoulder joint. In No. 361, P
ba* is referred to as " a farmer " ; in farm-
ing the shoulder of man and beast must
be strong, the former for carrying burdens
and the latter for pulling the plow. This
may aid in remembering the combination.

653

yuan\ To be willing, to be desirous of, a vow.

225

"S yeh*, Radical No. 181, a leaf of a book, the
archaic meaning is, the head. (Se^- No.
105).
]^, J/U yiiati^. Phonetic, a spring. It is represented
as gushing out from a hillside f han*, or
a projecting cliff. The little dot at the top
of /t\ ch'iian^, and the short horizontal line
are the springs and the other lines are the
rills which are fed by them, (See W. 125
F). ;^ yeh* is here used to represent the
brain or the soul ; that which issues fiom
the soul are desires and aspirations.

654 1^

T^f chiang^'*, To take, to hold.

■>]* ^ ts' an*, Radical No. 41, an inch ; archaic mean-
ing, a hand.
flPi, li®.fl© chlaiJg^, Phonetic, three archaic forms of the
character under consideration show its
development. The first one is a meat-
block and meat. The second is the same
plus salt and the last is the first plus the
pickle or brine © for preserving the meat.
The modern character is the first of this
series plus -^ ts'un*, the hand w^hich takes
the meat and places it upon the meat-
block. (W. 127, B).

655 /tdt ., _ .. r
tai*, To treat, to wait for.

^ ch'Jh\ Radical No. 60, a step. (See No. 78).

-Fr. Mf ssu*. Phonetic, a court, a place where the law

^^' ^ -^ rule is constantly iH (continually as

the growth of a plant), applied. (See No.

125). This phonetic has no phonetic

value, but it sets forth the way one should

226

tr^at others, viz ; 6onstantly%.ccording to
propriety. The radical is not particularly
appropriate, but it serves to distinguish
the character from others which have the
same phonetic. Characters which have
this radical generally indicate action.

^J IT/) bs'mg^, To punish, punishment.

IJ Tt 9^ tao^, Radical No. 18, a knife. A pictorial re-
■■ presentation of the instrument.

^ "^"l" ch'ien^ Phonetic, balanced scale pans. The
seal writing represents the two objects
as being even. This was not the original
phonetic, # ching^, a well is the archaic
writing and this accounts for the pro-
nunciation. The well, was in the centre
of a plot of ground divided into nine
squares and farmed by eight famihes, the
central square w^as farmed for the state
by the joint labor of the eight families.
The well being in the centre, w^as where
all pubUc functions were attended to. The
knife indicates that punishment, generally
decapitation, w^as inflicted.

657

fa^, To fine, to punish, punishment.

^, P wau^. Radical No. 122, a net. (See No. 38).
There was a mistake made in putting this
character under M wang^, as it destroys
the phonetic which was ^ li\ to blame or
accuse one M with a fault and thus,
entangle I^ wang^, them. To this is
added the knife which is an instrument of
torture.

227

658 J»^ tap, To deceive, to delude, to lead or go astray.
*^* i_ cho^ Radical No. 162, stopping and starting.

(See No. 10).
TN mP, Phonetic, rice. (See No. 47). There is a
still older writing than that referred to in
No. 47* This depicts nine grains of rice
•5:> without any lines dividing them ; as
they are identical in appearance it would
be impossible to keep track of any one
grain if their position were disturbed. It
may be that this was the reason why
rice was adopted as the phonetic of this

character.

659 -^

if*^ huo*, To doubt, to mislead.

i^\ hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).

-dg? huo*, Phonetic, an appanage, or feudal holding
(archaic meaning). (See No. 70). As
these appanages had no boundary there
must have been continual strife between
barons of contiguous regions, as one could
never be sure on whose territory he was
when nearing the imaginary boundaries.
Add heart to this phonetic and we have a
good symbol for " to doubt."

660 CSSt lili)

jp wang^, The full moon ; to expect, to hope, to

look toward.
^ yueh*. Radical No. 74, the moon. (See No.
43).
^_J^ wang^ Phonetic, (abbreviated), a solemn im-
perial audience. The explanation of this
phonetic is that the minister $ ctieti,
when in the presence 5. of the sovereign,
received light from him as the moon ^

228

receives light from the sun. The E ch'en^
is deleted and Cl wang^, destroyed or
ruined, is substituted. This is a very old
character and the absence of the radical
does not leave a definite phonetic ; this
is because the character was in use before
the principle of radical and phonetic was
adopted. (W. 81 G).

JQ2>, ix^ chi^. Anxious, hurried, urgent.

i£> hsin", Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).

"ft S c/^J^ Phonetic, to catch up with. (See No.

^''^ 324).

This phonetic indicates a person running
after another and laying hold of him ; a
situation requiring haste ; and with the
addition of the radical for heart w^e have
the feelings of the pursuer set forth, he is
fearful lest he will not be able to overtake
his man.

662

6B3

m

hsieh^, To rest, to stop.

^ ch^ieti*, Radical No. 76, to owe, to lack ;
archaic meaning, to exhale, to breathe.
(See No. 273).

J^ ho'' Phonetic, why ? (See No. 271). There is
an old reading of this character i^ as
"i2o^" but that is now obsolete. The
etymology is : — why not stop for a
breathing spell ?

t'ien^, Sweet, pleasant.
"H* kan\ Radical No. 99, sweet. (See No. 23).
"^ she", Phonetic, the tongue. (See No. 73)^

664

i

229

This phonetic has no phonetic significance.
The old writing of this character was
@. The present writing conveys the idea
of sweet owing to the adoption of the
above radical, viz., that which is sweet "fr
to the tongue, "S".

suan^, Sour, acid, grieved.
yu\ Radical No. 164, wine. (See No. 589).
^ ^ tsun^, Phonetic, to walk slowly. This is com-
posed of JiJl g P, the exhalation of the
breath and ^L J^ jenr, man = ;fc ^ yun^, to
consent ; and ^ ^ sui^, to walk slowly.
It is probable that the acid was obtained
by a process of fermentation and as this
is a slovsr, steadily advancing condition,
the present phonetic is appropriate.

665 ifc

q>|V mo^, To smear, to rub over, to wipe.

1= ^ shoti', Radical No. 64., the hand. (See No.

^^, n\ md^, Phonetic, the tips of the branches of a
tree. The horizontal line indicates the
part of the tree referred to just as in
, the character i^ pen^, root ; the lower

horizontal line does the same. With the
addition of hand, which generally indicates
motion, the character for rubbing Jfe is
formed.

ch'iang'. To take openly by force, to snatch or

grab.

f ^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

^ ts'ang^, Phonetic, a granary. This is a con-

traction of ^ shih\ food. (See No. 75).

230

667

668

The lower part is deleted to make room
for P weP, the store-room for grain. The
granary was the most important asset
which the farmer possessed, it was his
money, it was his very life, therefore he
used all diligence in guarding it. When
the radical for hand is added it implie^s the
hand of a forager or robber removing the
grain by force.

ch'eh\ To receive, to meet, to accept.

t ,^ shou^ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

^,^ ch^ieh\ Phonetic, the daughter of a culprit.
(Archaic). The modem meaning of this
phonetic is, a concubine. This is compos-
ed of ^ kati^, fault, crime, against a
superior Jt H shang*, and ^ ft hu* a girl
or daughter. Children of offenders were
appropriated by officials. With the addi-
tion of hand this was first used for the
taking of a concubine from among the
daughters of the vanquished but it now
has no restrictions and simply means, to
take, or receive.

lieti^, A screen.
^'^ chu\ Radical No. 118, bamboo. (See No. 7).
^, 11^ lieti^, Phonetic, the roof and wall ol a house,
frugal. (W. 121 K). From r T J'^"^ ^
roof or shelter, and M. ^ chien^, stalks of
grain held together by a hand, corn stalks
bound together to form a wall. When the
radical for bamboo is added to this
phonetic it indicates the screens which are

231

made of bamboo, split into strips about
■ the size of straw and woven together.

669^ ym

iV^S //iji^ Suddenly, all at once.

'C^ hsin , Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
^ "^ ^'"^» Phonetic, a flag of three pennons attached
to a staff. Used to signal a negative
reply. When the heart is added it indi-
cates that the action was not intentional
but^nstinctive, sudden. (W. 101 A).

670 Y V

671

^

ja^, A slave girl.

koti^ Radical No. 6, a barb.

There is no phonetic to this character
owing to its being an old symbol which
cannot be broken up. Some take it to be
a forked stick ; others think it was an
abbreviation of ;4c Hi mu*, wood. Slave
girls wear their hair in two tufts, wrap-
. ped with a cord, which stand up from the
head and, with the body, resemble the
character Y ya^, therefore a slave girl is
called ygHjra^ t'ou^.

iiti^, To mete out words, to give a command.
D A'oa^ Radical No. 30, the mouth.
^ jjj[ fen\ Phonetic, to divide. (See No. 181).

As this Phonetic is frequently used with -^
ke?, to give, the phonetic itself seems to
infer giving, after the division is made ;
therefore n A'ou^, the mouth, in combina-
tion with ^ /en* implies the separation of
an order from ordinary speech and giving
the same to the person addressed.
672 ntX^ '''''■'; '■' '"

'ia\ ' To give a Command.

232

pl A'o«*, Radical No. 30, the mouth.
/^ ?)3 fa*, Phonetic, to give. This represents two
men, the one on the tight is only the hand
of a man "^ giving something, (the article
is not pictured), to the man A on the left.
When n k'ot^, the mouth, is added it
indicates the giving of a command.

BAIjLEE, liESSON XXV.

PJJ ^ Eh yin*, To .print, to stamp, an official seal, a
stamp.
P chieh^, Radical No. 26, a joint' or seal. (See
No. 42).
)|^ f?T~ chad', Phonetic, the right hand. This is a
pictorial representation of the right hand,
palm down and resting on the tips of the
fingers. This is an old character and the
phonetic has no value as such,- but it
indicates a hand pressing a seal. It also
may indicate the use of the imprint ot
finger-marks as a seal. The Chinese have
long used finger-prints on bank notes.
With the addition of a joint, or seal we
have the character for the latter.

674 -*i-

hui^. Ashes, dust, lime.

J(* Ul Aao^ Radical No. 86, fire. A pictorial repre-
sentation of a flame of fire in the old
writing.
^,^, ^ ya*, Phonetic, the right hand, (Archaic). It
has no phonetic significance. This com-
bination was first used for ashes ; the
product of fire w^hich can be handled.
Limestone, is burned and converted into

^ 233

lime and this can be handled, but it is
said to contain fire which is apparent
"when brought in contact with water.

675 :^ ^K

^R, Tw P^^s^ To help, a class, a guild.

rH M chin^, Radical No. 50, a cloth, a kerchief. (See
No. 143).

^ ^^ pan^. Phonetic, a fief, a region, a country.
The ^ fen^, is a primitive representing a
leafy bough. The |5 ^ f* a city, the upper
part is the official residence and the lower
part is the seal which is kept in the official
residence. The ^ represents the wooded
tracts surrounding the official residence.
The oldest writing of this character was
with ^ po*, silk, wealth. From Q paP,
white and rlJ chiti^, a cloth, a kerchief, or
rolls of silk which are still used as legal
tender in Mongolia. Thus the help which
the emperor recognized was the financial
aid received from his nobles.

676 J»L

I L tnan^. Hurried, in haste, busy.

f i^ hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart, (See No. 18).

r*^ (A vrang^, Phonetic, to hide, lost, to die. (See
'^ No. 123).

To lose ones senses because of pressure of
duties is the etymology. This would be
sufficient to enable one to remember the
composition of the character were it not
for <^» wan^, to forget, being made up of
the same radical and phonetic ; in the case
of " hurried," tC the heart is at the side
and it may aid in recalling the position of
the radical if we recall the expression : —

234

" Hurried until he is beside himself." In
case of to forget : — .^> " That has dropped
entirely out of mind." The heart has
dropped to the bottom of the character.

,§Jf cbu\ To aid, to help.

^,^ U\ Radical No. 19, strength. (See No. 212).
R Q tsu^ ch'ieh^ Phonetic, a small stand used at
sacrifices (archaic) ; moreover, also.
The lower strbke is the ground, the two
parallel strokes above are rungs. In the
• sacrifices for the dead the apparent idea

is to do a favor to the departed, to aid
them, but this requires utensils J[. tsu^ and
;tl li* strength in order to perform the
ceremonies according to prescribed rules.

678

679

hua^, A drawing, a picture.
pg t'ien^ Radical No. 102, a field. A pictorial
representation of a field.
-, w J"* Phonetic, to trace hues, to draw. (See
No. 7). The radical and phonetic do not
compose the whole character in this in-
stance "as formerly the EQ t'ien^ was
inclosed with a p weP, but this has been
reduced to one stroke and that is at the
bottom of the character. This phonetic
has no phonetic value, it indicates how
dravving is accomplished, by showing a
pdncil tracing the boundaries of a field.

chien^, Cheap, mean, worthless.
^ pel*, Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).
^ chiett^, Phttnetic, to destroy, narrow, small.
(See No. 13). This phonetic is generally

235

attached to characters which have the idea

of small or mean ; in this instance the

meaning is cheap, mean, worthless. The

radical, here, with the phonetic can be

interpreted :— the value is insignificant.
680 A^

iH^ so^, A lock, to lock.

^ chw\ Radical No. 167, gold, metal. (See No.
13). "
% ^ '^ so^ Phonetic, a small /h object not la:rger than
a cowrie, ^ pei*. These small shells were
also used as money. With the addition
of the radical, metal, the combination is
used to represent a lock, a small metal ob-
ject, round like a cowrie. It is a safe pre-
caution to keep money under lock and key.

W^ pao^, To eat to the full, satiated.

■ ^ s/z/A^ Radical No. 184, to eat, food. (See No.

75).
^ pao^, Phonetic, to wrap up. (See No. 327).

When one has over eaten he realizes the
aptness of this combination, the stomach
feels as if it had difficulty in surrounding
its contents.

682 T-f,

«y/ kung^, Merit, efficacy, good results.

^ li\ Radical No. 19, strength. (See No. 212).

-r kuvg^. Phonetic, labor. (See No. 89).

This is not a bad combination to fulfill the
idea of efficiency ; one must work and
exercise all the energy available in order
to be efficient.

f

683 ^^ lao^, To toil, to suffer, weary.
^ li\ Radical No. 19, strength. (See No. 212).

236

^ yin^, Phonetic, the light of many lamps in a

^miSa house. (W. 126 F). There is

but little phonetic value in this symbol,

but there is much significance as to the

meaning of ^ to toil ; to labor through

the night with artificial light. This

phonetic loses the ik. at the bottom to

give place to 4;he radical.

684: Ji U \|l.fc

SPt opj i^u', A drum, to drum, to arouse ; it is radical

No. 207 ; bulging. A drum 3. chot^,
beaten by a hand holding a stick J^ pW.
The lower part of cbou^ is not S tou^, as
one might think, it is a drum placed on a
stand. The straight line above the drum
is the skin and all above this line is sup-
posed to be ornaments. (W. 165 C).
Written M the radical is ^ skin.

^^^ ^ , ^ san^, An umbrella, a parasol.

A 7e/i*, Radical No. 9, a man. This radical was
arbitrarily given as it has nothing to do
with the original character, w^hich was a
pictorial representation of an umbrella.
The archaic writing sets this forth very
satisfactorily. See Chalfant, Plate XIV.

chan^, To swell, a swelling.
^ P^ jou\ Radical No. 130, meat. (See No. 133).
^ cAun^, Phonetic, heavy. (See No. 22). This
phonetic also conveys the idea of being
large and consequently is a satisfactory-
combination for a swelling.

chtao^, To quarrel, to dispute.
P k'ou\ Radical No. 30, the mouth.

686

687

P^

237

^ sAao\ Phonetic, small. (See No. 176). Small,

mean talk is a very proper definition of

to quarrel.
688 If 3^

nao*. To make a disturbance, bustle, noise.
n,^|> tou\ Radical No. 191, to fight, to grapple
with an antagonist. This radical is
made up of two jEL^ chii^, to lay hold of,
to seize. (W. 11 H). (See No. 139).
ni shih\ Phonetic, a market. (See No. 256).
The market place is where each man is
alert to his own interests and altercations
which lead to disturbances are not un-
common. This symbol has no phonetic
value but it does aid in explaining the
meaning of the combination.

-' \/ts' rKE tsa^. Mixed, confused.

chui^. Radical No. 172, a short- tailed bird.
(See No, 21). In giving this character a
radical the phonetic was destroyed ; ^ chP,
in the old writing is ^ a flock of birds on
a tree, a collection or a coming together.
M is the logical phonetic and the radical
should be :^ i^, clothing ; but the latter is
w^ritten in an unusual form and con-
sequently the above radical was adopted.
A garment made of odds and ends of
cloth, thus the idea of mixed or confused
is set forth.

m chieh\ Elder sister.

^ nu\ Radical No. 38, a woman. (See No. 16).

R jQ_ ch'ieh^, Phonetic, a square bench. It resembles

a chair without a back. This is a very

680

691

m

692

238

common article of furniture. Women
were regarded more or less as chattels
and the make up of this character was
not regarded as humiliating.

mei*, A younger sister.

3C nii^, Radical No. 38, a woman. (See No. 16).

^_ wei*, Phonetic, not yet ; a tree in full leaf and
branch, but probably not of large size.
(See No. 524). With the addition of the*
rapdical for girl or woman the character
for younger sister is formed.

sai*, To contest, to rival.
^ pei*, Radical No. 154, precious (See No. 38).

sai^, Phonetic, to w^all in, to shut up, to cork.
An empty space ^ H, is filled with bricks,
X kung^, by the f=^ hands of the work-
men (W. 47 T). When ^ pei*, a reward,
is added, it gives the idea of competition
to the labor ; the one who works best is
rewarded.

693 **M.

4b ch'ietf. To depute, to send.

^ W choi^ Radical No. 162, to run fast and stop, to

go. (See No. 10).
S,"^ c/2';eH^ Phonetic, to carry earth in a ^]dui\
basket, for erecting a wall, g (W. Ill C).
This being an important undertaking, an
officer was deputed who had charge of
the construction. The sending of a per-
son to have charge is implied when the
radical S- cho* is added to the phonetic.

694

yu\ Prepared before hand, already.

695

239

^ shih^ Radical No. 152, a pig. (See No. 221).
•H& S /"^ Phonetic, to pass from one hand to an-
other, to haiid down, to give ; I, me.
(W. 95 A). The seal writing depicts one
hand giving to another. This may be
just a repetition of the act of passing
from one hand to another, as a person, at
times, will do unconsciously, w^hen the
mind is occupied. Add the radical plus
the part which makes it an elephant ^
and we have a symbol w^hich is suggestive
of the archaic meaning, viz., excursions
- back and forth, indecision. A caged ele-
phant goes from one side of the cage to
the other for hours without stopping. He
is all ready to escape at the first oppor-
tunity.

pei*. Complete, to prepare.
yV, "t j^t^, Radical No. 9, a man.
M Ml P^^* Phonetic, to prepare, to make ready.

This is composed of ^ ^ ching^, de-
ferential behaviour, (See No. 407) con-
tracted, the P being replaced by M yviag^.
The ching 1 indicates how the preparation
is to be made, viz., with decorum, and |g
indicates that what is prepared is wanted
for use. (W. 54 G). This phonetic was
originally vised for the preparation of the
household necessities by the women. It
has had many dififerent writings. The
addition of the radical is modern.

696 _ ^

k'aang^, Waste, wilds, desert.

jih\ Radical No. 72, the sun (See No. 12).

240

697

Jiuang^, Fhonetic, broad, enlarged, a large
hall. From )" yei^, a covering, a shelter ;
and ^ huang^, yellow, the hue of loess.
(See No. „'07).

A yellow or imperial house is naturally
made large, spacious. (W. 171 A). It
is evident that ^ buavg^ was originally
used as a synonym of earth or soil, and
thus J^ kuang^, a hall, resembles ^ t'ang^,
a hall (See No. 408), as they both are
used for holding large assemblies and both
have the earth as the floor. Kuan^ is
not now used for a hall, as t'an^ fulfills
all the requirements, and ^ kuan^ is
used for broad. When the sun is added
it is the symbol for a desert or barren
waste. A hall, notwithstanding it has
the earth for a floor, is non-productive ;
and ^ k'uang* is a large, barren tract of
earth with the sky for a covering and the
sun the only occupant.

yeh^, A waste, a desert, savage, rude,'^wild, ,

rustic.
IP, Radical No. 166, cultivated fields. (See No.
82).

■^^ ^ yiP Phonetic, To pass something from one
hand to the other, to hand over. (See
No. 694"). There is a reading of Sf which
is yit^, but it is archaic. ^ ^^SC Tuan
Shih Shuo Wen has a good description of
this character Bj'^m:tMM ^f mit^M
9\-mitm. " Beyond the limits of the city
it is called % ch'iad ; beyond the limits of

698

241

the chiac^ it is called pasture, ft mw* ;
beyond the pasture it is called KF yeh^."
A pasture region was not maintained in
all cases outside the limits of the chiao^,
and in such cases the yeh^ was immediate-
ly beyond the limits of the chiao^. The
$P chiao^ was w^here intercourse ^ chiao^,
with the barbarians was held. They
were not allowed inside the g, /* lest they
should learn of its, vulnerable points <and
thus attack the stronghold . This charac-
ter was originally written ffi indicating
that it was covered w^ith forests. After
the forests were cleared off the composi-
tion was changed to the present form,
which is ± t'u^ land for fields H t'ien^.
During the feudal times the Sf yeh^ was
given into the charge of the military to
manage, and timber, grain and straw
w^ere demanded as taxes. There were
three grades of grain tax, one for farming
land, one for buildings and another for
living in the district in idleness. The ^
j-r? indicates that the squatters or oc-
cupants handed over to the proper au-
thorities the taxes or a rent.

Jj^ )5^ sbih\ To bestow.

^ fan^, Radical, No. 70, square (See No.
503).

This radical has been given to the char-
acter because the original classifier is not
among the modern radicals and it is now
written J^ yen^, the old form is !^. It is

242

a banyan tree with branches hanging
down and striking root, A. As this tree
has many of these accessory trunks it is
here used as a symbol for many. (W. 117
B).
-{fii, '^ yeh^, Phonetic, also. (Archaic, a drinking
vessel.) This combination indicates a
pouring out ifi, at frequent intervals 1i^ as
wine at a feast ; or something freely
gixren, M- (W. 107, B).

699 _„.__
haP, To repent, to regret.

*I* , *t^ hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart (See No. 18).

^ ife meP, Phonetic, each, every, many. (See No,

269). The combination of radical and

phonetic implies that mistakes or crimes

are committed through thoughtlessness

and when one repents it is because his

heart swarms # nieP (archaic meaning)

with the thoughts of his misconduct and

causes him regret.

700 =!/#

kaP, To change, to alter, to correct, another.

j^ p'a^ Radical No. 66, to tap, to rap (See No.

17)- , I

p i. Phonetic, exhalation of breath. As exha^-l

^ tion is immediately followed by mha a on

this symbol was adopted as appropriate
for, "to change."
(W. 85 B and No. IQ^ )

'■^iJ lo\ A camel.

ma\ Radical No. 187, a horse (See No. 261).
/fo*, Phonetic, to go on one's way without
heeding others. (See No. 272).

701

702

243

The camel is a beast of burden for which
^ ma^ is a generic symbol. The camel
moves along the road apparently oblivious
to his surroundings ; thus the combination
is a happy one.

t'o\A camel; to bear on the back, (of an

animal).
ma^ Radical No. 187, a horse (See No. 261).
*^ ^ fo^ Phonetic, another. Archaic meaning, a
cobra, or snake that raises its head from
its coil, enlarges its neck and darts out
its tongue, (W. 108 A). The head of this
reptile being large attracted attention, as
it seemed more than the body could sup-
port. Maliy of the characters which use
this as a phonetic have the meaning of to
bear or sustain. The camel is generally
used as a pack animal.

703

yao^, The loins, the waist.

^ P^ jou\ Radical No. 130, meat, (See No. 133).
•mr yao*, Phonetic, to want, to need. Archaic,
the loins, the waist. (See No. 16), Be-
cause the original meaning w^as usurped
by its present ineaning, in order to make
a character for the waist the. radical for
flesh was added.

704 ^^

cVutig^, An insect, a reptile (See No. 232).

l|l ^ ch'ung^ Radical No. 142, a worm, a snake,
probably the cobra.
k'vtii^, Phonetic, Insects that are numerous at
certain seasons of the year, such as flies.

244

705

706 i^

lice, locusts, mosquitoes and silk worms.
(W. 110 C). This phonetic is more of a
classifier than a phonetic and when the
radical is added the character takes the
sound of the radical.

The multiplication of one symbol indicates
that the character is used for something
which occurs in swarms or great numbers.

mi*, Honey.

rfa cA'uBg^ Radical No. 142. An insect, a worm.
(See No. 232).

Jj^ mi*, Phonetic, quiet, close, still, silent, secret.
From '^ mien^, a sheltered place, and #
pi* (See No. 504). When one is in a
dilemma, or has to decide {i^ shoot) be-
tween two, (A pa^ to divide), modes of
action, a quiet or secret place is desirable.
Both these qualities are included in the
phonetic. When A ch'ung', here used for
a bee, is added we have the character for
honey. The bees make their honey in the
darkness of a hollow tree or other secret
place.

wan^, To draw a bow, bent, curved.
^ kuag^. Radical No. 57, a bow (See No. 55).
S| III luan* Phonetic, to adjust, to quarrel. The
oldest writing represents a hand «Tt dis-
entangling three threads ^ ; their lower
ends were contracted into + shih^, ten.
A later writing has "b yen^, word, taking
the place of the middle thread, as the
untangling of thread; it done in common,,
often leads to impatient words and re-

707

mM

245

ciprocal fault finding ; thus the mean-
ing of quarreling was developed. (W.
92 D).

In shooting an arrow the bending of the
bow is very marked and so ^ kung^ is a
fitting radical for the character meaning,
bent, curved %.

cbieW, To loosen, to explain, to open, to untie.
/I, S chiao\ Radical No. 148, a horn. (See No. 250)
? The phonetic of this character is made
up of two radicals which do not occur
together in any other character and con-
sequently it has no pronunciation. ^ ^
IS 3t gives the following explanation,
^ 71 f>l 4^ :ft " Dividing a cow's horn with
a knife.'' Horn is put to a number of uses
and this has been true for thousands of
years. A horn being hard it was a difficult
operation to divide it ; thus a symbol
which represents dividing a horn is used
as the symbol for to open. A bodkin, 73,
made from the horn, ^ of an ox, 4^, and
used to untie M knots.

H2 p'ei*, A mate, to pair, marriage.

35 yt^. Radical No. 164, a jug for holding wine.

j.n fei^, Phonetic, imperial concubine. A woman
^"^ -^ belonging to oneself B. Contracted

to B chp. This combination of radical
and phonetic was used for the wine M yu^
drunk at a wedding feast M (contracted),
and eventually.it assumed the meaning of
mate or pair. ; ( W- 84 A).

246

709 rC|| 7i*, Gain, interest, profit, acute. Archaic, to

'* ^ cut grain.

7J, Ij taoS Radical, No. 18, a knife, a reaping hook.

(See No. 37).
^, ^ ho^, Phonetic, standing grain. (See No. 556).
In order to secure the benefits fij //*, firom
the ripened grain it was necessary to reap
it, in other wrords to cut 73 the stalks'
^. .

■^J Ic,^' ^1 *, /ei*. To bridle, to curb, to restrain, to

force,
i] li\ Radical, No. 19, strength, force. (See No.
212).
■^,^,^ ko\ Phonetic, hides, skins with the hair on.
(See No. 163). Leather or rawhide is
exceedingly strong, and w^ith the addition
of ;^ /r*, strength, a good symbol for to
curb or restrain is formed.

lieh, To crack, to split, to rip open.

;^ 7, Radical No. 145, clothing. (See No. 51).

S[J lieh*, Phonetic, to divide, seriatim.

The original writing of this phonetic was
M '^ll, a river, <«, ch'tian" (See No. 598)
which on account of breaking its banks
has caused Jgreat destruction ? taf^, by cut-
ting 71, !lj new channels through the fields.
? tai^ is ^ or A in seal writing ; these are
the human bones as they are found after
the flesh has decayed ; a symbol of mis-
fortune. Rivers have been the cause of
much misfortune in China by their form-
ing new channels.

712 A-

247

The addition of the radical ^ i^, formed a
character which originally meant the rem-
nants of cloth left after a garment was cut
out ; another old meaning was the sound
of the tearing of cloth ; but it is now used
only for the meaning given above.

/ari£^. To be like.
:^ c/z'/A*, Radical No. 60, to step with the left
• foot.
Qffi, >^.3^ fang" Phonetic, square. (See No. 503).

This seems to be a simple phonetic, but
the Shuo Wen says that the symbol is
composed of two boats tied together
forming a square, therefore the boats
must have been similar in shape and size,
thus they resembled each other. The
radical ^ may have been selected because
a step with the left foot is naturally suc-
ceeded by one like it with the right foot.

713 4^

fu^, Like.

^ ch'ih" Radical No. 60, a step with the left foot.
(See No. 78).
^ ^ /»* Phonetic, (See No. 554).

This phonetic may have been selected as
the two rods or bows which are tied to-
gether are of equal strength and thus
neutralize each other, consequently they
are similar or alike. For the use of the
radical see No. 712.

^^* -4^ ■^o^ ^ dove, a pigeon.

J^ xiiad. Radical No. 196, a bird. (See No. 628).
'^ hd^, Phonetic, harmony, agreement. (See No.

248

103 1. The fact that doves are not quar-
relsome caused the selection of this
phonetic.

715 ____

ts'uP^, To urge, to hasten.

yV jen^, Radical No. 9, a man.

ts^uP, Phonetic, very high, a high mountain ;
a surname. This phonetic is made up of
lU shan, a mountain, and # chuP, a
short-tailed bird. Grouse do not live on
the low hills but are found on the higher
hills and mountains, as they there find
more seclusion and shelter. The addition
of the radical for man may have been
suggested by the energy required if one
wrishes to follow a flock of rock grouse up
a mountain ; if this is tried the appro-
priateness of the composition of fS is
never again questioned.

716

sbou*, An animal, a brute.

-J^ ^ ch'ixan^ Radical No. 94, a dog, a pictorial re-
presentation of the animal. (See No. 424).

"^, W\ ^^°"* Phonetic, the domestic animals dis-
tinguished from ^ ch'itp, wild animals.
The domestic animals w^ere ^ 122a', ^ nit^,
# yang", H chi", it cb'uan^ m sbih\ the
horse, cow, sheep, chicken, dog and pig.
The archaic w^riting depicts two ears,
then the head and below are the hind legs
and a tail. (W. 23. I) This symbol was
sufficient to convey the idea of domestic
animal but w^hen the radical for dog is
added it means wild animals chased bv

249

dogs. The pictorial effect is unfortunately
entirely lost 'in the modern writing.

717 1^

IRJ ■ szu*, To wait upon, to examine, to spy.

-q , /^ jen^, Radical No. 9, a man.

WI wl ^^"^' I*honetic, to manage. This is ^ hou*,
(a man ^ who orders P, a prince, and
by extension, a princess) reversed to
indicate the subordinate or servant who
receives orders. It is the imprint of
the prince. The prince has informed his
minister of his desire, impressed or im-
printed his ideas on him, and the latter
puts them into execution. When the
radical for man is added the character
represents the superior f with his atten-
dant "Pi who waits upon him.

718 -fftt

^^ liehr, Burning, fiery, virtuous.

i»^^ i|l(^ bao\ Radical No. 86, fire. (See No. 482).
^ii lieh*^, Phonetic, to arrange in order (See No.
711). With the radical !k. we have the
fierceness of fire added to floods.

719

720

wang^, A net.

^ mi^ ssB Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).

E! vvan^, Phonetic, a net, to capture with a net.
The idea of capturing or taking is set
forth by Cl wang^, to destroy, (See No.
123). Owing to the I^ wang^ being
written in an abbreviated form, the
radical for silk is placed at the side.

shao^, A little, to diminish.

250

721

m

111

^ ho^, Radical No. 115, standing grain. (See
No. 556).

'^ hsiao* Phonetic, like, similar. The archaic
meaning was, to be like one's father,
not a degenerate. The idea of small is
attached to this phonetic as the child is
smaller than the parent. A small piece
of the father's flesh. " A chip off the old
block." When ^ bo^, a stalk of grain, a
very small thing, is added the character
stands for the above.

ys^, Elegant, decorous, polished, cultured.

'gl chui^ Radical, No. 172, a short-tailed bird.
(See No. 21).

^ ja', Phonetic, a tooth. (See No. 97).

There is evidence that this character was
originally written 51 but S hu*, reciprocal,
being very similar to ^ ysf, the latter
has entirely supplanted the old form and
^ ys?, hasfthe advantage of being a per-
fect phoneticbut, devoid of any suggestion
of elegance, S hu*, conveys the ideas of
satisfaction. A person who is reciprocal
is courteous and is generally in high favor.

15 chao^. To beckon, to call, to proclaim.

f ,^ shon\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
;g cbao\ Phonetic, to summon, to call. The
archaic meaning was to criticise, — ^to use
the mouth as a knife 7J. With the addi-
tion of the radical ^ it has the meaning
of to beckon:^, as the hand is used in
that act. This is a term used in summon-
ing a person to appear at court.

•251

723 1^ hu'' \ To call, to expel the breath.
^^ P i'ou^ Radical No. 30, the mouth.

3ft S< hu^' ^ Phonetic, an exclamation ; an interroga-
tive, a sigh ; a sound which is tittered
after the completion of a sentence. The
"5 ch'iao^ is the breath meeting with an
obstruction. The ^ is composed of y
p'Jeb^, a sign of action and A pa^, to dis-
perse or scatter. The obstruction is over-
come. The difference between impeded
respiration and unimpeded, is taken as
a symbol for wonderful. (See No. 258,
853). The radical for mouth is added to
indicate a call.

724 ^ \^

i@«/ ^H^ ^^^*' To produce interest, to stop, a full breath,

respiration.

iti* hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).

ft t^u^ Phonetic, self, the nose (See No. 104).
The Chinese believe that during a full
breath the M ch^i* of the heart is expelled
when the outside air isf'brought in through
the nose @ and goes to the heart j5. As
breathing is necessary for the maintenance
of life, the meaning was extended to in-
terest^on a loan, a requirement necessary
for the continuance of the loan.

^|| hsiin*, To instruct, to teach, to exhort, to

persuade.
^ yen\ RadicaFNo. 149, a word. (See No. 10).
Ijr ch'uan^, Phonetic, a river. (See No. 598).

Instruction should be continuous as the
flow of a river, a continual flow of words,
" For it is precept upon precept, precept

725 ^1

252

upon precept ; line upon line, line upon
line ; here ai, little, there a little."

726 -M^

c&'uan^ Authoritjr, power; the pee of a steel-
yard.

:7[C mu*, Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

H" Awan* Phonetic, the heron. (See No. 428,
511).

At first glance it is difficult to understand
why tf is used as the phonetic of this
character, but a study of the characters
which use this phonetic, plus the habits
of the bird as set forth in i^ R, Kuei Shih
Shuo Wen, aid in the understanding of
its use. The heron is supposed to an-
nounce by his call the approach of rain ;
hence he is possessed of great intelligence.
He stands by the hour in the water mo-
tionless, watching for food ; when within
reach, action is prompt and sure. His
common name is ^ ^, " the old waiter,"
or " patient waiter.'' Probably the poised
attitude suggested the use of this i)honetic
with wood M^, (the steelyard beam being
made of wood), as a fitting symbol, for
the pee on the steelyard. The string
suspending the pee resembles the long
neck and its shape is not unlike the body
of the bird. The pee only indicates the
weight when in precisely the correct posi-
tion, thus it is just and unwavering.
For these reasons, authority and ability
to give a just decision, are given to this
character by extension.

253

;feff ping^, Authority, a handle.

:^ mu\ Radical No. 75, wood (See No. 22).

"p^ pin^ Phonetic, the 3rd of the ten stems, re-
ferring to fire. (See No. 437).
Fii-e has authority over wood, hence the
combination, to the Chinese mind, is sug-
gestive of authority. Wood, in a sense,
is the handle by which fire can secure a
hold on the structure.

728

m

wu\ Foul, unclean, stagnant water.

\^ >^,7K shui', Radical No. 85. (See No. 79).

V-p -^ k'ua^, Phonetic, to boast, to overpraise.

"^ ~^_ "^ viP Phonetic, the breath, 5 having overcome
an obstruction, — spreads in all directions.
— It seems reasonable to think that this
character was originally written PH i.e. #
yii^, a basin, a tub, with the addition of
water i^ ; it is the symbol of water which
has been used for w^ashing.

UpJ fu*, To be near, to follow, to lean on, possessed

by.
g^ /u* /bu* Radical No. 17u, a mound. (See No.
493).
fij* fa\ Phonetic, to give. (See No. 672).

Tuan Shih Ml ]^ Shuo Wen explains this
character more fullj' than the others.
P -$. fou^ is a mound or small hill. A
foothill looks up to the mountain, a small
state must do the same with reference to
a large, powerful state, and is obliged to
adopt the customs and usages of the
latter and pay it tribute, if.

254

I

'^^^ »^t<& iaie/z*, To put out (as a fire), to destroy, to

exterminate.
^ 7jC shuP, Radical No. 85, water (See No. 79).

mieh* Phonetic, to extinguish or kill ; ^ hsii^
to wound — I'S with a halberd l£ yiieb,
and iK. fire. This phonetic was originally
the full character, but later water was
added to indicate the substance used to
extinguish fire. (W. 71 P.)

731 t'. yxs

^^, ^ tse^, chaP To reprove, to punish, to lay a

charge on ; duty, to be responsible.
pei\ Radical No. 154, valuable. (See No. 38).
^^ )^ tz'u* Phonetic, thorns. It represents a thorny
tree. The modern w^riting entirely changes
this phonetic so that no trace of thorns
remains. There are two meanings of this
character : 1. To reprove or to punish.
The thorns ^ tz'u*, indicate torture, and
M. pGJ* indicates a fine. 2. The care and
worry, ^ £z'«*, of property, K pei*. The
possession of property brings responsibili-
ty. (W. 120 H.)

gPl ch^ou^, To draw out, to shrink, to levy.

^ , ^ shoii', Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

rj-i ^ yu^, Phonetic, from, origin. The old writing
represents a sprout which is drawing its
strength and nourishment from the seed.
There is another old writing of tt which
has ^ H liu^, to keep, retain, for phonetic ;
when ^ shot^ is added, ^, the idea is
that the hand is taking away a part, but
something is still left, liu^ ©, = H.

255

^33 tNb Ppr cben*, To arrange, to form into ranks, a regi-
' ment of soldiers.

'/^ ch^en% To arrange, to state to a superior, old,
stale.
K , ^ iu* Radical, No. 170, an elevation. (See No.
493).

There are two phonetics in the old writ-
ings of this character. One is ^ jS" shen^.
Chalfant regards this as a symbol for a
thunderbolt, something terrible ; the shock
of their serried phalanx, the ancient war-
riors may have been pleased to liken to a
thunderbolt. The other form is 1^ ^, not
"M. ittngf, east, but two hands supporting
or planting a tree. It seems to indicate
the planting of trees on a hillside, perhaps
a park. The present forms of the char-
acter seem to be a combination of these

two old forms. (W 50 H.)
734

fcn^, Leprosy, scrofula, paralysis, insanity.

^ 22? Radical No. 104, sickness. (See No. 593).
fetig^. Phonetic, wind.

The Chinese divided the wind into eight
kinds, east, west, north, south, and north-
east, etc. Some were regarded as having
good and some as having bad influences.
This is not an old character and is not
described in the Wl %, but leprosy or in-
sanity was supposed to be caused by bad
f wind. Rabies in dogs is attributed
to the evil influences of a certain kind
of wind.

735

chin^, Terrified, alarmed.

736 a

738

256

M ma^ Radical, No. 187, a horse. (See No. 261).

chin^. Phonetic, to reverence. (See No. 407).
The terror ®: which a horse ^ experiences
in the presence of that which he regards
as being more powerful than himself.

ya^, To wonder at, admire, to take exceptions
to.

■0 yeix^, Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).

Et jaS Phonetic, a tooth. (See No. 97).

Tuan Shih H K says that this character,
originally w^ritten S, meant to meet, or
receive a guest ; when one meets a noted
person there is a feeling of awe or fear. It
now is used for surprised, or to wpnder at.

737 ^ »—t

■^1^ pien*, p'ien^. Everywhere.

^ ch'Ih* Radical No. 60, a footprint of the left
foot, or a step with the left foot.
pieif, Phonetic, flat ; an inscription hung over
the door. Kuei Shih's Shuo Wen ^ R IS:
jfc explains this phonetic as the official
register of the inhabitants of the Empire,
^ f5J :#. Therefore it must include all.
With the addition of if ch^ih*, to go, the
idea of going to every house in the land is
set forth.

t^an^, To lie down, to lie.
shen^, Radical No. 158, the body. (See No.
291).
"j^ shatig^, Phonetic, a house. (See No. 52).

This is an unauthorized character and is
not found in old dictionaries. The ety-
mology of it is not difficult. When lying

739

fe

257

dfo'wn ^ persons desire a roof 1^3 above
them to protect their bodies M from heat,
cold or stonns.

la}. To draw, to pull, to lead.

^ shou^ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

-^ //*, Phonetic, to set up, to rise, instantly. (See
No. 216).

The old writing of this character was Jft
7a', which indicated the putting forth of
great strength, but as the three ;fy li*
characters were more difficult to write
than "iL li\ to stand, the latter was sub-
stituted, and its use is explained thus : in
exerting great strength in pulUng one has
to stop and take a firm stand.

/d^. To uphold, to help.

^ shou'y Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

-fr. fd. Phonetic,, a husband, a man. (See No.
234). Kuei Shih # K IS; 3t says *, 5t *
Wt a husband. The hand of the husband
assists the wife and the meaning is now
extended to any kind of assistance.

741 ■^B

■JQ t'u/*, To retreat, to decline.

5_ cho* Radical, No. 162, action. (See No. 10).
ts'm* Phonetic ; to refuse, to retreat ; to have

'^ walked with difficulty ?? all day long e,

and refuse to go farther, or to go back-
ward on account of the difiiculties of ad-
vandng. This phonetic may have been
saggested because the sun, each morning,
slowly ascends until midday, when the
indications are that it will continue to go

740

^

258

742 J^ ^3i

higher ; but at noon it starts to descend.
With the addition of L. it forms the char-
acter for to retreat. Compare No. 402,
to advance.

'^^ chii*. To gather, to assemble.

S er^ Radical, No. 128, the ear, (See No. 71).

]^^ ^^ ch'ii^, Phonetic, to lay hands on, to take. (See
No. 578). The oldest use of this phonetic
was for the cutting off of the left ear of
captives and presenting them to the officer
in command ; this was evidence of the
number of captives taken. The meaning
gradually extended to the holding of per-
sons and things in general. When three
men ^ cbung^ axe. added it is the symbol
of an assembly brought together % by the
desire of people to hear "S^ what is to be
said ; thus the speaker, figuratively, holds
his audience by the ear. This character
is not composed of radical and phonetic
as most characters are, as the radical is
part of the phonetic and the three men are
still unaccounted for, but their presence
has a logical significance. (W. 27 K.)

743 /^ sis

cbP, To assemble, to collect, a fair.

'^ cAui^ Radical No. 172, a short-tailed bird.
(See No. 21).

>fC mu*, Phonetic, wood or tree. This character
was originally written /i^ three lines com-
ing together at the ends forming a triangle-
It was afterwards supplanted by a tree
with three birds on it, and later the num-
ber was reduced to one. (W. 14 A, 119 G).

259

«

744 /a? pan*, A comrade, to attend on. .
*• A Jl jen^, Radical No. 9, a man.

'^ ps"*> Phonetic, half. (See No. 118).
"" When i jen^ is added to this phonetic the

idea is set forth that two persons are
usually seen together and are regarded as
a pair and one is the half of the pair. A
single man A is but half ^ a Jman. The
usage is not limited to two persons, only ;
it is applied to several persons whose

vocation necessitates their being together.

745 *ft

pLQ, chu?, To pursue, to follow.

J cAo* Radical No. 162, to go, or to pursue.

(See No. 10).
^ tm'S Phonetic, a terrace, ramparts, a city.
(See No. 310) With the addition of 5_ cbo*
the idea may have been to follow the
person or enemy even down to his strong--
hold, to his ramparts. This phonetic is
also used for troops w^hich guard the city
and thus this character is sometimes ex-
plained as the legion on the march pursu-
ing an enemy. (W. 86 B).

lir^, Near, contiguous, neighbor.
g_ P 1*, Radical No. 163, a city. (See No. 11).
^ lin^ Phonetic, an ignis fatuus. (See No. 588).
The reason for using this phonetic in the
character for " near " is owing to the
necessity of being within close proximity
to an ignis fatuus before it is seen. A city
which is not farther away than this light
is visible must be close at hand.

746

747

cAieA^,. Pure, clean, neat, tidy.

260

^V ^/ shuP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
^ chieh^ Phonetic, to adjust, to regulate.

Tuan Shih II ^ says that *» cb'i* in this
combination indicates the cutting of a
bundle of hemp threads, thus making them
of one length and the ^ signifies that
they are tied up into bundles after having
been washed ? and cleansed.

748

ren^, Stern, majestic, strict, tight.
P /:'ou^ Radical No. 30, the mouth. (See No.
17).
' 1^ yea' Phonetic, to lay hold of a person and
force him to move forward. The modern
writing is quite different from the original ;
that shows a hand striking X shu' a
bear M ^ (as in tfc katf see No. 545) in a
cave )" yen^, accompanied with great
outcries "^ hsiiat^. The modern meaning
emphasises the sternness of outcry, such
as is heard in the court when the magis-
trate browbeats a witness. (W. 146
H).

749 ne

cht^, To order, to enjoin upon.
p k'ou^, Radical No. 30, the mouth. (See No.

', /IP sba^ Phonetic, a tail, an appendage. This is
made up of M wep, tail, contracted, and
•^ sha^, a silkworm in the process of spin-
ning its thread ; as the worm is constantly
moving during this operation, this iJart
of the phonetic indicates motion. Thus
the two parts indicate a tail which is

751

261

constantly wagging. When CI i'oa^ is
added it seems to indicate a last injunc-
tion, an appendage or command added
after the business has been talked through.
For another meaning of ^ sha^ see No.
800.

750 3a_

chin^. Watchful, respectful.
■^ yen\ Radical No. 149, words. (See No. 10).

^^^ ciun^ Phonetic, yellow, M contracted and earth
±., potter's clay, loess. (W. 171 B.)
When a" yen^ is added the idea may have
been that one should be as careful and
watchful as to what he says as a potter
is in shaping the clay.

shin*, Cautien, attentive.

i* . >ll^ hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).

^ cben^, Phonetic, true. (See No. 218). A true
heart is cautious and attentive.

752 E^

mo^ ', To feel, to rub with the hand, to caress.

^ shou^ Radical, No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
^ ma', Phonetic, hemp. (See No. 24). Painters
use wads of hemp for rubbing oil into
wood and for painting.
It is probable that this character was
formerly written H as M md', to grind,
and the character under consideration are
sometimes interchanged. J> may have
been first used as the symbol for rubbing
the hands together, the hands acting as
the upper and nether mill-stones 5 and
gradually it was used for any kind of
rubbing.

26'2

753 ^^ cheng*^, Evidence, proof.

i=t

754

yen\ Radical No. 149^ word. (See No. 10).
^ teng^, Phonetic, to ascend. (See No. 240 and
243).

This phonetic indicates cUmbing to a high
platform and M is to proclaim, from a'
high platform, to publish abroad.

c//u*, Evidence, according to.

^ shou^. Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

fi chii^ Phonetic, wild boar, to fight, to struggle.
A wild boar fc, shib^, and a tiger j^ bu^
fighting, and neither one letting go his
grip on the other. (W. 69 D.) With the
addition ofiand the idea of holding firmly
is set forth. Evidence is that which a
person affirms and holds without waver-
ing in spite of any opposition.

jraiJ^, To display, to publish; to extend; to
w^innow.

^ ,^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
^ "^ jrang^, Phonetic, to ex;pand, glorious. (See
No. 541) The hand placed beside the
phonetic indicates that something is ex-
hibited in bright light in order that all
may know and understand.

^P ch'ai^, To break, to destroy.

^ ,^ shou^, Radical No. 64, the hand.

^ jS: ch'ib\ Phonetic, to attack. (See No. 288) an

abbreviation of J^. This means to attack,

>& 1* (it is T katH^ doubled and means

that it is repeated attacks) a man in his

755

263

own house /** yetf. When the hand is
added it stands for to break or to destroy.
(W. 102. D).

PJK wo^, To lie down.

E cKen^, Radical No. 131, a minister, a states-
man. (See No. 1 20).
^ i^ jen^, Phonetic, a man. The proper position
for a man in the presence of an official
w^as the prone posture, and the above
symbol is used for, "to lie down." (W.
82 F).

758

759

760

;u*, A mattress, a cushion.
^ :^ i\ Radical No. 145, clothing. (See No. 51).
"~^ fM /"*» Phonetic, to shame, to insult, to reveal

3^

with the hand "sf ^ a disgraceful condi-
tion, M cA'efl^, to be pregnant (See No.
122). The § 7H* seems to be a simple
phonetic and the radical 5K indicates that
the mattress is made of cloth.

chui*, A cord, to let down by a rope.

^ ssi?, mi'' Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).

?ft chuP, Phonetic, to pursue, to follow. (See No.

'^ 745).

The radical here indicates a rope or cord
and the article suspended follows the
lowering or raising of the rope.

shui*, Tax, duty on merchandise.
:=£. i2o^ Radical No. 115, growing grain. (See
^ No. 556).

^, (^ *"'^ Phonetic, to exchange, to barter. (See

264

761

No. 72). The character indicates the
giving of grain ^ ho^ to -the government
for the privileges derived.

762

■^ //*, An officer, a magistrate. (See No. 231).

P k'ou\ Radical No. 30, ,the mouth. (See No.

17).
^ chasig^, Phonetic, ten feet. (See No. 368).

In the seal writiiig the basis of the char-
acter ^ is ^ it sbihP, a scribe, a hand
holding a stylus. This is also the char-
acter for history, as it was the w^ork of
the scribes to record history. 'M H* has
one stroke above the ^ ; this is a contrac-
tion of Jt shang'*. Thus this character
stands for those scribes -who vsrere direc-
tors or rulers of the literati.

Jf^ hsP, A mat, a table, a repast, a feast.

rfj c&iV, Radical No. 50, a napkin, a towel. (See

No. 143).
j^ shu* Phonetic, all (contracted) ; all the indivi-
duals of the house gathered about the
light of the hearth to eat. In ancient
times meals were served on a flat surface
made of stone, and the family partook
while reclining. The J^ is composed of
f^ yerP, the house, and ^ kuan^, light.
The light of the fire was all the illumina-
tion they had. The rlJ chin^ was originally
written © and is described as being a flat
stone on which the meal w^as served;
This eventually gave place to a mat. ^,
shu* is a logical element rather than a
phonetic.

265

^63 J|fe A'an^S Joy, peace, repose ; healthy, delightful.

^^ p jer/ Radical No. 53, a shelter. (>See No. 132).

The phonetic is not easily separated, as
it is only in the modern writing that /T
jen* arbitrarily appears. ^ f^ keng^ (a
pestle in two hands) is the hulling of rice,
and ^^ is the same, save that in the
latter rice -M is represented. A grain of
rice was firm and could stand the violence
to which it was subjected in the process
of hulling. The meaning of peace, repose,
and satisfaction is supposed to refer to
the rest which came after the labor of
hulling the daily portion of rice. (VV.
102 B).

V64 _. „

chien^, Strong, vigorous.

'f , J^ jen^, Radical No. 9, a man.

J# 2^ cbien*, Phonetic, to write regulations ^ yii^
(See No. 7), for the march k. %, yirf
(archaic ; long strides, ^ cb'ih'^ lengthened
out). (W. 169 B). A man who was
able to fulfil the regulations was strong
and vigorous.

^®^ ^ chin\ To prohibit.

^^ shib*^, Radical No. Ill, to reveal. (See No.
164).

jsk Ha', Phonetic, a forest ; indicated by doubling
the radical for tree. ^ bad omens Ty:
from trees #, (W. 119 M). The ^
when seen was regarded as a fevelation
of divine or supernatural disapproval, and
thus the character stands for prohibition.

:^r;

266

766 "gt^ latig^, A son, a bridegroom, gentleman, secre-

g, R i^ Radical No. 163, a city. (See No. 11).
^ liang^. Phonetic, good. (See No. 445).

The character ^15 was formerly the name
of a city — a city of excellence. The mean-
ing given above -was an expression of the
hope of the family in the son or bride-
groom, that he would bring benefits equal
to that of a powerful city.

767 n^

|*pf p'ei*, To entertain, to visit with, to aid, to

match ; to add earth about the roots of
plants.
-^, R /u* Radical No. 170, a mound. (See No. 493).
o ■^, ?§\ *'o«* Phonetic, to cut a speaker short by
interrupting him. The dot ■» on the top
indicates the interruption, and the 5 /oh*
is an adverb of negation i.e. saying P no
^. This seems like a strange phonetic to
be used in a character w^hich means "to
visit with," but persons when chatting are
constanth' interrupting one another as
they speak, in order to get the real mean-
ing, or to correct a w^rong statement. If
one is not on intimate terms with the
speaker this is not possible.

Bhr ^||a /u^ To manage a boat (archaic), to yield to,

to assent, to serve, clothes.
^ yueU, Radical No. 74, moon. (See No. 48).
K /S y«^ Phonetic, to hold the seal, authority.

In the modern writing H yiieh^ has sup-
planted f^ chov^, a boat, and consequentlj"-
the etymology is not apparent without a

267

study of the old writing which represents
the hand X which wields the authority P
on the boat M, the captain. The charact-
er also sets forth the opposite of to govern,
viz., to be governed ; this is the action of
the boat under the direction of the captain,
to yield, to assent to ; to be attached to,
as to a girdle, therefore, clothes.

IT* tai , A bag, a pocket, a purse, sash.

^ i\ Radical No. 145, clothing. (See No. 51).
f|3 chm\ Radical No. 50, cloth. (See No. 143).
^K tai*, Phonetic, a substitute. Order -t of suc-
cession or substitution of men ; a reign ;
to supersede ; a dynasty.
It may have been the custom, when one
'T /en^ got a substitute to give him a talty
-t i*, (See No. 576) which when presented
allowed him to occupy the position of the
one for whom he was substituting. The
addition of 5fic or ftJ may have been sug-
gested when trying to carry grain or fine
material, a cloth [ft or the clothing SK
w^hen used to carry it could take the place
of many persons.

™ti

H ch'ia^, To pinch, to claw ; to twist.

f , ^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
g hsien^ Phonetic, a pit, a pitfall, a snare. This
comes from chiu*, a mortar, or hole in
the ground or rock for pounding grain. Q
hsien* is a pitfall or trap with a man in it.
When ^ shou^ is added the idea is that
with the hand something is held secure as
if in a trap.

268

'^^^ ^St ^^'^» I^^s-d of grain, ear.

7^ Ao* Radical No. 115, standing grain. (See
No; 556).

^ Aui* Phonetic, grace, kindly. (See No. 385)
This is not the original phonetic of this
character, but it has become generally
used. It may be that it was used as a
recognition of the grace of heaven, ^
t'ien^, in giving the increase of the field ;
or the gracious part of the standing grain
is that where the seed is borne. The
original writing was 31^ ^ sui'^, a hand
gathering the heads of grain.

772

773

wei^, To escort, to defend, a military station,
Tientsin.

^ hsing^, Radical No. 144, to walk. (See No.
161).

£ wei* Phonetic, refractory ; thongs, rawhide.

Two men pulling A in opposite directions
on an object o, or hide, in tanning it. ±l =
^ ^ the reverse of ^ *!=. The indicates
opposition, refractory. Compare ^ 4* f
ch^iiarf, opposition, error. The refractory
have to be bound v^rith leather thongs,
hence the meaning leather. As leather is
strong and used to protect delicate articles
it is here a suggestive phonetic. The
addition of the radical fi indicates the
guarding of something while on the march.

ch'iieh^, Deficient, a vacancy; broken, defective.
"^.^ ibu* Radical, No. 121, earthenware. (See No.
264).

774

775

776

269

•^ ^ c/jueF Phonetic, to divide, to break. (See No.
109). A dish ^ /bu*, which is broken ^
is deficient.

is?, In want, poor, weary.
p'ieU Radical, No. 4, a stroke to the left. (See
No. 176).
'^ }iJ chiU, PhoHetic, a ± i*\ chii^ written back-
wards. The explanation is : a person
who ih stospped before reaching the line — .
The inference is that he w^as exhausted. 1^
has nothing to do with the sign of the
possessive 'ii "^ chiU.

Ww. ^K ^^^' Dearth, hungry.

^r shiW, Radical No. 184, food, to eat. (See No.

75).
n cAf , Phonetic, a small table ; a contraction for

ml.

^ ch?^\ Phonetic, little. (See No. 34).

When food -^ is scarce M a small table A.,
is large enough. When food is scarce ^
it is a time of dearth fL. The character's
original meaning seems to have been
dearth or famine and hungry is an exten-
sion, as hunger is the common condition
during famine.

o*, e*, Hungry.

shifi. Radical No. 184, food, to eat. (See No.
75).

vro^, Phonetic, I. (See No. 2). This character
according to Kuei Shih Shuo Wen # K IS
'^ was originally written H^ o*, fi) IC szu^y

270

777

778

779

to feed, and ^ me. It was contracted to
the present form.

^P k^t^, Dry, decayed, withered, (as a palsied

limb).
>^ inu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).
-^ hi\ Old. Phonetic. (See No. 17). Old wood

is probably decayed.

k'uei^, To peep, to spy.

y\. hsueh*, Radical No. 116, a cave. (See No. 97).

4if^ kuei^, Phonetic, to shoot an arrow (archaic) ;
rule, custom. (See No. 529). To shoot
W\ a glance through an opening % hsiieb*.
The present writing of M breaks up the
etymology, as the ^ fu should be ^ sbib^.
In archery the eye aims along the arrow
shaft ; but here the eye shoots a glance
through an opening.

k'ung^, To rein in, to draw a bow, to check,
to accuse.
^, f shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
^ k'ang^, Phonetic, vacant, empty. (See No.
302).

This phonetic plus the radical seems to
have been first used for draw^ing the bow ;
in shooting an arrow one increases the
vacant space S k^ung^, between the string
and the bow. In prosecuting a person it
was not unlike shooting an arrow at him ;
if the accusation was substantiated, the
defendant suffered perhaps more than if
hit by an arrow.

271

780 ^1 1^ chou^, Completely, to extend everywhere.

)m,l^\ p i'ou« Radical No. 30, the mouth. (See No.
17). Here it is a modern replacement of
S contracted to 7. This character is a
primitive compound which cannot be
broken up into radical and phonetic. It
is ffl )ft yung-" (See No. 476) and R chP,
to reach to, contracted, (See No. 324).
Every bull's eye has been hit. Efficiency
is expressed in this character.

weP, To surround, to inclose.
p^ weP Radical No. 31, an enclosure. (See No.

28).
H^ w^ei^ Phonetic, thongs, rawhide, refractory.
(See No. 772). The meaning of the pho-
netic may be that H is a leather case
protecting that which is precious, but
more probably it means refractory, 'M- and
therefore when it is in CI it means " incar-

cerated."

782 ^

781

783

iCi"* cb'ou^, Grieved, sad.

*t^ bsia\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).

^ ch'iu^, Phonetic, autumn, harvest. (See No.
169).

In the autumn the grain is often blighted
with frost and appears as if scorched with
fire ifi. When one's desires are thus
blighted, it causes sadness of heart.

j^i/ig*, Hard, obstinate.
7S sbih\ Radical No. 112, stone. {See No. 42).
ketig^'*, Phonetic, to change. (See No. 226).
With the addition of stone :ff sbiB the
idea is to change and become hard like

272

784

#

785

786 >t

stone. This refers either to a phyacal or
mental change.

shen^, To stretch out, to explain.
yv, A jen^, Phonetic No. 9, a man.

^ shen^. Phonetic, to extend, to stretch. (See
No. 227) A man who is taking a rope and
measuring off a fathom, six feet, with his
outstretched arms. A man who is able
to explain or straighten out the tangled
cord.

As?, Rare, seldom.
\\} chin\ Radical No. 50, cloth. (See No. 143).

The phonetic here is not a character which
is separated from the radical. It repre-
sents the texture of cloth :Jt and the ill
chiri^ was placed below. As the threads
are clearly seen it conveys the idea of
loose as opposed to close ; thus by exten-
sion scattered, rare, seldom. (W. 39 G).

iu*. Statute, law.

if ch'ib* Radical No. 60, to step with the left foot.

^ vu* Phonetic, to write. (See No. 7).

With tlie addition of ^ ch^ih^ the char-
acter is used for written regulations for
the march, and by extension, law^.

Jl^ tang^, A clan, a faction, an associate, a cabal.

H hei\ Radical, No. 203, black. (See No. 178).
■^ shang*, Phonetic, a house. (See No. 52).

The Shuo Wen says that the M indicates
that the raeffibers of this society are all
smoked with one smoke, that is that they

273

niieet together in the same room. They
meet in the dark H, secretly, form a cabal.
The '^ shang* here represents the leader
of the clan or association.

^f^ J■^^^■^To crowd, to gather in a crowd, to

embrace.
^, T shou^, Radical No. 64, the hand.
m ^1 J^^^ Phonetic, a city ; harmoifiy, union ; the
w^agtail. The first is the old form of the
character, a city & with a moat «^ em-
bracing it, iDut the second form is now^ in
general use. <« = ->- and e. = ^ as in ^15.
With ^ it means the bird that haunts the
torders of moats and ponds in harmonious
flocks, the wagtail. (W. 12 G). This
phonetic is used to express harmony of
action, and with the addition of the
radical ^ it means to jam or press as a
crowd, and embrace with the arms.

789 tJkf

ebi', To crowd, to press out.

^ jt^ shot^. Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
ch'P, Phonetic, even, together. (See No. 455).
The hands ^ working together #, to
crowd, to press ^.

790

iu^ To stoop, to bow, to condescend.
Jl^^ >f 7efl^ Radical No. 9, a man.

/a', Phonetic, a palace. (See No. 388).

This is not an old character, but it has
come into general use. The etymology is
apparent : When a man A comes to an
ofiBcial department }U to pay his taxes #,
the customs of China require him to show

274

791

792

793

respect and reverence to the official in
charge. Thus by extension to bow and
condescend, i^.

A-j^ fa*, To fall prostrate, to fall on the face, to lie

in ambush ; a decade in dog days ; to
subject.
y V 4 jen^, Radical No. 9, a man.

■J^ ch'uan^ Phonetic, a dog, a pictorial representa-
tion, fv is a man A taking the cringing
attitude of a dog i^ or compelling another
to take it, i.e. to humble or subject
another. (See No. 647) (W. 25 E).

hsien^ Conspicuous, to make plain, glorious.

yeh*^, Radical No. 181, the head, a page, a
man. (See No. 105).

hsier? Phonetic, motes in a sunbeam, volatile,
minute, fibrous. When a sunbeam
shines into a dark room, small motes hke
silk fibres, M ssu^, become visible M. float-
ing in it. When M yeb^, the head, is
added the original idea was that the
decorations of the hat w^ere very a]Dparent.
The character is now used for anything
conspicuous.

7on*' /u*, Dew; lou*, plain, to expose, to disclose.

yu\ Radical No. 173, rain. (See No. 61).

lu\ Phonetic, road. (See No. 279). # ^ Kuei
Shih say's— m ^"^^'^^mWm^ "Dew
is the secretion of the dark, female pow^er
of nature, dew comes from the earth.''
Z,u* 5§ seems to be used for earth ±l!l as
rain from the earth instead of the ordinarj'

794

ffi

275

rain of heaven. Rain that wets the feet

only, as when walking in grass wet with

dew.

" The dew is the path ^ of the rain M,

and when it falls on grass it turns it white

disclosing each stem and leaf."

k'uang^, Mad, wild, raging ; presumptuous.

^ ,J^ cA'uan^ Radical No. 94, a dog, a pictorial
character.

3E, jt. w-aK^ Phonetic, rambling. (See No. 350).

This character indicates that dogs have
suffered from rabies in China from the
very beginning of their civilization. This
character is described as a mad dog. The
animal wanders around from place to
place without any definite aim, and thus
this is a very apt phonetic for this disease.
The character is not confined to this one
disease, it is at present used for any kind
of mania.

"^m

^ yii*, To instruct, to illustrate.

O k'ou\ Radical No. 30, the mouth.
^ />^ yiP Phonetic, a small boat, a primitive barge,
'**" sampan, ^m,san'pan\M.ZiB^. "The

commencement of boat-building." Joining
A chP of planks to form a boat fj to sail
the rivers {{ kuai*. With the addition of
P k'oti', the mouth, the idea is conveyed
of giving instructions in the building of
the boat ; by extension instructions of
any kind.

796 AtsM

k'uti^, To bind, to, hamper.

2T&

797

^ shoti% Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
nri im k'un*, Phonetic, confined. There are two writ-
\Z' it ings of this phonetic I. ^, to stop and

^^. m rest bj^ a tree, to take a nap under a tree ;

II. M a tree which is hemmed in D weP,
by rocks or large trees, and thus restricted
in grow^th, or wilting from confine-
ment. This last is the one which is in
general use. The addition of band implies
that there is an act of repression. It
seems probable that these were two
different characters but they have become
merged into one. The reason for this
view is, the two meanings, viz., sleepy
and cramped and hemmed in. The first
seal w^riting is in accord w^ith the idea of
sleepy, to stop ll; under a tree :^ and take
a nap. It is difficult to explain why this
character should have the tw^o meanings
had it sprung from one symbol.

tan^' *, To caiTy a burden on a pole, a load or
burden.
^, f shou^ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
fe cban^ Phonetic, to talk impudently. (W. 59
ti).

This is from f' weP, a man A standing
on a dangerous crag f (See No. 634), and
A pa^, to scatter, and e" yerP, w^ords ; to
recklessly scatter indiscreet words. The

radical ^ indicates that the character
was first used as a verb. One who talks
indiscreetly has a heavy, dangerous bur-
den to bear and this eventually has been

277

extended to mean a burden of any kind.
798 -H- (W. o9 H). .

m raiiao^ A sprout, the sprout of grain ; wild

tribes. *

-H^ ts'ao'-, Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).

Q i'ien^ Phonetic, a field. (See No. 212).

The sprouting vegetation W of the culti-
vated field 15. That which is planted just
appeai-ing above the ground, s. (W.
149 B).

799

800

Wjgl shai^, Bright sunlight, to dry in the sun.

^ g jih\ Radical No. 72, the sun. (See No. 12).

^ ^'*^ Phonetic, elegant. This phonetic original-
ly meant antelope, deer, jS etc., animals
which lived in droves, but it early took
on the meaning of elegant, perhaps owing
to the graceful appearance of the animals.
The upper part ^ li*, is a primitive repre-
senting decoration. These animals were
decorated with horns. jM In* deer is a
picture /^ of horns, body, feet and tail.
hsi^, Phonetic, west. (See No. 26). The west-
em sun is much warmer than the eastern,
thus this is a suggestive addition to the
character, but, like the other phonetic, is
without phonetic significance.

tu^. Solitary, only, childless.

-^ :;^ . -7^ ch'uan Radical No. 94, a dog. A pictorial

representation.

sAa* Phonetic, a silkworm sjjinmng its thread.

(See No. 749) (W. 54 I). If a silkworm

is spinning a cocoon it is working alone

278

and for itself, and when this phonetic is
used -in this combination the idea of
" solitary " is derived from the above
fact. As dogs do not usually roam about
in ijacks the dog radical is appropriate to
form the character for solitary or alone.

•^^, ycS^ ao^, The southwest comer of a room, where

the Lares w^ere placed, mysterious.
^ ta\ Radical No. 37, large. (See No. 54).

This character cannot be broken up iiito
radical and phonetic. The above radical
is arbitrarily' given to it in the ^modern
writing. The Shuo Wen says thfe cha-
racter stands for the south-west corner of
the room f\ ttiieti^, the dark corner, w^here
one is obliged to grope with the hands
f^ in order to differentiate 3^ pien^ the
articles. 5^ ^ pien^ is the track of a wild
animal and these w^ere easily distinguish-
ed, the one from the other, only by hunters
or those who frequently saw them ; thus
this is a symbol for discrimination (See
No. 837). As there w^as more or less
obscurity about such a corner, by exten-
sion the character has acquired the mean-
ing of mysterious. (W. 123 F).

802 ^fi

mi*, pi'^, Secret, private, divine.
5fe^ ^ s/2/A*, Radical No. 113, spiritual ijtifluences'

(See No. 164). Written 4 with a pen^:^.
^ /^o^ Radical No. 115, standing grain. (See

No. 556).
il^^ pi*, Phonetic, must. (See No. 504).

803

805

279

M pi* originally was used as a term for a
god or deity and the manifestations of
his will must >^> be complied with. |J5 is
another writing of the same character.
The meaning of secret may have originat-
ed from the fact that the will of the gods
could not be known unless set forth by
revelation or omen.

chati*, A part of a day, briefly, temporarily.

g jih\ Radical No. 72, the sun. (See No. 12).

Sj? chair', Phonetic, to decapitate, to cut in two.
This phonetic is a war chariot with
scythes according to the Shuo Wen. It
may have been used to exterminate
captives, and so, by extension this symbol
Df came to mean beheading by an execu-
tioner. The character may inean to
w^hirl or brandish ^ a battle axe Jr. (W.
128 A). See ilf (No. 812). When a day
U jih* is divided the time is necessarily
short.

J^S pi*^, To press upon, to ill use.

>f« J_ c/2o* Radical No. 162. (See No. 10).

n iu" Phonetic, abundance. (See No. 267). The
character M should be written fg pi*.
When there is an abundance of men, a
crowd of people, they press one another,
and if the throng is great, the weaker
ones suffer from the pressure ; a very
suggestive symbol for oppression.

]j^ tieh^, To stumble, to fall.

ja tsu^. Radical No. 157, the foot. (See No. 484).
rti sMb^, Phonetic, to lose, to err, a fault. (See
■^ No. 566). Am error ^ of the foot J£, a

mis-step, leads to a fall !^.

^'^ ^ s^m\ Personal, selfish, secret.

T^ Ao^ Radical No. 115, standing grain. (See

No. 556).
A szn^ Phonetic, private, selfish. (See No. 569).
Grain %. was used for paying taxes and
the residue was personal /.property ^L
By extension, selfiish.

807^

808

yu*. Passion, lust.
i^ hsin^. Radical No. 61, the heart.

yu*. Phonetic, to long for, to desire. This is
made up of ^ cHiao*, (See No. 135) the
upper lip, or the flesh ^ above the mouth,
P k'otf. In this phonetic the upper lip
seems to be regarded as the center of self-
restraint. The ^ cb'ien* indicates a
deficiency of restraint which allows desire
to gain, the master3\ When ;& bsin^ is
added it stands for passion or lust.

yen*, To screen, to hide from view^, to shade.

^ sbou% Radical No. 64, the hand, (See No. 53).

sfe. yeif Phonetic, a man making a long stride,
quickly ; by extension, to cover, remain.
The old w^riting, depicts a man making a
stride :;;*; and covering ground the length of
the outstretched arms, a fathom. e"|3 shenP,
(See No. 784). When hand i sbou\ is
added the hand covers or screens from
view.

809

810

H

811

281

.Wffl^ iRetired, in private life.
|5,#. /a* Radical No. 170, a mound. '(See No. 493).
^ V7I2* Phonetic, carefnl, care, taking an interest
in, freedom from care ; to enjoj^ the
results of the work X kung^ of one's
hands ^> ^. The *ij> hsin^ indicates peace
of mind of one who has what he needs
and desires nothing else (W. 49 G). The
P fu* is a modern substitution, meajiing
place, where fonnerl5^ was written U a
hiding place.

ni3h\ To deceive, to conceal.
@ nm\ Radical No. 109, the eye. (See No. 102).
mam^ Phonetic, equality. (See No. 306). When
both eyelids are closed (equally tight),
then one cannot see. An old meaning of
this character Bji was to close the eyes. It
now means to hoodwink or to cause one
to have closed eyes to the real condition
of affairs.

ja^, To sprout, to bud, a germ, a shoot.

-f|» ts'ao" Radical No. 140, grass or vegetation.
(See No. 22).

^ j^. Phonetic, a tooth. (See No. 97).

Dentition is an interesting process and
is watched by those interested in children.
The sprouting of seeds seemed to the
originators of this character to have a
striking resemblance to tliat process ; it
occurs at the commencement of the new
life and the germs appear like teeth just
showing above the gums.

282

812 ^ai cbien*, Gradually, by degrees.

TK, V ^'^"^^' Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
*ii chau?, Phonetic, decapitate, to cut in two.
(See No. 803). Water cuts its way
through great rocks but ages are required
V in the process. This impressed the scribes
and they adopted this process as a symbol
for gradually.

813 ^tt.

5[^ ku^, Grain, cereal.

^jXi .^ hd^, Radical No. 115, standing grain. (See

^^ No. 556).

^& ^2 ch'iao^ k'o^, Phonetic, a cover H and vegeta-
I ! tion d:, ^ chihi^. By extension, the husk

of grain, the shell of nuts' or of an egg.
The 5: shu\ to strike, (See No. 165) is
added, as frequently the husk requires
much harsh treatment, before it is re-
moved from the grain.

^iL. li*, A kernel (of grain).

^^ tap, Radical No. 119, rice, small grains,. (See

No. 47). r,: ■

ly /i*, Phonetic, to establish, to stand. (See No.
216). Grain in bulk cannot be piled up
unless it is in a bin ; it is only a single
kernel %t. that can stand jt alone mthout
support.

814

815

S

chih^, A branch of a tree.
y^ mu*, Radical No. 75, a tree, or wood. (See
No. 22).
^^ '^j ^ chih^, Phonetic, a bow, a branch, to advance
money ; the 65th Radical.

283

: V . This phonetic originally was used for the

branch of a tree. The old writing shows

! ' a hand with a branch as if stripping it

from a tree. The radical ;ic is a modem

superfluous addition.

816 ^

[^ yin*, Shad3', to shelter.

-^^, lj«|« ts'ao' Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).
[^ yiti^, Phonetic, shade, dark, Hades, female,
secret, cloud 3^ This symbol often refers
to the skj^ as being over cast ; now^ ^ cbin^,
it is cloudy S ytin". The P fu*, high, is
superfluous. When -'^ is added it indicates
that the shade comes from trees or some
thatched or artificial shelter.

817 J-^ liang^, Cool, fresh", cloudy.

^,7K ®^"^'' Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
; ^ -^ ching^, Phonetic, the capital. (See No. 98).

The capital is the most important place
in the Empire, and by extension it is most
desirable ; cool w^ater is most desirable
and refreshing.

818

£u*, A ferry, to ford, to cross a ferry.
■J/ ^JC shui\ Radical No. 85, water. (See No, 79).

tu*, Phonetic, to measure, a degree ; capacity ;
to cross. This phonetic is made up of J^.
shn\ contracted, (See No. 762), and % =^
yu*, the right hand which measures by
spans. (W. 24 M). The important
thing in fording a stream is to be sure
that the water 7j< is not deeper than you
are able M to ford, W : or, to pass across
^ water 7j<.

284

819 j^^ ^, pao*, To expose to the direct sunlight ; violent,
^^Iv, /=Ri cruel.

Q jih\ Radical No. 72, the sun. (See No. 12).

This character does not divide into radical
and phonetic. The old writing shows
definitely the idea which the character
w^as intended to convey ; which was to
spread f^ grain M out HJ in the sun H to
dry. On account of the ■strength of sun-
light it has come to mean violent or cruel.

820 .^iju

tjJC poS A wave, a ripple.

V',7jC shu^, Radical No, 85, water, (See No. 79).
^ p'r, Phonetic, the skin. (See No. 224). The
waves and ripples are like a superficial
layer, ^ p'P, of the water. (See No. 832).

821 ;jA

4^C ^2H^*, Waves, profligate.

•J/ 7J^ shui\ Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
^ liatj^, Phonetic, good ; the original nature of
a thing. (See No. 445).
It is the nature & of water 7jC to form
waves, the waves tS seem impertinent,
rude, lawless, profligate ^.

I(JQ chin^, A pillow, to pillow ; to sleep,

yt^ mu*, Radical No. 75, wood, (of which pillows
are made in China) (See No. 22).
^ ^ yin^ Phonetic, to go away, to withdraw ; a
man )L who walks out of a space t-r ^
(See W, 34 E). When wood 7|C mu" is
added it forms the character for pillow
and is thus explained : when the head is
pillowed (asleep) the man makes journeys
jfc yiti^ all over the world in his dreams.

285

823 ^g chtng^f Quiet, still ; clean.

■^ ch'in^, Radical No. 174, pure, fresh. (See No.
63).

^ ch&rt^. Phonetic, to wrangle, to contest. (See
No. 315). This character W^ was originally
used for thoroughly ^ blended colors #
ch^iti^, but it is now used for quiet or
still. The proper character for this was
1^ chitig*, a cessation at H*, of wrangling
^ cheng^ ; but in modem composition the
proper character is never used.

^»=»

824 ™,^

tan^, The gall, courage.

^,^ Jon\ Radical No. 130, meat. (See No. 133).
-^ chan^ Phonetic, to talk indiscreetly, oversee.
"^ (See No. 797). The reason for this com-

bination of radical and phonetic may have
been : — ^if a man does indulge in indiscreet
statements, he not onlj'- needs to be a
man of muscle M jou*, in order to stand
by these statements, but also a man of
courage or gall. The gall bladder is'con-
sidered to be the seat of courage.

825 jL-l*

J2C ch'ieh*, Timorous, cowardly.

il^\ f hsin', Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
'^ c/i'uS Phonetic, to go. (See No. 67). If the
heart ;& is gone * there is no courage.

826

cbii*, Afraid, to fear, to stand in awe of.

)^\ i|» AsiV, Radical No. 61 , the heart. (See No. 18).

HP |# ch'ti'' Phonetic, the timid look BB of the bird H,
needed to preserve life, looking to right
and to left. When a hawk has caught

286

his prey, he is on the alert while devouring
it, lest an enemy should attack him.
With the addition of 'I' hsin\ heart, the
timidity of the bird is referred to the
emotions.

^"^ ying^, To go out and receive, as a guest.

j^ cho'^ Radical No. 162, to run and stop, (See
No. 10). ,
J[p^jT5 aB^^ Phonetic, high, noble. A high dignitary
an official who holds the seal ^. Here
the seal ^ stands for the official. (See
No. 42). The other part of the phoiietic
is A li, a man facing the opposite w^ay
from the usual position. This man is
looking up to the official as if desiring to
attain to the rank of the latter. When
1_ chd^ is added the idea of respectfully
going out to meet a guest or high digni-
tary is expressed. W yan^, to look up,
has the same phonetic. (See W. 26 G) ,

828

829

lien^, Lead or tin ore ; lien^, a chain.

-^ chin", Radical No. 167, metal. (See No. 13).

^ //en^, Phonetic, to connect. (See No. j^po).
This phonetic is suggestive of a chain as
it is used for things connected. - The chain
ii is made of many rings of metal ^ con-
nected ^ like a string of carts, ^, going
L, one after the other.

lii^, Many times, repeatedly. /,'|\

f^ shih^, Radical No. 44, a person' in the recum-
bent posture. (See No. 449).
^> lou^ Phonetic, the part of the palace where

830

831

287

women are confined. (See No. 392). The
idea of the phonetic here is not the same
as that in ® lou^. This M lii^ is a very old
character and it is easiest to explain it by
commencing with the P shih^, which is a
contraction of M Tvtt^, a room ; (See No.
337). # wa^, a negative ; 4", i<, chung^
niP are two characters used in the A #
pa^ kua^, w^hich indicate an empty space ;
and it indicates that in this room M,
where the women were confined, there
was no # furniture, it was empty. The
character eventually came to mean a
space as opposed to a solid substance and
w^as used for the holes in the lattice win-
dows. From this the idea of "frequent 'J
is derived, as in a w^indow there are many
of these spaces.

cb*uif, A flock, a herd, a multitude, all.

^ yang^, Radical No. 123, a sheep. (See No.
253).

^ cbun^, Phonetic, a princely man. It is com-
posed of^ yiti^, and P k^ovt; a magist-
rate ^ who holds in his hand ^ authority
) and who utters □ his decrees or orders.
As sheep are orderly in their actions the
above phonetic was adopted with #.
yang^, sheep, for a flock of sheep. It now
means a flock of any kind.

yiian^, A hem of a garment, a collar, a cause,
a connection, because. ,

^ szu\ Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8). I'

2.88

832

W.

833

834

^ t'uati' Pho-netic, pigs with bristles. By exten-
sion > accessories, as bristles are accessory
to the pig. (W. 68 I). When silk ^ is
added it is used for the trimmings of a
garment. The bristles of the pig were
regarded as decoration and harmonized
with his general appearance.

p'O^, A declivity, a mound, a hill.
-\r. t'ti', Radical No. 32, the earth. (See No. 13).

p'P, Phonetic, skin. (See No. 224). The use
of this phonetic plus dt t'u^, earth, for a
hill, and plus . v' sbuP, for a wave (See No.
820) leads to the supposition that the
two characters were originated by the
same scribe. The w^ave is an elevation
on the surface of the water and a hill is
an elevation on the surface of the earth.
In skinning an animal the skin is prone
to lie in wrinkles ; this may have siaggest-
ed its use as a phonetic in the two in-
stances.

ch'uaxtg^^, To piash ahead, to bolt out or in ;
rudely.

men\ Radical No. 169, a door. (See No. 5).

a1a^ Phonetic, a horse. (See No. 261). With-
out phonetic force,, but it is suggestive of
dashing forward ; if once a horse ^ strikes
the side of a door P^ w^hen going through,
he will ever afterward go through with a
rush PS.

fotr', To throw at, to give over, to join.

835

836

837

28^

^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand, (See No. 53).
jXi sht^' ^ Phonetic, the right hand making a quick
-^ motion, to strike. (See No, 165). With

the addition of shou^ i the hand, a good
character for to throw is formed and to
give over or to join must mean that one
throws himself on the mercy of another,
as the prodigal did in the far country.

ch'iian^, Cured, recovered.

^ ni\ Radical No. 104, sickness. (See No. 593).

^ ch'tiaii^, Phonetic, entire, finished. (See No.
552).

This character is not found in the Shuo
Wen, but it is not difficult to see the idea
of its composition : when the disease f^
tii^ has run its course ^ ch'iiati^, the
patient recovers.

yiian^, A fountain, the source.
yj^ i/ shaP, Radical No. 85, water.

f^ yiian^, Phonetic, the origin, a spring. (See
' No. 653). The modern character has f

shui^, water, added, owing to the present
writing of the phonetic having no sug-
gestion of water left in it. The original
character depicted the streams issuing
from under a ledge of rock.

fan^, To interpret, to translate.
^ szu\ Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).
^ {an\ Phonetic, the tracks of a wild beast,
' * aborigines, discrimination. The ffi is the

ball of the foot and the rest of the

290

838

839

symbol is the imprints of the claws tR
(cf. No. 801). Hunters became expert at
recognizing the footprints of the various
animals and could tell at a glance what
beast made them.

The character for " to interpret or trans-
late" should be written M fan^, hnt through
the carelessness of some scribe ^ fan^ was
substituted. It was probably used first
for translating the writing of some tribe
or person w^ho wrote different symbols .
from those in common use. Observe that
® shen^, to judge or investigate, uses the
same phonetic : the judge in his courtroom
t^ miet^, investigates # fan^ the testimony
and pronounces sentence accordingly.

kaei^. Women's rooms, w^omen, female, girl.

men\ Radical No. 169, door. (See No. 5).
^ kueP, Phonetic, a small stone scepter or baton,
anciently given to nobles as a sign of
rank. (See No. 161). The character ft
ioei^ seems to have been first used to
indicate the door of a feudal lord in dis-
tinction from the large door used by the 3E
wang^, the prince, and it was afterwards
used to designate the door of the women's
apartment, and finally wae used foi
women m general.

jang^, To clamor, to cry out, to scold.
p k^ou^. Radical No. 30, the mouth.

bsiang^ Phonetic ; to remove, to assist, to per-

"^' '^ feet. It is necessary to study the old

840

841

291

writing. It is to take off one's outer gar-
ment 3^ i^ and assist a in a common piece
of work X kun^. The nn hsiian^ indicates
that there is much discussion, perhaps
many orders given. X, seen only in oldest
w^riting, was changed into Si chP and
indicated disox'der or confusion. (W. 16
I. and 72 H.) With the addition of n
k'ou^, mouth, to this already boisterous
phonetic we have a strong character for
clamor. The modern writing gives but
little clue to the original composition.

nien^, To expel, to drive out.

f , ^ sbou% Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

^* rft* nien^, Phonetic, the Emperor's chariot. When
the Emperor went on the street the
ordinary traflBc was suspended and the
streets must be vacated. The addition of
hand t shou^ to this phonetic may have
formed the character adopted for the
clearing of the thoroughfare for the pas-
sage of the Emperor's chariot. It was
drawn by two men ^. (W. 60 M) .

yen*, To disUke, to loathe.
Jf^ ban* Radical No. 27, a projecting cliff.
Bfc I* yen* Phonetic, to be satiated, ^M* kan^, with
dog it ch'iian^, meat B jou*.
The fe i^ and "M* kan^ of the old forms have
been changed to g in the modern char-
acter. Satiety seems to have been the
aim in the ancient feast ; it is indicated
bv S i^, belching. By extension, the M

292

yeii^ means disgust, aversion. F han* re-
presents the retreat from the place of
842 feasting. (W. 65 G).

r> ^^ > f'H ch'i\ To reject, to discard.

:;fC mu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

This character does not exhibit radical
and phonetic. The seal writing represents
a newborn child in a scoop and two hands
in the act of throwing it awaj^. (W. 94
G.) This indicates that infanticide has
long been practiced in this country.

843

^

844

845, fitl

kuaP, A staff, a cratch.
^, f sbou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No; 53).
-Q ling^, Phonetic, separate, extra. (See No. 474).
As a staff is something used by man in
walking and is not a part of himself, this
phonetic aids in explaining the character
but is w^ithout phonetic force.

chUtt^, Dust, the w^orld.

i t'u^ Radical No. 33, earth. (See No. 13).

(^ 7u*, Phonetic, a deer, an antelope, a gazelle.
On the upper part are the horns, below^
are the feet and the body is in the middle.
The original writing of %. ch^en^ was not
always the same. ^ indicated the dust
which a herd of deer or elk ' caused to rise
when they ran. There is now but one %
deer.

to*'^, To stamp, to knock off (from the feet).
Jg^ tso^ Radical No. 157, the foot. (See No. 484).
7^ tc?, Phonetic, bushes with branches hanging
' with flowers. ' (Sfee No. 581). When foot

'«^

847

848

293

is added to this phonetic, there is the idea
of something hanging or adhering to it,
which can be removed by a stamp of the
foot.

ytf, Oil.
^ y\i shuP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
^ yir, Phonetic, from, origin. (See No. 732).
This was originally the name of a river
and it was adopted as the character for
oil. There is no etymological ground for
this use.

fu*, A w^ife, a married w^oman.

-^ nff, Radical No. 38, a woman. (See No. 16).

J^ chou^ Phonetic, a dusting cloth attached to a
handle. Invented in the 21st century B.
C. When in tivP, a woman, is added it is
used as the character for a married
w^oman or wife, the one w^ho handles the
broom-stick. (W. 44 K).

-^S X we?. To dread, to respect, to be in awe of.

g t'ien\ Radical No. 102, field. (See No. 212).
This character cannot be divided into
radical and phonetic. Originally the B3
i'ierP field, was 6 ^ fu*, a demon's head,
and ^ chao^, claw^, and finally )) A jen^,
a man, a frightened man, was added as a
demon's head and a tiger's claw^s are
most fear-inspiring objects to man. This
character has undergone so great a change
in modern writing that the etymology is
entirely lost.

294

^^ ^^ hu\ To protect, to defend.

yen^, Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).
huo* Phonetic, to hold a bird H in the hand %
to protect it. This is a bird of the falcon
or ha^wk tribe, carried on the arm 3C.
According to ^R^X Kuei* Shih* Shuo^
Wen^, the bird is eminently able to foresee
good fortune or calamity, and there is an
intimation that they were kept and pro-
tected in order to secure good fortune.
With the addition of word, M yctf, the
character stands for protection or, to
defend .

850

851

JFu^ To float, to rove, to travel.
7^,7K shu?, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
ife^ y^£^ Phonetic, the motion of the arms of a
swimmer ; fluttering of a flag. The pho-
netic is a contraction oi'^yt^, a sw^immer.
The S^ yen^ (See No. 698) a fluttering
motion, here means the overhand swim-
ming strokes. The ^ "^ tzv^, a child,
indicates that the legs of the swimmer are
hidden by the water and thus invisible as
those of a child wrapped in long clothing.
The water radical ? shuP, is a recent
addition. By extension this character is
used for the verb, to travel.

P, Stalks standing so close together that they
require to be transplanted, to move.
^ bo^, Radical No. 115, standing grain. (See
No. 556).

toS Phonetic, many. (See No. 184). This
phonetic assists in explaining the meaning

295

of the character, but has no value as a
phonetic. When plants are crowded ^
and their growth is thus stunted, the
farmer often transplants ^ and so allows
room for development.

^^^ ^ ch'Ja\ Timely.

853

i^^ f hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).

yf^ ho^, Phonetic, joining, union, harmony. (See

No. 103). That which occurs just at the

right time or just when it is wanted, j5

hsin^, is called timely.

XQ ch'iao', Skillful, lucky.

~p kun^, Radical No. 48, work, workman, time

of work. (See No. 89).
~^ ch'iao^ Phonetic, difficulty in breathing, air
which has met with an obstruction. (See
No. 258). This is a phonetic which in-
dicates curves and waves of air ; these
curves and twists plus X kun^, a repre-
sentation of the square, when brought
together, are used for skilful, as a work-
man who can combine curves and angles
in his work must be skilful.

854

m

p'aP, To arrange.
^, -f shou\ Eadical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
^ fej^, Phonetic, a primitive with two sides
opposite to each other. (See No. 276).
The objects are placed in a certain position
with reference to each other and with the
addition of hand this forms the character
to arrange.

296

855 ij^ shih^, To swear, an oath.

*=* § yeii\ Radical No. 149, word. (See No. 10).

it? vt?! JJ"^ ^^^^' Phonetic, to break, to cut in two. In the
oldest writing this phonetic represents an
ax which has cut a branch in two. In
ancient times when one desired to affirm
a statement as true, he took an ax and
cut a branch in two, the idea being that
he expected such a retribution if his state-
ment was not true. With the addition of
ej'efl^, word, this character is used for
an oath.

856

pa?, To break apart with the hand (as bread).
^ shoti", Radical No. 64, the hand: (See No. 53).
J^ jgS pi^p'i*, Phonetic, a prince, a man who pro-
nounces n the sentence f on criminals ^
hsin" (See No. 274).

The f chielf, seal, has been changed to P
shih^, in the modern writing. As the
sentence was generally death, the char-
acter also means to kill by cutting asunder.
When hand is added it means to break
open with the hand ; a case where the
addition of a radical very materially
reduces the original severity of the phon-
etic.

E^ a«*, The bank, the shore.

m ^^ shan^, Radical No. 46, a mountain, a pictorial

representation in the old writing.

=p kan^, Phonetic, arms. (See No. 110). Here

the idea is that arms T kan^, are used for

defense. The radical llj shan^, a mountain,

858

859

860

861

297

should ako include T han*, a projecting
clifif, as mountains and the cliffs are the
guardians against the encroachment of
the sea.

yao^ To shake, to sway to and fro.

^ ^ shou\ Radical, No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

^ (^ J ad- Phonetic, an earthen vessel for cooking
or keeping meat. (W. 130 C). There is
no explanation of why this phonetic is
used with the radical t hand, shod', for
the verb to move, and consequently it
must be regarded as a simple phonetic.

iit huan^, Agitated, apprehensive, to scare ; very.

t . *i^ hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
^ huang", Phonetic, barren, wild, reckless. (See
No. 639). This is a good phonetic and
when heart 'I' hsin\ is added the condition
of the barren and worthless land is trans-
ferred to the heart. It suggests the idea
of being " scared out of one's w^its."

yir', Silly, stupid.
i^ bsin^. Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
S ^ yvL^ Phonetic, a monkey. In the old writing
the head resembles that of a demon. (See
No. 447). It has a prehensile tail (W.
23 E). For some reason a monkey is
regarded as stupid, thus when heart is
added the character indicates a monkey's
heart — stupid.

cbji^, To grasp, to restrain.
f ,^ sbou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

m

298

»fel chu^, Phonetic, a sentence ; (See No. 80) to
admonisli or warn, and with the addition
of i sbou^, the hand, to lay hold on one,
to prevent his going. ^ cbii* is not origi-
nally from ^ pao^, as stated under the
80th cl^aracter, but from f , 5 cA/V, a
primitive representing a creeping plant
twining over and circling round other
things. That 1 cA/V is here w^ritten
precisely like ^ pao^, to w^rap, is mislead-
ing. Because the tendril 1 cbin^ and the
placenta *J> pao^ both have the idea of to
wrap, or contain, the modern forms are
often identical and they are used inter-
changeably.

862 Hb*

~ij* shou^, To keep, to guard.

*-*-» mien^ Radical No. 40, a house.

-^ ts'un^, Phonetic, an inch, a measure, a hand.
(See No. 69). It is without phonetic
value but it explains the use of the char-
acter. The '^ mieti^ is an official's resid-
ence and here the law "^ ts^un*, is kept
and used in the administration of the
office. Another explanation is that '^
raien^ is a house on the frontier w^here
soldiers are stationed to protect the
frontier from encroachment.

XP^ i^, To bequeath, to lose, to give.

j^ ^ cho^ Radical No. 162, to run and stop. (See
No. 10).
kuei^, Phonetic, honorable. This is from ^
k'uei\ a basket, (See No. 693) and K pei\

864

2

865

299

precious, a basketful A of precious things,
M, valuable. This character has under-
gone many changes and the present
writing does not indicate the original
meaning. Kang Hsi gives three old
writings which are obsolete. The best
way to remember the character is to
regard the valuables -M kuei^ as moving
^, changing hands, either as a present or
bequeathed jt.

ch'un\ The lips.

^ . ^ jou\ Radical No. 130, meat, flesh.

J^^ ^ ch'en^, Phonetic, time, 7 to 9 a.m. (See No.
122) Mmmi^ Ch'ang'' Chien^ Shuo^ Wen'
gives the following explanation :— M, /^
cb'en^ is from Zi ? i^, germination (it
represents the germ striving to get thru
the ground) ; and \l fi huaf", an inverted
man, change ; (See No. 488 ; the seed is
being changed into a plant,) and H old
writing of Jb shang^, up ; (the plant is
grow^ing up out of the ground) ; and P
half indicating that at first the sprout is
covered w^ith the earth. As this is the
season when vegetation commences to
grow it is a most important time for
farmers. Why this ' was selected as the
phonetic for lips is not apparent, unless
the cotyledons of plants such as beans
reininded the scribes of the lips.

Xt wan^, Crooked ; wrong, a grievance.

TJC mu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

300

Zp -^ wang^ Phonetic, vegetation which grows here
and there w^ithotjt any order. (See No.
350). With the addition of tree ?ic mu*
this irregular growth is transferred to the
tree and this is a symbol of a crooked,
wrong or unnatural growth, a tree so
contorted that it is useless for building
purposes.

rIJX chieh^, To prohibit, to caution ; a precept,

yen\ Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).
jjE- rd^ cbieh*, Phonetic, to warn, to caution. This
phonetic is made up of two h^nds fl" and
a halberd ^. It implies an ocular warn-
ing. When b" yen^ is added it implies a
verbal w^arning. (W. 47 E).

867 liffe

fei*, Ruined, a house in ruins, useless ; to

abandon.

r*" yitf Radical No. 53, a covering, a shelter, a
house.

^- fa^, Phonetic, to shoot an arro"w, to send forth.
(See No. 214). Some explain this phon-
etic as y^ po*, to separate the feet, to place
the feet apart as one does w^hen shooting
an arrow ^ from a bow ^ . When shoot-
ing the arrow is sent away, is lost ; this
is the idea stressed in this combination ;
and when f yerf, a house, is added it
indicates an abandoned house ; one which
owing to its location or for other reasons
cannot be used.

868

chieb\ To borrow, to avail oneself of ; by
means of.

869

270

at

301

-H' ts'ao^, Radical No. 140, grass or vegetation.
• (See No. 22).

an #4i

n,%Q chi^ Phonetic, a field plowed by the Emperor,
appanage, to borrow. This is made up
of ^, :^ leP, a harrow (See No. 601) and
^, "^ hsi^, dried meat old, ancient. (See
No. 222). The crops from the Imperial
field w^ere used in sacrifices. This phon-
etic is made up of the products of the field,
grain, and the results of the chase, dried
meat ; in a word, the articles used as
food. By planting and hunting one could
supplj' himself w^ith these articles and the
original meaning was, "to avail oneself
of," and this meaning w^as extended to
" borrow^." It is now^ w^ritten w^ith the
grass radical when used in this sense.

hui*, Weeds growing among grain, dirty, un-
cjean.
^^ ho^, Radical No. 115, standing grain. (See
No. 556).

sui*, Phonetic, a harvest, a year. (See No.
197). As Jupiter's phases indicated whe-
ther or not war was to be waged, it thus
decided whether the crops tIc ho^ were
properly cared for ; w^hen war was being
carried on the weeds were not removed
and thus the fields w^ere dirty, as the men
were called away from their agricultural
pursuits.

tu^ The belly.
M , ^ Joti\ Radical No. 130, meat, flesh. (See No.
133-).

302

871

872

873 -fip;

Sp

-j- t'u^ Phonetic, earth. (See No. 13). This
character is not found in the Shuo Wen
and hence is probably a modern inven-
tion. The ± t'a^ is a simple phonetic.

Aou^ Illicit, careless, if.

-H* ts'ao\ Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).

^ kov^, Phonetic ; curved, crooked, a hook ; to
entice ; to cross out from a list. This is
composed of 1 , § cbiu^, a creeping vine,
(See No. 861), and P A'o«^ mouth. This
phonetic is often written ^ kou^. Because
a creeping vine extends its growth in any
direction, it is regarded as being selfish,
careless, and by extension illicit.

-. . t^ox^, To steal, to pilfer, secretly, stealthily.

• ' -^v jen^, Radical No. 9, a man.
'HU, ^ yvP Phonetic, a small boat. (See No. 795).

The original writing of this character fif
was % t^ov^, and it has to be looked up
still in the Shuo Wen under -^ nii^, woman,
where it says the vulgar writing is f^
i'ovi^. It is evidence that the incongruity
of using ^ nii^, w^hen in the courts and
jails ninety-nine out of a hundred thieves
are men, w^as recognized and consequently
the -^ nu^ was replaced by { jen^, a
person of either sex. Why -i; w^as used as
, phonetic is not apparent ; perhaps boat-
women were notorious for their thieving
propensities.

tu*, Jealous, envious.

874

875 J.^

876

30S

-^ n^^ Radical No. 38, a woman, a girl. (See
No. 16).

J^ bu*, Phonetic, a single door. (See No. 480).

This is another instance where women
are maligned by the scribes as if jealousy
were confined to the female portion of the
human race. The Shuo Wen says that 5P
tu is the jealousy of women and ^, chi*
the jealousy of men. If this is correct
why is ^ nv? used in both characters ?
The present character represents a woman
back of a ^ door giving vent to her
jealousy where she is not seen by others.

cba}, Sediment, dregs.
f ,i^ shm\ Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

ch's?, Phonetic, a proper name. (See No. 397).
It was at one time used as the character
for a railing and also for the foundation
of a pillar, but none of these meanings
aid in the explanation of the present
combination, therefore it has to be put
in the class of simple phonetics.

cbing*, A region, a place ; state or condition.

i. €u\ Radical No. 32, earth. (See No. 13).

^ cbing*, Phonetic, the end, limits ; boundaries
where the pronunciations # yin^, of men
;L differ; only, nothing but. With the
addition of ± t'u\ earth, the stress is
removed from the boundaries, to the
region in which the language is the same.

cb'u^ Painful, distressing ; orderly, well-done.

304

877 «

^ mu\ Radical No. 75, wood, tree. (See No. 22).

ag; ch'a^, Phonetic, a place planted A?v^itli trees.

This phonetic contains the radical, the
upper part is a grove or forest ^ lin'.
The lower part is JE shu^, the foot in
motion. (W. 112 C, 119 N). It is a
difficult thing to walk through a thicket.
The idea of orderly may have been sug-
gested by the regular order of the trees
which were planted in the grove.

Iirt wa^, To awaken, to discern ; to recover.

i' , i|l^ hsin\ Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
31 wu^ Phonetic, I, my. It is composed of S.
" wti" five (See No. 30), and □ k'ou^ the

mouth, # wu^ is a verj^ lofty appellation
for I, mj'self, as it represents the creation
of all things 3l, by the w^ord of my mouth
n , but man has ever been prone to elevate
himself and with the addition of f hsin^,
heart, consciousness, w^e have the symbol
for, to discern.

^78 ,)BBff

t^Tf^ p'iao^, To float, to drift.

7K, 7^ sAuf, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

1^ p'iao'^, Phonetic, a signal, a ticket. (See No.

255). The old writing represents smoke

floating in the air as a signal ; when v'

shui", water, is added, the floating is

transferred from the air to the water.

879 ____

c/zeS To cover, to hide, to screen, to intercept.

,, ^ cho* Radical No. 162, to run and stop (See

No. 10).

J^ sAu* Phonetic, all (See No,, 762). If a person

305

left or went away from, 5_ cbd'', the light
of the hearth ^. he was not seen, as
this was all the light in the house at
night.

880 /g^

-^^ ts'aP, Variegated, gay, ornamented with

diverse colors.
^ shan^ Radical No, 59, to adorn with feathers
or colored hair. It is intended to repre-
sent feathers or long hair.
TIC, ^ ts'aP, Phonetic, to pluck with the fingers f^>
fruit or flowers from a tree :^ ; to choose.
(W. 49 B). With the addition of ^ shan\
to adorn with feathers or long hair, we
have flowers and long hair or feathers ;
thus the character contains all the natural
articles for ornamentation.

881 -b^

Jpg^ taa^, To obstruct, to withstand.

^ _ ^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

^ tan^, Phonetic, to be equal to. (See No. 478).

A hand t shou^, must be equal to "^ the

requirements before it can obstruct or

withstand M.

882 ^h.

I^r jru*, That which decides who is right in a

quarrel ; a prison, a jail.
-^ cA'uan^ Radical No. 94, a dog, a pictorial
representation .

The Shuo Wen explains this character as
being two dogs J it ch^iiatf. The phonetic
is W yen^ but though it has no phonetic
force, it assists in explaining the meaning.
The two dogs personate two criminals
who are mutually incriminating each

883

884

306

other B J^t^, in order to secure a lighter
sentence. This is not a pleasant pastime
and is an apt symbol for Hades or prison,

chia^. To marry a husband.

ir «u', Radical No. 38, a woman. (See No. 16).

^C cA/aS Phonetic, a home, a family. (See No.
221). The bride leaves the parental roof
and a new home M. cbia^, is started.
This combination of radical and phonetic
forms a good character for the above
meaning.

p'ieh^, To throw away, to give up.
T .^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

'raJC pi*, Phonetic, mean, poor, ruined. (See No.
211). With the hand t shou^, added,
which indicates the action of discarding
or throwing aw^ay w^orn out clothing ^^
w^e have a verj' good symbol for the
above meaning W..

885 fsrti r^n.

Jp3^ tien*, A grand hall, a palace.

JSC shu^ Radical No. 79, the right hand making a
jerky motion. (See No. 165).

^ t'on^ The phonetic is not now^ used as a char-
acter ; the buttocks. The explanation
given in Chu Shih -^ R Shuo Wen is as

follows: ^mmmm^mBm^^t "a

thief is bound and spanked in the hall."
The second ^ is here used for M. tien*. A
place for the administration of punishment
seems to have originally been the chief
use of the IS tien*, but as their ciYilization

307

advanced it was used far Ifaifge gatherings
of any kind. (W. 22 D).

d ^|t IP, A fence, to inclose.

^ chu\ Radical No. 118, bamboo. (See No. 7).
IP, Phonetic, to part, to separate. (See No.
351).

To separate off, M IP, a plot of land with
a bamboo j^^ chu^ fence is the explanation
of this character.

887

S88

S89

pa', A bamboo hedge ; a species of bamboo
with spines.
^,ft chu\ Radical No. 118, bamboo (See No. 7).
F*-* paS Phonetic, a kind of boa (See No. 53).

It may be that a serpent B w^as selected
for the phonetic because it, like a hedge,
has length without much width ; and fj
chtP, bamboo, is a common material for a
hedge, or a fence.

p'u^. The vine.
■H*]}lljl ts'ao*. Radical No. 140, grass or vegetation.
(See No. 22).

p'u^. Phonetic, to fall prostrate ; to crawl, as
a child. The ''1 pao^ here takes the place
of 1, ^ chiu^ of the original writing. The
reason for this change is that ^ pao^ is
one of the 214 radicals and 1 chit^ is not.
Thus the meaning was a vine which
spreads "Sf, M- (See No. 416).

t'ao^. The grape.

ts^ad, Radical No. 140, vegetation. (See No.
22).

308

890

891

j^ fad'. Phonetic, a furnace for pottery. This
seems to be a simple phonetic. It is a
pictorial representation of a kiln ^
with porcelain ware ^ inside. (W. 54
D). ^' is a recent character, coined
about 100 B.C. An emperor of the Han
Dynasty in 138 B.C. sent m% Chang^
Ch'ienS to the region of the Caspian Sea
on a mission and this man brought back
grapes, alfalfa and large horses. He saw^
that grapes w^ere good for men and alfalfa
w^as good for animals. This man also
established a trade route to that part of
the world. (See Giles' Biographical Dic-
tionary, under Chang^ Ch'ien 3i %, and
K'ang Hsi*s Dictionary under ^ t'ao^.)

ya^, To press down, to repress.
:j^ t'u^ Radical No. 32, the earth.

yen*, Phonetic, to disUke, to loathe, to be
satiated. (See No. 841). This phonetic
represents a man w^hose stomach is dis-
tended and uncomfortable. The addition
of db t'u^ earth, may imply that a hole is
to be filled with earth dt and solidly
packed JE as an over-distended stomach
is packed with food.

pien^, A whip.

ke. Radical No. 177, to skin. (See No. 163).
^ pien*, Phonetic, convenient, ready. (See No-
492), The ^ was originally an instru-
ment of torture, but it is now used as a
w^hip for animals. A convenient {M piece

893

309

of leather $ may stimulate, in' some,
recollections ot a slipper sole.

892 Jt^^

j3$ tiin^, You. (A polite term). This is an un-

authorized character.

^L^ bsiti^, Radical No. 61, the heart.
(j» nP, Phonetic, you. (See No. 3). The addition
of heart jC? hsin'-, is intended as a mark of
respect. Some think that the origin of ^
nir/, was from i^^ ^ nP lao^ which ih the
spoken language was contracted to nirf,
and this character was coined for the new
sound.
t'ang^, A bath tub.

JUL min^. Radical No. 108, a dish or vessel.

^ t^ati^. Phonetic, hot water, broth, M min^ and
■^ fan^, form a good character for the
above ; also read tang''.

hsing^, Form, figure, shape.
^ shan^ Radical No. 59, feathers, long hair. (See
No. 415).
IF ^T ch'ien^ Phonetic, two shields of equal height.
(See No. 235). Shields with decorations
in various designs were common. An
article if not decorated is spoken of as
lacking in appearance or shape.

1p0 7iV, Two, a couple. (An unauthorized char-

acter) .
y^^ >| jeti^, Radical No. 9, a man.
~' RJa ifazi^*, Phonetic, two, a pair, an ounce. (See
No. 35).

It is probable that this character was
originally used for two meri, but it is now
used for two of anything.

894

M

310

896 J^^ ching^, Bright sunlight ; a view ; appearance ;

circumstances.
jih\ Radical No. 72, the sun. (See No. 12).
-^ ching^, Phonetic, the capital. (See No. 98).

When the sun, H jih*, is high, ^ ching^
then one can get a view of the landscape
or can learn tlie appearance of the sur-
roundings.

897

898

899

wo*, To use great effort and bend the mind to
a subject, to strive after ; business, duty,
must.

^ li\ Radical, No. 19, strength. (See No. 212).

^5t 1^"* Phonetic, to display one's skill in wielding,
3L p'u^, arms, ^ mao^, (a three pronged
halberd). The ;f3 li*, strength, is a modern
addition.

/I , i\\ chieh*, Boundaries w^hich separate men, one

alone; an assistant, one who waits on, to
assist ; pett3^
yv jenP, Radical No. 9, a man.

■/\^ pa^, Phonetic, eight. (See No. 32). It has no
phonetic pow^er, but in the seal writing it
helps to explain the meaning of the
character. Man, A jerp, is in the center
and the A pa^, separates him from others.
The meaning of to assist has been added
without logical sanction.

IQ sbao*. To connect, to join, to tie together, to

hand down as a trade.
7^ szu\ Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).
S chao*^, Phonetic, to summon, to call. (See No.

722). The original meaning seems to

900

^.i|li

311

have been a father summoning, S cbao\
his son and requesting him to continue, ^
szu^, the family trade or profession.

chP, Utmost, very.

>tC mu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

^ chi* Phonetic, haste, urgent, a struggle for life.
A man who watches for the favorable
opportunity of heaven — and the advan-
tages of earth. — A man is seen in the seal
w^riting, between heaven and earth H erh*
(the radical) ; he is striving w^ith voice n>
and hand, %, to gain his end. (W. 2 D),
With the addition of ;^ mu*, a tree, the
character stands for extreme, the very
top. The tree, in its position between
heaven and earth, attains to a much
hiffher altitude than does man.

901

m

p'aii^, To look at, to hope for.

@ wa\ Radical No. 109, the eye. (See No. 102).

X^ Ien\ Phonetic, to divide. (See No. 181).

When one hopes B^ for something the eye
@, /^^^ is prone to spend a portion ^ /en\
of its time looking for it.

902 niu

JlX. ^'^"'' 'i'^e thighs, the haunches, the rump ; a

division, share ; a band, a gang ; a strand
of a rope.
%,H iou\ Radical No. 130, meat. (See No. 133).
-^ shu^ Phonetic, a long pole projecting before a
war-chariot, a spear, to kill. (See No.
165). The meaning in ^ seems to be
taken from the first definition given, the
thighs are an extension of the body. The

312

903

S04

S05

f^t

idea of a strand or a part or share seems
to come from an ancient usage of the
word ; the Shuo Wen says that the ^ shu^
is here used for ^ shu^, different, to dis-
tinguish between. The fibers of a rope are
divided into strands, and a business con-
cern is made lip of a certain number of
shares.

kung^, A mine.

/g sbih^, Radical No. 112, stone. (See No. 42).

^ kuang^. Phonetic, broad. (See No. 696). The
Shuo Wen says that this should be w^ritten
m. Here ^, huatig", (See No. 207), is
used for i, t'u^, yellow earth, with '^,
shih^, metal-bearing stone. Another A!\rrit-
ing is M.

hsii*, A thread, a clue, to succeed to.

^ szu\ Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).

H che^, Phonetic, this, that, it. This character
w^as invented to represent a connection
between w^hat has already been said and
what is to follow. The seal writing
indicates that it reaches in two directions,
two crossed branches, and beneath is Q
tzQ*, contracted, the starting point for
what follows. Thus the composition of
the character ^ indicates the self @ reach-
ing in all directions in order to find a clue
or trace ^ of the thing desired.

chien^, A bamboo slip, to abridge, rude.
,11r cAu', Radical No. 118, bamboo. (See No. 7).
^ chien^, Phonetic, between, among. (See No.

906

4=:.^.^

313

183). Strips were made of the part of
the bamboo yr between fS chien^, the
joints, and on these sUps directions or
descriptions were written ; if the descrip-
tion w^as lengthy the slips were bound up
in book form, but w^hen the description
was kept within the limits of one slip of
bamboo it was regarded as abridged and
eventually the above character took on
that meaning.

ya^, The bouse or office of an official ; a

tribunal.

^, ^^ hsing^, hang^, Radical No. 144, to walk, to

act ; read hang^ a row^, motion. (See No.

161).

S wu^ Phonetic, I, my. (See No. 877). The

original phonetic was ^, ya^, a tooth,

something to be dreaded ; it represents

the official. The radical If hang^, a row,

in order, represents the underlings who

are standing at their places in a row on

either side of the official. It is difficult

to explain how the writing was changed

from ^ to ^.
907 stA.

^^ cbing*, The end, finally, only.

j^ Ji\ Radical No. 117, to stand. (See No. 216).
By using jt li*, as the radical the
etymology has been destroyed. This
character is ver5' similar to ^ chatig^, a
chapter. (See No. 87) ^ yin^, sound,
should be the radical, and below this is
man, }\i, M ching (See No. 875). Another
explanation is, # indicates that this man

909

314

JL was singing, he sent forth tones, "h

and we thought only of the melody # ;

when the song is completed ^ there is a

sense of finality.

908 ._

ts'aP, To select, to pluck.

^ ^ shou', Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

rj% ts'aP, Phonetic, to gather, to pluck. (See No.

281). The addition of the t, t'P shou\

contributes nothing.

hsiang^, The nape of the neck ; a sort ; item,
sum, income.

^ j'eA'', Radical No. 181, the head, a page of a
book. (See No. 105).

rC kting^, Phonetic, labor. (See No. 89). Owing
to the head, neck and back forming a
notch resembling one side of the radical
kung^, X, this SAinbol w^as selected as the
phonetic for the above character. Another
reason given for the selection is that the
nape of the neck is w^here burdens are
carried, viz., where work, X, kuti^, is
done. (W. 82 A).

ching^, A ford, a ferry, a narrow^s, a mart
where boats stop.
7^,7K shai\ Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

ju^'* Phonetic, a stylus. (See No. 7). This
phonetic w^as formerly ^ chiti^, a stylus
^* jru* making marks ^. It was con-
tracted to ■^ j'u*. There seems to be
much evidence to the effect that originally
this character was written f^, a place
where a boat w^as sure to be found for

910

315

crossing a river. This being a clumsy
character it was contracted until it as-
sumed its present form.

911 ^^_

_^ fo^, To charge with, to entrust.

M ye«^ Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).

t£ t'o* Phonetic, to depend on, to engage a sub-
stitute. (See No. 624). By a word or
command "g" the responsibility is changed ^
t'o* from one person to another.

912

913

I

914

yu^, To roam, to wander, to stroll, to travel.
, -y^ chd^ Radical No. 1 62, to run and stop. (See

No. 10).
Of- yr^ Phonetic, the motion of the arms ot a
swiminer. (See No. 850). The character
m is often used for No. 850 W. The 5_
chd^, indicates inovement, and for moving
from place to place on land, is more
logical than is W- yi^-

chi^, A inachine, a loom, to reveal, a spring.

y^ mu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

^ c/zi*' ', Phonetic, few, nearly. (See No. 34).
This phonetic plus wood is used for
machine. The first machines probably
were looms and these were constructed of
wood. A few ^ pieces of wood Tjc, which
developed movement is a good symbol for
a machine ti.

ch'i*, A utensil, an instrument.
_jv cA'uan^ Radical No. 94, a dog, a pictorial

representation.
n^ ch'i^ Phonetic, many mouths, clamor. Dishes

316

are spoken of as having mouths, thus
each mouth represents a dish. The dog
was added as he was kept to clean up the
dishes after a meal. Another explanation
is, the dog is watchful and careful of
articles he is responsible for ; thus here
the dog implies that utensils must be
cared for. There is an old writing H
chH^, which has the radical -pf fov^, por-
celain, instead of :^, chOiar^, which is
more logical, but owing to its being
obsolete it does not help in remembering
the construction of the character.

915 pa

jf^ chad", To illuminate, according" to.

m>J^ hno^. Radical No. 86, fire. (See No. 482).

^ ch.a&. Phonetic, bright, to show forth. This
phonetic is composed of the sun H, jiit,
and S chad^, to call or summon. (See
No. 722). The sun H is that which calls
S us in the morning ow^ing to its bright-
ness Wt- When ik. huo", fire, is added, the
character stands for, to illuminate M.

^W cbing^, Unmixed, fine, essence, semen, vigor.

^ mP, Radical No. 119, rice (See No. 47).

^ ch'ing^. Phonetic, color of nature, green, blue,
black. (See No. 63). As rice grows in
w^ater the weeds or other grain w^hich are
found in w^heat and oats cannot flourish
in a paddy field ; therefore rice is seldom
mixed with other grain, and consequently
it is here used as a symbol of pure or
unadulterated. ^ ch'ing^ is also a symbol

917

918

919

920

m

317

of purity and these two radicals when
combined form the character for unmixed
or fine.

lietr, To connect, to combine.

5 €r, Radical No. 128, the ear. (See No. 71).

^ kuan^ Phonetic, to run threads through the
web. (See No. 95). With the addition
of '^ er^, ear, one is inclined to believe,
that this character was first used for the
collecting of evidence, combining the state-
ments of different individuals.

shuang^, Cheerful, quick, crisp.

JC J'ao^ Radical No. 89, to mix, to lay crosswise.

-4^ ta*, Phonetic, large. (See No. 54), — without
phonetic force. The two ^yacP' represent
the lattice w^ork of a w^indow and as this
is large, :fe, ta^, enough to admit light
and air the occupants of the room are not
gloomy and despondent. Or, a man -fz.
acting X with both arms. (W. 39 O).

huo^, To catch, to obtain.

yC, ^ ch'iian^ Radical No. 94, a dog. Pictorial re-
presentation.

^S, ^ huo^ Phonetic, to seize with the hand X, as an
owl -IS chui^ seizes its prey. With % cHiiam
added the character was probably first
used for getting game in the chase with
the help of a hound. It is now used for,
getting or obtaining, in general. (W 103 C).

tsti^, To rent ; or tax in kind from fields, to
lease ; taxes.

318

921

922 &g|$

tI^ Ao^ Radical Mo. 115, standing grain. (See
No. 556).

H. tsu^ Phonetic, a stand used in sacrifice (tsa^,
archaic pronunciation, now read ch'ieh^
and chii^). In ;^ ^ i^ X is the following
statement : il tsu^ was originally the
land tax B3 M, t'ien^ fu*. It was originally
written M. tsu^. Land rent was spoken
of as the portion of grain ^, ho^, used
as an offering in the ancestral temple.
The character ffl is now used for any rent
or tax.

ka*. To look after, to regard, to consider.

^ yeh^, Radical No. 181, the head, the page of a

^ book. (See No. 105).

^ A'u*, Phonetic, to hire, to engage. (See No.
361). With M yeh*, head, added the idea
of, to look after or consider, is expressed.
If a person heeded M the migration of
these birds M as explained under No. 361,
he took the warning to heart M yeh*, and
acted on it.

hsiang , Sound, noise, reverberatioa.
^ jiV, Radical No. 180, a sound. (See No. 39).

hsiang^, Phonetic, village, country, rustic.
(See No. 466). The Chinese divide sound,
in to two kinds, % hsiang^, a nonmusical
sound, and ^ yii^, a, musical sound.
When a sound comes to the ear it is M
shen^. The etymology set forth in :& ^
^ ^ is that M hsiang is the abode of
people and when W yii^ is added it stands
for the home of sound or its origin. When

923 \

^

924 i^>

925

319

one hears a sound he may go in that
direction and may find it was a clock
striking, and he will say ^M^W.

chiieh^, To decide ; tcrpass sentence ; certainly,
i ping^, Radical No. 15, ice. (See No. 516).
-^ chiieh^. Phonetic, to cut off, to decide, to settle,
certainly. This phonetic is described
under No. 109, an additional meaning
seems reasonable according to ^ 1^ |g S:,
to split with a wedge. The act of split-
ting a log is suddenly accomplished and
once done there is no w^ay of uniting it
again. With ice as the radical it suggests
a familiar winter sight, cracks or fissures
in thick ice. With water which is also
used as the radical, it indicates a break in
a river bank, a condition once established,
there w^as no question as to its existence.

chang^, The palm of the hand, to control.

^ shou^, Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

'^ shang*, Phonetic, a roof of a house. (See No.
52). When the hand is placed palm
downwards and fingers act as pillars, the
palm assumes the shape of a roof.

kuei*, A case with drawers, a chest, a trea-
sury.

'^ Tnu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

[S kuei*' k'iiei*, Phonetic, a case with drawers.
Read k^uei*, wearied. This phonetic is
made up of \Z, iang^, a wooden trough,
a log hollowed out, by extension, a chest,
a trunk, (W. 51 A), and ^, kuei*, expen-

320

926

^M

sive, honorable. (See No. 863). This
phonetic itself sets forth the meaning : —
something valuable is placed in a chest or
case, and the addition of 7}v, niu*, is super-
fluous.

cb^i, ^■^'*' A relative, grieved.
-^ rfe Ao\ Radical No. 62, a spear, a lance. (See
No. 2). That which remains after taking
out the radical is not a regular phonetic.
The radical is not the regular "Si, ko^, as
can be seen in the seal -writing. The
original meaning was a battle ax C^, and
it had ^ shu^, (contracted) to pick beans^
(See No. 547) in the center. It may have
been a weapon which w^as used both in
military and agricultural pursuits, and so
always at,hand in time of w^ar or peace ;
hence its use as a symbol for relatives
w^ho are always at hand. The meaning
of grieved is explained in the ^ ;^ Shuo
Wen thus :— Owing to its being a weapon
of war, it caused a pang of regret to arise
when seen.
927 ±A^ g^

" -yT ian*, To attend to, business.

^ kan^, Radical No. 51, arms, a crime. (See No.
110).
^,.^ ^arj* Phonetic, the sun H penetrating into
A X, iV the jungle ^ and drawing up
the vapoi 5. (See No. 137). The action
of the sun is transferred to a man who
has a ^ kan^, a stick in hand. (See
No. 110). The seal writing represents
the overhanging branch about to take

928 ^jbr:

929

930 I

.321

root, the form with A ;u*, to enter, re-
presents the tree as rooted and separated
from the parent tree.

Ian*, To overflow, profuse.
7jC, :^ shur, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).
1^' chien^, Phonetic, to watch, a prison. (See No.
^ 294).

When the water of a river is confined
within its banks it is where it should be,
but when it breaks over ^, it is like a
criminal who has broken jail.

k'uei^, Wanting, defective ; a grievance.
/« hti" Radical No. 141, a tiger, a tiger skin.
(See No. 258).

This cannot be broken up into radical
and phonetic. Perhaps the character
was coined to accord with the expression
ffMM^ hsing^ weP ju' hti^, "He acts
like a tiger," a man who is not governed
by rules of propriety. The # chui'^, a
short-tailed bird, is used to impersonate a
man.
^,~5f yu^ is the breath overcoming an obstacle.
Thus the character represents one who
overcomes any compunctions of conscience
and, like a tiger, forgets all kindnesses
and does violence to friend or foe.

chuatig*, Appearemce, complaint, a law suit.

■H^ ch'iiaif Radical No. 94, a dog. Pictorial cha-
racter.

^ ch'iang^ Phonetic, the left half of a ti'ee. (See
No. 84). The IS jJt, Shuo Wen explains

322

931 ^1 fff,

I

932 ^

933

this character thus : — There is no animal
the offspring of which more strikingly
resemble in appearance the father or
mother than the offspring of dogs ; there-
fore the. selection of this radical. The one
half of a log M , also has a striking resem-
blance to the other half.

luan*, Confusion, disarranged, anarch3\
/j i^ Radical No. 5, germination, movement.

(See No. 137).
^ luan* Phonetic, a thread X ^ being disentan-
gled by two hands ^. The rack H on
w^hich the thread is suspended is probably
the loom. The L is ZLj iS which repre-
sents the thread being draw^n out. (W. 90
B). (Archaic meaning, to put in order).

j2^ yiian^, To dislike, ill will.

t[^ hsin\ Radical No. 61, heart. (See No. 18).

An yuan^ Phonetic, to turn in bed, decency. (See
No. 42). This character is explained by
starting with jC> hsin^, the heart ; the feel-
ings are hurt and consequently the person
turns away ^ hs?, acts as if it were
night, and has nothing more to do 11, E
chieh?, with the one who has done the
injury.

hui*, Converge, deposit, a draft ; to send

money by draft.
r! ian^ Radical No. 22, a chest, a log hollowed

out. (W. 51 A).
V^ AuaP Phonetic, the name of a large river in

Honan and Anhw^ei. It may have receiv-

934

935

936

323

ed this name owing to the great number
of water fowl in this region. The E
iang^, a chest or receptacle, (See No. 925)
indicates that a large amount of water
must be confined w^ith banks. The M is
an incorrect w^riting.

an^' en*, To lay hand on, according to.
f , ^ s/2ou^ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
^ a«S Phonetic, peace, quiet. This phonetic
shows how^ w^omen w^ere regarded. If
she", ^ was in the house ^" all was peace-
ful, but if not, the opposite condition
obtained as she would stir up trouble.
The Shuo Wen says in explanation of
^ an* : — if one uses the hand and holds
on to his go.ods, keeping them in their
proper place, he also will receive advan-
tage from this course of action.

chien^, To lessen, to diminish.
7jC, ^ shuP, Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

hsien^ Phonetic, to bite, to wound with the
mouth ; modern meaning, all. (See No.
305). The Shuo^ Wen^ simply affirms
that this character is arbitrarily used for
the above meaning ; consequently no
logical reason for the combination is set
forth. Water is the radical and ^ is a
simple phonetic.

IP, A grain, a hundredth, tenth of a cash.
IP, Radical No. 166, a village, a Chinese mile.
(See No. 82).
^ IP Phonetic, to cut down, to diminish. This

324:

is composed of ^, to cut down a big tree
5fe wei*, r represents its falling. (W. 120
C). This character was originalh' used
for another meaning, but it has long been
used for the above. A S is a plot of
ground divided into small fields. The
tree is fallen and split into small frag-
ments and one of these can be regarded

as a grain

937 BB

y^ tan\ Single, odd, thin, onh-, but ; a list, a bill.

P A■'ou^ Radical No. 30. the mouth. (See No.
17). This is a character which originally
represented a quarrel "°, hsi'ian^, two
mouths, and an assault with a shovel
^ pan' or pitchfork. (W. 72 E). It
has long since lost this meaning and is
used for single, odd, and so forth. The
original meaning of the phonetic is seen
in the following characters, W tan^ a
crossbo-w, a bullet, a shell, and W. chaif,
to fight.

938

«

pao^, To protect.
/f _y^ ;en^ Radical No. 9, a man.

P. tai', Phonetic, an idiot. This was arbitrarily-
given to this character. The real phonetic
is ;^ ^ pao^. A bird spreading its wings
to cover its nest. Another older writing
is ^, a hen covering her young to jarotect
them. This originally did not have a i
jen^, Sit the side. The idea was to protect
as a hen protects her young. (W. 94 C),

J^^, ^ ief,^' '*' To connect, to implicate, often, weary.

^ szh\ Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 141).

S25

g £'/e«^ Phonetic, a field. (Sec No. 212). This
was originally ^ lei", three articles con-
nected or tied together. Because of the
difficulty of writing, these have been
reduced to ffl and the etymology lost.
The ^ was that which held the articles
together.

940

chai^, A pledge, to pawn, hanging on, repeti-
tion.

pei*, Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).

aa' Phonetic, to go out for a stroll, it should
be written ^, to go out tU for relaxation
M. f^Hg^y as animals are let out to pasture,
and will return again. (See No. 147).
With the addition of K pei*, valuable,
(See No. 38), it was used for a security
left in the hands of a person froin w^hoin
something has been borrowed.
The meaning of repetition may have
originated owing to the repeated entreaty
of the borrower to recover the article
pledged before the loan was refunded.

941

ts'ang-, To conceal, to store up.
-H* ts'ao\ Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).

tsang^ Phonetic, good, generous, compli-
ance, the virtue of ministers. M ch'i-
ang^, which often means strength, and ";£
Ao\ weapon, when united form ^ ch'i-
atig^, to do violence to. When S ch'eni^,
a minister, is added this force and violence
is only used in accordance with the
benign purposes of the official who
watches and defends the state. When """

326

ts'ao^, is added it means covered with
grass, to store up, to conceal. Perhaps
this phonetic was chosen owing to the
mystery attending government action.

942

hao^, To squander, to consume ; bad.

^ leP, Radical No. 127, a plow. (See No. 601).

^ mad^, Phonetic, a hair. (See No. 254).

The Shuo Wen claims that the radical of
this character should not be ^ lei^ but ^
/^o^ Thus the original idea was the
beard or husk ^ of grain ^, the chaff;
grain threshed and removed, nothing but

the chaffy remained.

943 „_^
chang*, To overflow, an inundation.

7K, ^ shui^ Radical No. 85, water. (See No. 79).

chatig^, Phonetic, to draw a bov^r ; to extend,

increase ; a classifier of tables ; paper, a

surname. (See No. 55).

Water 7jC increases and extends 3g over

, the surface of the land.

944 +«

^\\ k'ou\ To knock, to deduct, to hook on, to

buckle, to button, a discount.
^, -J" shou^, Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No.
53).
P k'ou^, Phonetic, the mouth. (See No. 17).

This combination tU was originally used
for the governing of a horse with bit and
bridle. The hand ^ exerted influence
on the mouth P of the horse. The idea
of to buckle or to button may have
originated from the necessity of putting
the bridle over the head of the beast.

327

The bridle once on the ammal had to do
what the driver desired. Discounts are
exacted by those who have power over
another.
945 ii^

'rT _^ hsiang^, Fehcity, good luck.

^ shih^, Radical No. 113, to show, a revelation.

(See No. 164).
•^ yang^, Phonetic, a sheep. (See No. 253).
Most of the characters which have #,
yatig^, for a phonetic have a good mean-
ing. Thus, this combination stands for a
fortunate or auspicious ^ revelation ff:.
946

947

tuan*, Satin.

rh szu\ Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).

J^ tuan*, Phonetic, a fragment, a section. The
left part of this phonetic is said to be a
contraction of ^ ^ tuan*, origin, a plant
which develops both above and under the
ground. The right side is :x, shu^. (See
No. 165). This combination indicates
that the plant has been violently torn to
pieces. It may have been selected because
in the manufacture of silk the cocoon is
thrown into hot water; the chrysalis is
killed, the thread unwound, thus destroy-
ing the cocoon.

yi^ p'ei\ A pendant, to hang on the girdle, to

esteem.
^, ^ jen^, Radical No, 9, man.

ra The phonetic is not found in K'ang Hsi's

dictionary. It is composed of T\ far?', all,
and rlJ chit^, cloth, and is supposed to

948

328

represent the small ornaments hanging
from the girdle rft chm\ ^ H, t^ lU (W. 21
D). When a gentleman went out he
always wore ornaments on the girdle.
These oi-naments he selected because he
admired them ; b3' extension this charac-
ter is now used to express satisfaction
with a person or things.

chuan^, To sell at a profit, to make money,
gain.
^ pe?. Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38),
^^ t^ cbien^, Phonetic, to join together ; together
with, both. This is a hand holding two
stalks of grain, a hand binding sheaves.
(W. 44 I). The idea of this combination
i§ is to increase the investment M., to

949 ^^ ^°"^^^ * ^^•

Ph huo^, To open out, liberal ; to remit.

^ Au^ Radical No. 150, a valley. (See No. 579).
^ hai* ho\ Phonetic, to injure. (See No. 436).

This character '^ seems to have two ex-
planations :

1. A person has met with misfortune W
hai* or ho\ and others have opened ^
ku^, their hand liberally for his assistance.

2. One has a calamity ^ ho*, such as a
harelip, ^ ch'iao*, the upper lip. A person
who has a harelip is spoken of as a 1ST
huo^ tzv?. (See No. 509). ^ ch'iao* not
being a radical ^ ku^, was substituted.

^3^^ ^* ■^ c/27A\ A bough, to prop up, a branch, to ad-
vance money, to draw money.
This is the 65th radical. The old w^rit-

931 ia

952

329

ing represents a hand pulling a bough
from a tree. (W. 43 €). The reason
why this character is used to express
giving out money is because the tree puts
forth branches from the trunk. Note the
phrase ^%^% to^ huo^ ch'an^ chih^, to
generously overlook the debts of clerks,
who have borrowed from the emploj'er
moi-e money than their wages amount to.
At the end of a prosperous year these
sums arc not collected.

t'r, To take up, to suggest ; to bring forward.
^ , -^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
.a shih\ Phonetic, right. (See No. 12). With-
out phonetic significance. To take up H
that which is proper ^ in order to teach
or instruct.

shih*, To paint, to ornament, to adorn, to
pretend.
■^ shih^*, Radical No. 184, food, to eat; ecHpse.
(See No. 75).

This character is an exception to the rule,
as the radical is also the phonetic. In
sacrificing an animal it v^as put before
the gods and afterwards eg,ten. This
accounts for the use of ■^ shiht', as
radical. The rest of the character is %.
The upper part is a inan and the lower is
a cloth ; liefore sacrificing the beast a man
with a cloth cleansed it and thus im-
proved its appearance. By extension, to
adorn.

330

953 ^, A Skill, an art.

•*^ ts'ao^ Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).
2* Phonetic, to plant, to cultivate the
ground. This is from vfe /a*, mushroom.
(See No. 485), and ± t'u^ earth which
form M lu*, arable land, M lu*, dry land,
(mushrooms grow on high land), and % R
cbi*, to hold an instrument or utensil in
the hand. Working the soil was the first
art practiced by the Chinese. (See No.
139). The ""■ ts'ao^ and 5r yiiti' have
been recently added, S yiin', cloud, is
composed of H shang^ (See No. 93), and
^ X» vapor, rising and forming clouds.
Thus the character for farming is compos-
ed of ■*'* vegetation, ife tilling the soil and
S clouds w^hich give rain, without which
all effort is vain.

954

tsan^, A fine chisel ; to engrave.

^ chin^, Radical No. 167, metal. (See No. 13).

*I? chatf *, Phonetic, to decapitate, to cut in two.
(See No. 803). A metal instrument used
for cutting. This utensil M is smaller
than the ordinary carpenter's chisel ; it is
used in the manufacture of jewelry in the
# fii shou^ shih* shops.

955

pa^, To root up, to draw up or out ; to

elevate, promote.

f , ^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

"fe pa? Phonetic, a dog led by a leash. (See No.
626). This leash enabled one to pull or
haul the dog around at will and thus the

331

above meaning has been given to this

" „ combination.

956 ±^:^

f^ffi, 7m* s^a . Silk as it comes from the cocoons, fine,

"wire.

tH szu^ mi* Radical No. 120, silk. (See No. 8).

^ mi* Phonetic. (See No. 141).

The second writing f^ is not allowed by
K'ang Hsi. This character was one of
the original 540 radicals. The repetition
of ^ mi* indicates that it is not a single
thread from a cocoon, but several, tenj
are supposed to be required to form a M
szu^. In characters which use the ^ hsi*
phonetic there is a figurative or real con-
nection. M sun^, a grandson ; Wk hsien*, a
district, (See No. 390) ; here the criminal's
head is hung up for exhibition.

han*, To solder.

chin^, Radical No. 167, metal. (See No. 13).

^. han*, Phonetic, the torrid effect of the sun,

drought. (See No. 343). Great heat is

required to melt the solder.
958 i&;t

yao , 1 o engage, to seek, to invite.

cho* Radical No. 162, to run and stop. (See
No. 10).

yao* Phonetic, to shine. This is made up
from Wc fang*, to liberate, (See No. 147
and No. 712) and & paP, white or light ;
the meaning is, to shine. When J_ cho*,
is added the idea is to go to the one who
can give you light or help. A person is
engaged because he can give assistance,
shed light, make conditions better.

957 Jbm

332

^^^ ;^ ^^'' To add to, to pile up.

^'" f , ^ shou\ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
^^ ta^ Phonetic, vetch, peas, vegetation the
branches of which get entangled, (W. 14
B). The pea vines and vetch extend, far
from the stalk adding joint after joint
and thus with the addition of" i shou^, a
■ character is formed which means, to add
to. This character is unauthorized.

5^P no^, To move, to remove.

Jl^ ^ shou^, Kadical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).
^R AS ^^*) Phonetic, that ; a place IS & where people
wore skins with the hair out ^ for cloth-
ing. It may be that this people were
nomadic and thus with the addition of
hand the character is used, for the
above meanings. It is an unauthorized
character. .

961

chan*, A storehouse.

>fC mu\ Radical No. 75, wood. (See No. 22).

^^ chien^ Phonetic, to destroy, narrow, small.
(See No. 13) . This character -!M was origi-
nally used for a small frame platform
built in the camp to protect an officer
while sleeping from attack, and from the
moisture of the ground. It was also used
for a lookout during military operations.
By extension it is now used for a store-
house, as goods in a S chati*', are suppos-
ed to be secui'e.

962

HPv, '9t san^' ^ Miscellaneous, to fall apart ; separate ;

a powder.

333

-J^ p'u^ Radical No. 66, (contracted) to tap, to
rap. (See No. 17). The original phonetic is
destroyed by using p'u^ as the radical for
classification in modern dictionaries. ^, H,
jou^, meat, should be the radical and Iti'san*,
to beat J^ hemp stalks tt p'ai^ to cause the
threads to separate, is the real phonetic.
(See No. 24). When ^ jou*, meat, is
added the character was used for beating
meat to cause it to separate into shreds
for cooking. By extension it is now used
for the separation of anything. (W. 79
H).

963 Ifn

J^ hsieh , To lay aside, unload.

P chieh^ Radical No. 26, a seal, a tally. (See No.
42). The phonetic part of this character
is not used alone and therefore has no pro-
nunciation. The upper part is ^ wu^, (See
No. 190), one of the twelve stems; each
stem stands for an animal and the one.
w^hich is associated mth 4^ wu^, is the
horse Mj ma^. This stem is easier to
write than horse and is therefore substi-
tuted for the latter. The Jh chih^, to stop,
with this stem implies stopping the horse
and taking off his burden. The [] chieh?,
indicates that this is done at fixed inter-
vals on the journey.

964

wu^, A thing, an article.
d> ib n/u^ Radical No. 93, a cow, an ox. (See No.

50).
^, Til) wu* Phonetic, a negative, do not ; a flag with
three pennons, usually used to indicate a

334

965

966

m

proliibition. An ox, 4^, niu^, was the
most valuable asset in ancient times.
The addition of the flag to the ox may
have indicated its importance — it -was not
to be disposed of. This character is now
used for any article, regardless of value.

t'ang^, Sugar, malt candy ; glazed with sugar.

^ wi' Radical No. 119 rice. (See No. 47).

■jgfe t'an^ Phonetic, boasting talk, a dynasty ; the
song P of men working f^ in unison, as
in pounding (rice) M f^ keng^ with a
heavy stone pestle ■¥■ kan^. This phonetic
may have been selected as the preparing
of grain for malt candy requires that it
be crushed ; in this process large stone
mortars may have been employed and
several men manipulated the heavy
pestles, who exerted strength according
to the rhythm of a song. (W. 102 B).
Hsii Shih Shuo Wen makes the following
comment : ;^ ^ ^ -liL mP tiieh*^ chien^ yeh^,
" After the rice has sprouted it is heated."
WM^^^'^m. " (Candy) can be made
from cane, from honey, from millet and
from wheat." The sugar (candy) made
from millet and w^heat was called fp P.
This indicates that as early as the Han
Dynasty 200 B. C, the Chinese were
making malt candy, but it was then a
recent discovery, as the writer Hsii Sbib
says that ^ fang^, is a character recently
added.

p'?, To criticise, to arrange for the purchase of.

335

4^ ^ sAou^ Radical No. 64, the hand. (See No. 53).

LL. rfrf pi^, Phonetic, to compare. Two A characters
reversed and standing together as if com-
paring their height or strength. When
t shou^, is added the idea of criticising is
given to this combination. In criticising
one generally states what has been done
and afterwards sets forth what should
have been done ; thus bringing out a
comparison.

967

p'P, The spleen, temper.

^, ^ io"*. Radical No. 130, meat. (See No. 133),
pel'', p'l^pi^ Phonetic, p'?, lassitude, pei\ base>
low, vulgar, (See No. 526). This phone-
tic may have been given because the
spleen is lax or soft in texture. The
spleen was supposed to aid the stomach
in the work of digestion. It is located on
the left of the stomach and as ^ pei^, was
a drinking vessel v/ith a handle on the
left, this may have been another reason
for the use of this phonetic.

"fK ou^, An image, a pair, paired ; sudden, acci-

dental.
^, >f jefl% Radical No. 9, a man.

yiP Phonetic, an image, (archaic) (See No.
860).

The origin of this phonetic is not the
same as of the phonetic in the 860th cha-
racter. The two are identical in modern
writing and even in the old writing they
are frequently interchanged. M yu\ to
dwell in, is the correct writing for this

336

969 7|r!S

970

971

character according to the oldest authori-
ties. When an image of a man was carv-
ed out of wood they believed that the
spirit of the individual dwelt in this
image. The ii^ yii^, impersonates the
spirit. With the addition of \ jen^, there
would be a pair. To use ffi for " sudden "
is arbitrary.

chia^, To ride in a carriage, to harness ; Your
Honour.

m ma\ Radical No. 187, a horse. (See No. 261).

Jn chia\ Phonetic, to add to. (See No. 318).

This combination was first used for har-
nessing animals to a vehicle: — to add M
the lioi'ses A!5 to the carriage.

chii', To harden by pounding, as a threshing
floor, to make mud walls, to build.

YS chu-, Radical No. 118, bamboo. (See No. 7).

Vli k'un^ Phonetic, to undertake. (See No. 518).
This is not a complete phonetic as we
have to add ;^ mu*, wood, to it before it
is finished . It was used for the ramparts
or fortifications used in warfare, and the
'^^ chu^, was originally aa, wooden racks
placed on top of the wall to prevent the
enem3^ from climbing over. The Tic mu*,
is said to be the short logs which were
used to ram the earth into a solid mass.

weP, To submit, a grievance ; to depute.
-i/T niP, Radical No. 39, a woman. (See No. 16).
^ -q* ho-, Phonetic, grain, (archaic phonetic ^
stti*), (See No. 771). This is a proper pho-

972

973

337

netic and indicates the heads of millet
etc. being gathered. This character has
two distinct meanings and may have
originated in different places.

1. To submit. The heads of grain hung
drooping : when -k nu^, was added to
this it was taken as the symbol of the
proper attitude of woman, she should
acquiesce even to unreasonable demands
from her husband.

2. The grain ^ ho^, was stored at home
and given into the care of the women
when the male members of the household
had to leave on business : — thus the mean-
ing of depute.

t?, To hand to or transmit.

^ cho" Radical No. 162, to go. (See No. 10).

J^ tf Phonetic, a beast like a tiger, with horns.
An examination of the characters which
use this phonetic show that there is no
common idea attached to them. It is
therefore necessary to regard it as a simple
phonetic. It seems to have been used in
connection with the sending of messages.
The J_ cho^, indicates that originally it
might have necessitated a journey. At
present it is used for, to hand to.

p'i'enS Inclined to one side ; partial prejudiced-
\/f ,/V. ;er^^ Radical No. 9, a man.

p/en* Phonetic, a tablet hung over a door.
From ^ bn* a door and # ts'e'^, inscribed
bamboo slips. (W. 156 D). As these
tablets are always hung with the lower

^38

^dge against the wall and the upper edge
some iiiches awajr from it, they are taken
as the symboFfor not straight, inclined.
And when man, -f, jen^, is added he
takes on this quality of deflection.

(tIJ 7/* Laws, regulations"; -custom.

^ ,}\. yen^ Radical No. 9, a man.

^ij 7/e A* Phonetic; - to divide, seriatim, arrangejin
order. (See No. 711). This is not an old
.'character. It is explained thusrifthe
crimes 3?, #ai', of a man i jen^, are sepa-
rated »J tao^, land <placed in order M lieh*,
.andithe law is; administered accordingly.

975

976

t'un* To swallow, to gulp down; tolabsdrb,
grasp.
P A' du', Radical No. 30, the mouth. (See No.

17).

'^ t'/enS Phonetic, the heaven. (See No. 113).

This character ^ is explained in two

different ways : 5^ fien^, heaven, the sky,

envelopes 'all. ' It appears like a huge

mouth about to swallow everything.

' The second explanation commences with

— i^,onej and :^ta*, great or large, and

P A'bwVswkllowing in one big mouthful.

pi*, Used up, deteriorated, vicious ; my ;
mine.
JT hmg^ Radical Nol 55, hands joined and held
up. • (Sefe No. 247).

pi*, Phonetic, mean, poor, ruined, my, mine.
(See No. 211). ' The character ffs was ori-
ginally writteitJI with % c/i'uan*, a dog,

339

inste&dfoi i\-kuJigf. It indicated that
the, dog was dead and' useless. The old
writiugds now never seen. The present
writing is two hands :M* exhibiting a
garment which has been worn to shreds
f& , by beating %.

RP' ' p'ei^ Lose moniey ; indeinnify.

^ pei^, RddicaiNo. 154, precious. (See No. 38).
^ t'oo* Phonetic, to cut a speaker short. (See
No. 332'); Here thei phonetic is used to
indicate that something has been injured
or a business has not been successful ;
with the addition of.^pei* it indicates
that money has, been lost-^by extension,
the giving of money as indemnity.

978 i&

ch'ang^, To restore, to forfeit, to atone.

f "^^-/efl^j Radical No. 9, a man*

i^'ishan^, PhdnetiG,to bestow. (See No. 596).
The additi®n of -f jeti^, forms the charac-
ter which is used fot restoring or making
amends.

979 la ^ -2 T? u
fffl , meV; Eyebrows.

g mu\ Radical No. 109; the eye. (See No. 102).
This is an oldi character and cannot be
divided into radical and phonetic. The
top .of the old writing :t indicates the
wrinkles above the eyebrows on the fore-
head : the ^ is the eyebrow and @ . Q .
mu^, is the eye. The present form is an
arbitrary modification, and- the above
features are largely lost.

eAan*, To usunp, to seize.

981

982

983 ^

K A jer^, Radical No. 9, a tnan.

j^ cban^' ^ Phonetic, to inquire about some enter-
prise by heating a tortoise shell, divi-
nation ; to usurp. (See No. 132). Thei^
is an unauthorized character and is not
described in the Shuo Wen. It seems to
have been invented to make a distinction
between the two meanings of the charac-
ter £ chan^' * the meaning of the 1st tone
is to divine, of the 4th tone is to usurp.

lm\ To lease, to rent.

^ pei*, Radical No. 154, precious. (See No. 38).

/-p. jen*, Phonetic, a man — carrying a load sus-
pended from the two ends of a pole I ,
a load, a burden 5. When i jer^, is
added the burden is transferred to another
•A, hence the meaning, a trust, office.
(W. 82 C). With the addition of % pei\
there is an obligation of money which
has been contracted for value received.

kuang^, To ramble, to stroll.

J_ cho* Radical, No. 162, to go. (See No. 10).

^ k'uatig^, Phonetic, mad, wild, raging. (See
No. 794). The M is an uuauthorized cha-
I'acter. The combination indicates travel-
ing in any direction the fancy may deter-
mine.

t''zu^, Porcelain, china ware.

'% wa\ Radical No. 98, tile. (See No.' 558).

:^ fzvi^, Phonetic, inferior. From ^ ch'iea'^, de-
ficient. (See No. 273). With the addi-
tion of ::! er*, two, second, inferior. The

984 Tg:

ail

first is regarded as the best, the second is
inferior. Formerly vessels were made of
gold, silver and wood ; when crockery-
ware was substituted it was regarded as
inferior. W. is an unauthorized writing.

wati^, A toy, to play.
i 3E yii*, Radical, No. 96, jade. (See No. 124).
j^ yiian^, Phonetic, the first. (See No. 93).

Here this phonetic stands for the highest
quality. When 31 yii^, jade, is added it
implies the best jade. Cheap or inferior
jade is not prized. Trinkets such as
beads and rings have been used to desig-
nate rank from prehistoric times and the
word 5c wati^, was first employed as the
term for such articles, but is now used for
toy or plaything.

985 ^555f . ,

^g p'letr, The leaf of a book.

^ ^ chu^, Radical No. 118, bamboo (See No. 7).
B pien^, Phonetic, a tablet. (See No. 513).
'^ These tablets are made of board and are

thin in comparison with their length and
width. With the addition of bamboo It
this is the character for a leaf of a bamboo
book. These books were made of slips of
bamboo and tied together. After paper
came into use for making books the same
character was retained for leaf.

986 flTf

shua^, To sport, to fence, to play.

jig er^. Radical No. 126, the whiskers (archaic),

(See No. 635).
"pC ^"^ Phonetic, a woman. This is a modern

34Si

987

938

989

character. To play, to act. Chinese ac-
tors use false beards and others dress up
in female costumes and personate women.
Thus the two characters jjjj er^, whiskers,
and -^ nii^, women, form the character
for, to act. The character, by extension,
is now used for practicing any handicraft
as an occupation. (W. 164 A)'.

chuan^, To turn over, to revolve ; to forward.

^che\ Radical Nd. 159, a cart. (See No. 136).

^ chuan^, Phonetic, singly; specially, bent on
one object. (See No. 414). This phone-
tic plus cart ^ forms the character to
revolve as the wheels of a cart have but
a single function, i.e. to revolve.

ch'ih^, Slow; late, steady ; to procrastinate.

j_ c/zo* Radical No. 162, to go. (See No. 10).

^ bsi^ Phonetic, a rhinoceros. The f shih), is
the body and ^ is a contraction of "%
mao^, hair. These, when used together
W simply indicate that the animal has a
tail. 4^ niV added places the animal in
the bovine class. (The Chinese are not
very careful in their classification of ani-
mals.) This beast when not enraged
moves about slowly. Thus L. c/jo*, to
move, with the above phonetic makes a
good character for slow.

lii^, To care for, anxious ; to cogitate.
i'^ bsin^. Radical No. 61, the heart. (See No. 18).
This character, cannot be divided into
radical and phonetij^.. It is composed of

@. ^ sitiS to think, head and heart (See No.

45). Whenj^ A^^ tiger, (See No, 25S),

is .added the idea is conveyed that the

'thoughts are turned to things which

trouble^tigers are greatly dreaded.

999 ni^

mX, fan^, To traffic, to deal in.

^ pel*, Radical No, 154, precious. (See No. 38).

I^ faif, Phonetic, to turn. (See No. 75).

To turn goods into money ^ pe/*, is the

purpose of a merchant.
991 ____.

nidtzaai*, The pulse.

^,M jou*. Radical No. 130, meat. (See No. 133).

J^ ^5 p'ai*. Phonetic, water separating into smaller

streams. ' This is M yung*, a constantly

flowing spring, reversed, the flowns still

•.constant, hut as it leaves the spring it

I divides up into- several,. streams. (This

, character is also written with jfc. as the

radical.) The idea is that the pulse
! (arteries) break, up into innumerable small

arteries and are distributed through the
..flesh.

' , r§1 chuan\ To love,- to care for, family.

g H3U*, Rkdical No; 109, the eye. (See No. 102).
'^ chiian* Phonetic, to pick and cull. (W. 47
K). This is made up of ^ pien*, the
tracks of a wild tanimal, (See'-N(>. 801),
to discriminatcj and hand§^ f^, i. e. to
select with ihei hands. --Adding g mu*,
the eye, > we. have # "to look out for
those, whom one loves and is responsible
for. In modern writing ^.c/iuaH is 'iden-
tical with the phonetic bf No. 609 B

344

sheng^ but the seal writing shows one to

„ „ be from jJll huo^ and the other from 5S pien*.

993 T^

'Wr sui*, Bits, fragments, petty.

^ shih\ Radical No. 112, a stone. (See No. 42).
^ ^ tsu''' * Phonetic, to die. This is made up of ^
?, clothing, and a /, a stroke across
the back to indicate the wearer w^as a
soldier. When a man swore allegiance to
a prince or feudal lord he was regarded
as having died ; he was free from all
previous obligation and he henceforth had
no will of his own, he did what his lord
bade him ; he was but a fragment of a
man, a stone 5 shih^, is used for breaking

994 ^ o'^ crushing.

1^ t'e*, Specially, purposely, only.

^ , ^ niu\ Radical No. 93, ox. (See No. 50).

rfe szu*. Phonetic, a court, a temple. (See No.
346). This character seems to indicate
that in ancient times the Chinese were
particular about the quality of animals
used in sacrifice. The color was also
decided on by the court # szu^. Thus
^ nia^, when added indicated an animal
which, owing to its fulfilling all require-
ments, was set aside for a sacrifice ; now
by extension used for specially.

IJU jiir, A trust, responsibility, an office.

-1 ,yV ie«^ Radical No. 9, a man.

^ /en^ Phonetic, a trust, office, (See No. 981)-
Originally this character was used with-

996 a^ fei)^ °"* *^^ ^ J^"^-

^ F#1 chu% To raise, to hft up, to introduce to.

997 ^

999

345

pi chiu* Radical No. 134, a mortar. (See No.
479). This is another character which
has arbitrarily received a radical foreign
to the original construction. The char-
acter is made up of H yii^, to give, and
4: ^ shou^, hand the meaning is, to raise,
to lift up, etc.

shih*, To try, to test, to verify.

■^ yen^, Radical No. 149, a word. (See No. 10).

^ shih*, Phonetic, a form, a pattern. (See No.
576). The m yeti^, word, seems to imply
that the one who is to undertake to make
an article according to the pattern is ask-
ing questions before he undertakes the
task, thus securing the experience of
others in addition to the ocular demonst-
ration, thereby verifying his ideas as to
the mode of procedure.

^p^ pu*, A step, a pace, infantry. (See 484).

iH chih^ Radical No. 77, to stop. (See No. 10).
The phonetic part of this character is not
used alone. It is ± chih^, to stop, invert-
ed, which indicates the reverse of Jh chih?,
or to move. In walking first this foot is
advancing while that is stationary ; then
that foot is advancing while this is sta-
tionary.

t/V, To cast away, to lose, to leave behind.
— • iS Radical No. 1, one. (See No. 19).
^ cA' a*, Phonetic, to go. (See No. 67).

To go afe cA'u*, once — I'S to go one long
journey and not return is to lose.

346

/^ ^^ chiu^, A long time, long siriCe. r:

J p'ieh^ Radical No. 4, a stroke to the left.
(See No. 176).

Tliis cannot be broken up into radical and
pho«etic. The seal writing represents a
man who is impeded in his walking by a
train. Thus we have the idea of a long
time, as it requires him to move slowly
and much bme is needed to walk a short
distance.

7^i ^ weP, To oppose, to disobey.

i- cho' Radical No. 162, to go. (See No. 10).

j^ vi'eP Phonetic, thongs, refractory, a surname.
(See No. 772). This phonetic is sugges-
tive, when 3i_ cho, is added it implies
active disobedience, disorderliness.

1001 ,^

lo*, To fall, to drop.
-H*, l|ll|l ts'ao\ Radical No. 140, grass. (See No. 22).
^^ /o* Phonetic (Archaic), a trench for irrigation,
water 7jt used by each -man #. Each
man's field was separated from his neigh-
bor's by these trenches ; thus the idea of
separation is conveyed. With the addi-
tion of "''' ts'ao^, it was used for the fall-
ing of leaves in the autumn ; they fall
when separated from the stem. (W. 31
B). Now this is used for the falling of
anything.

->^M4^^-

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Ai

56

AN

m
m

532
532
273
273

934
934
857
383

CHAN

fl33

[178

980

m

ANG

i\] 827

AO

940
801

275
961
242
937

803
803

797

CHAO

it*

CH'AN

* ^77

CHAKG

ttH

4a

ff

673
281
112
722
722
915
915
246
333
333
464

tt

218
733

822
309

CH'EN

it

CHA

<^ 123

V* 874

CH'A

352

40

397

CHAI

4=

145

CHAI

m 756
m 386

• 368

567

f 55
[131

55
245
943

87
924

CH'ANG

298

298

978

410

978

618

f 55
[131

CH'AO

nj; 687
D§ 464
#. 277

M

Ft

Si

f294
\120

122

122

733

733

733

844

CHE

10
855
270
879

CH'E

M

15
161
136

CHENG
IE

r
ie

IIL

£5:

\166
380
315

CHEN

305
305

m

753

m

609

^

94

CH'ENG

fSL

193

m

193

s

202

m.

321

CHI

Jl

775

A

18

7

18

m.

■dt:

fl29 ^ /
\191 ^ 1

fl29
[191

213

129

273

/324
\ 18

437
114
114
507
775
189
139
34
913
775
743
789
455
900
900
171
546
617
661
615
407
868
307

m

m

*a

no

74
47

47
/ 54
\300

300
539

47
282
544
582
455
747
842
926
914
914
914

fi 262

CH'IA

<\^ 852

770

CHIANG

M

^

£9.

84
654
419
621
621
354
232
148

CHI

CHIA

PI

m

JH

111

229

229

/318

\494

318

594

969

/221
\645

645

606

883
262

CH'IANG

']g 232
H 232
JIS 454
454
666
941

K

CHIAO

^ 613

m
m

400
400
250
135
322
117
435

ALPHABETICAL LIST,

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

349

CHUN

516

578
578
I 826

CH'UN

EN

^

<lii»

I 45
(384

m

167
563
563
864

CHUNG

^ 170
f^ 57

W 604
m 686

CH'UNG

jli 232

H, f704
a \232

CHU

r 80

\861
861
377
625
625
742
754
754
826
826
996

CH'U

^ 67

CHU AN

/& 1609
^ 1992

# 992

CH'iJAN

^ 500

^ fsoo

^ \424
^ 552
835

ER

- f 20

- l9i

3

/j:.

#

428

«

726

CHUEH

^

fl09
\923

^

923

^

435

CHUEH

m

135

w

/509
\135

m

594

Wk

773

^

374

IF

m
m

FA

71

76

3

635

CHUN
^ 830

CH'UN

830

538
776

774

260
260
^ 214
^ 626
SI 657

FAN

m 990

m 75

3li 500

m 837
§ 837

FANG
E 925
^ [503
■^ 1104

H 341
W 712

FEI

^^ 276
i& 708

^ 496

sra /612

^i^ \286

m 867

FEN

^ 181

(!J> C71

^ 525

^ 525

FENG

^ 312

^ 312

^ 312

^ 164

m. |734

S 734

E 48

m 194

f* 164

ft

m
m

B^

647

/388
\672

388

790

672

(729

1790

267
267
313

378

FO

554

FOU

-g- 264
S 767

FU

K

1/t

(443
|493

493
/613
\317
234
740
647

■4, 1848
^ 1215

^ 1151

m 416

768

768

847

522

522

(496
|554

713

m.
m
%

HAI

180
237
269
436

HAN

m

841
42

500

343

957

602

398

HAD

n

90

%

942

m

258

HE

tR

556

fa

330

^

103

:i:

236

^

335

M

316

^

271

m

271

HEI

m

178

HEN

m

223

HOU

^

413

m

413

^

717.

It

126

126

1 oc

m 201

^ 785

m 762

B. 724

^ 508

M 988

HSIA
T

Wf

IS

&

m

92
262
106
168
591

HSIANG

HSI

'ft

m

f 14

|572

26
222
520
156
390
307

5

il5

189

379

(465
1106

106

465

334

334

76

587

466

922

909

945

839

HSIAO

/> 627

MX 435

^ (400
^ 1406

m 417

-'^'' 027

350

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

m

77
390

HSIEH

m
m

■^j

20
650
963
163
163

41
342
662

HSIEN

^ 27

r* 1502
^ 1305

i 770

*?5 |l

?| 124
[141

[792

M 792

fel 599

U 390

M 303

■#

139

e

644

#.

422

11

422

?PJ

656

?F^

894

M:

206

Hsm

^

415

HSIUNG

5£

72

;&

HSIN

m
m

18

18

45

274

195

394

HSU

^ [730
1^ 527
m 904

HSiJAN

„„ |424
(428

HSiJEH

•X 97
S 438
M 462
^ 462

HSiJN

ill V25

258
^ 258
^ 134
^, 669

m 590
ii 590
m 849

HUA

'^ 1158
it 488
^t
IS

HUI

m

73
678

HSING

i- f 30
"^ il61

^' 391

HU

5

J480

I 5

723

723

^21

HUAI

S 396
m. 396
m 933

HUAN

^ 251
M 251
it 204
m 511
m 144

HUANG
a 444

525
62
674
699
385
230
933
869

HUN

447

HUNG

& 89
dlfc 483

HUG

^ (482
fX 646
?g 530

35c

^

-Mi

70
659
423
519
616
949
849
919

639

639

639

859

(207
1696

- f

Px
19

X 165
X 576
Zs 137

a 191

5a

m

121
288
439
450
439
51
51
11
311
54
44
404
510
471
471
597
851
863
953
953

{

J]
m
m

126
27

122
37
37
37

995

^ |995
^ 139

KAN

1^

JAN

m 506
f^^ 506

JANG

m 839

JIH

12

JOU

^ 133

JU

A 35

4,» P25

^" 1521

§ 758

li 758

#

®:

110
23
137
137
927
343
502
545

K'AN

U 46
m 102
^ 571

EANG
K'ANG

JUNG

JAO

JE

JEN

A

514

430
430
139

^

KA
KAI

2fc

S

579

271
700
487
528
335

763

KAO

203

284

^ 1 98

K'AO

K'AI

175

9h

A

EE

iff

276

28

2

23

28

272

498

163

152

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

351

m

490
536
m 536
^1 714

%■ 871

^ 871

S 148

f5 374

K'E

M

m

54
152

364

180

411

374

600

813

611

649

K'OU
□

KU

17
944

KEI

^ 116

KEN

■^ \223
223
314

484

K'EH

-J fa.

228

KEN6

^ 1492
^ 965

KCTJ
J 670
m 296
&J 871

1^
HI

#

as

17

28

17

564

f579
|G22

292

262

361

361

921

684

684

813

902

K'UA

^ 728

KUAI

^ 548
g 548
^ 843

K'UAI

'tfe 109

m 215

KUAN

K'U

^ 424

^ 469

te "777

KUA

^h

297
297
119
119
365

««
a

-ta-

K

i

310

481

95

95

421

f421
1630

630

f428
|726

K'UAN

M 144

KUANG

56 280
^ 696

ig 982

K'UAUG

^S 794
il 696 1

KUEI

^

m-

K'UEI

•^ |693
a 778
m 929

KIJN

57

K'UN

Sa 704
H 796
m 796

KUNG

'^

I?

X
5^

55
153

301

175

247
89
354
682
569

483
903

K'UNG

^ 302
S , 779
'^^t' ' 518
f& 518

KUO

530
522
530
119
411
51
70

LA

U 739

It 172

LAI

64

LAN

-m. 928

^ 643

m 433

LANG

m 821

g|5 766

® 445

LAO

^ 209

^^ 683

A

LE

f^ 1002

^ 1002

li 456

ll 710

LEI

St 601

m 710

M 939

# 448

^ 939

LENG

'^ 138

LI

nh?.

m

fl79
|212

216

814

360

82
339

82
936
936
974
799
799
351
761
351

164
164
709

608

LIA

m 895

LIANG

196
.35

a

^¥.

319
445
559
817
373

LIAO

T 68

^ 5e«

LIEH

M 711

^l 718

M 711

t 172

LIEN

'^

588

917

^

499

tl

828

;^

133

«

668

«.

668

LIN

»

765

It

981

^t

588

M

746

352

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

LIFG

-^

^

474
(138
1 61

472
61

446

446

LIU

31
629
H 732
^ 732

LO

LOU

LU

m

LUAN

710
701
632
632

fl98
[392

392

793

485
953
953
844
294
279
793
320

931

E

931

m.

706

1

LUN

1^

359

m

370

m

359

LUNG

II

286

m

286

m

592

LU

S

301

m

989

n

320

#

786

M

829

LiJEH

m

531

LUN

t

359

MA

^

261

Si

261

.1

429

&

24

m

24

MAI

m

515

m

575

m

991

n

38

M

220

MAI

306

m

306

m

810

#

130

li

130

m

285

MANG

tt

676

MAO

13

MEI

254
130
897
244
244
244
244

269
79
345
691
979

MEN

ra

MENG

U 460

m

460
572

MI

^^ {
M {

m

MIAO

m

m

MIEH

213

47
658

658

705

802

802

705

798
464

M. 730
m 730

MIEN
^ 1

|575
^ 1 122

15 575

m 575

a /S43

5^ (107

M

f486
1575

MIN

SSL [

MING
1& {

233
648

451

127

551

61

MO

79
665
665
991

24
762
752
382

MU

^ \581

^ 269

fl02

1547

^

ft

NA

il5

79
147
485
523
523

11
103

NAI

75 581

NAN
^ 212
^ 347
ii 398

NAO

m 688

NEI

R 468

NENG

m 357

NI

278

278

3

,^ (593
^ 1437

NIANG

m 565

NIAO

-^ 1628

NIEH
^ 139

NIEN
^ 110

NU

ou

PA

16

968

18
840
840

NIN

ifr>. 892

NIU

4. {50
^ 1118

NO

m 960

NUNG
^ 467

569

A

3

32

B

53

ffi

53

§

53

@

887

it

(459
328

^

626
955

St

955

P'A

m

372

PAI

&

(208
6

W

58

188
620
328
856

P'AI

M

m

24
991
854

PAN

^ 118

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

353

m

744
239
238
m 274
^ 937

P'AN

^lO 24
09- 901
m 238

PANG

n 675
^ 675
i' 675

PANG
^ 603
m 503

PAO
€1

#

80
[495
;327
681
376
938
264
416
819

P'AO

m 327

^ 495

PEI

;ifc 348

R

38

fa
in

804

^1

985

X

17

SHANG

fS

332

jI

804

M

513

M

888

±

91

S^

457

^7

888

[410

m

526

P'l

PING

m

151

1S!

k08

»

526

E

23

;

fl38
'516

m

416

( 52

M

540

^

224

^

52

m

695

m

966

^

560

SA

«

596

P'EI

967
856

^■

(235
46J

M.

638

^

(262
'475

708
947
767

PIAO

M 182

m
n
m

235
226
437

SAI

692
692

m

189
541
541

977

m

f626
131

m

727

SAN

m

541

A

P'ING

SHAO 1

PEN

'~^

P. xi

P'lAO

qs

268

R

;*:

36

M

255

m

558

m

(638
1962

176

P'EN

W:

878

PO

m

685

m

720

^

233

P'lEH

214

SAO

m

899
482

P'ENG

7

176

W

^

58
675

m

405

A

9.

884

m

SH£

^

48

•i&

820

A

SE

'S

73

il

48
461

PIEN

FO

m

454

I— 1

40

PI

f491
1348

801
492
891

m.

m

832
633

SHA

165

550
855
542

li

^

513

PU

^

165

M

342

323
966

504

802

m

m

737

513

f274

'512

]4

19

340

/197
(998

252

SHAI

m 799
m 799

^ 454

SHEN

. f227

w

211

m

512

^

*

369

»

211

m

104

If

SHAN

#

784

1^

976

^

415

#

227

n

489

P'lEN

P'U

Oi

857

^

140

^

856

m

973

X

/ 17
'620

#

537

gg

140

m

7

m

737

M

583

#

291

te

23
751
344
837

SHENG

15
607
391
202

71
610
609

SHIH

+ {

±
P

1H:

^

ill

p. XI

59

f 69
[134

449

8

164

(227
1164

256

42

100

566

426

(221
1460

576

997

125

346

96

( 96

1231

354

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

1S

m
m
m

«5:

231

75

952

453

453

12

141

39

367

141

421

698

855

SHOU

Its:

53
366
463
862
101
101
716
563
452

SHU

^

m

75

m

34

[71
[165

876

581

165

547

619

521

762

749

749

m

563

n

412

m

412

«:

9

EE5

m

198

m

485

m

549

SHUA

m

986

SHUANG

ffi

162

M

918

SHUI

7JC

79

m

21

m

760

m

, 434

SHUN

111

363

m

516

SUAN
^- 247
it 664

SUI

993

771

170

771

493

493

493

505

869

(197
|869

SUN

1% 956

SUNG

^^ 42
^_ 94

SHUO

SO

i\

m.

su

m

72

480
680
680

622
288
556

szu

u

n

1nJ

f 89
1569

806

29

f304

1299

(125
1346

338

717

717

8

(956
1141

^' \m)

TA

i<: 54

fr 155

^ 637

^ 959

^ 959

T'A

TAI

711
396
655
769
769
769
938
711
544
311
143

m 797
B 824

T'AN
^ 574
m 140
i^ 517

TANG

^ 478

^ 881

•#. 893

M 787

T'ANG

'^ 408

f^ 738

1^ 403

;i^ 965

m 965
M 893
il 893

m 99

T'E

#

TENG

994

^

199
240
240
240
243

T'ENG
^ 593

T'AI

i^

174

ft

580

ffi

174

TAN

:f3-

63

H.

241

m

241

m

937

9S

937

TAO

n

m

37

37

88

501

101

452

T'AO

f^ 889
m 889

257
257
187

S

266
631

T'lAO

^ 160

112

TIEH

Wi 805
i 308

T'lEH

m 308
flfi 381

TI

Jg
J®

ilii

^ 1153

^ 86

m 6

Iff 217

M 972

m 972

T'l

^ 371

m i 53

^-"^ 1951

^ilj 041

m 292

TIEN

IS

Jfi.

m

132
178
386
885
369

T'lEN
^ 113

ra {20?
^ 663

TE

#

78
78

TIAO

266

TING
T

m
m

155
219
289
259

IS 259

T'ING

3£ 22
ffil 99

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

355

^

651

TSAI

it

203

TSOU

TS'UNG

T'TJI

m.

983

^

651

ffi 81

^

69

^ |l46

>y.

128

a 741

m

597

W- 196

3i

470

^

128

,„ /595
^ \741

TIU

ik 598

S

[287
[586

WA

S

999

TS'AO

TSU

m 595

%

558

T'SAI

^^

22

H 1279
-^ |484

HI

586

m 561

TO

:? 562

IjlllI

22

TU

WAl

^

184

# 562

^

399

5. 677

T'UN

^f

14

^

581

m 573

t

470

ffi 920

^

818

^ 975

U.

8-45

^ 281

13

4^ 993

m

818

m 885

WAN

T'O

» [Z

TSB

TS'U

P

870
873

TUNG

139

60

^
^

624
624

m 880

m 281

*

731

a 200

270
547

^ 170

5c

93
984

IE

911

^Jj 311

I'SE

m

800

^'

42

15

702

H 277

ISEN

TSUI

1; 179

]^

42

I'B

702

M

293

m 331

T'U

M 22

B^

107

as

534

TSAN

lULt'

:^ 326

±

13

If 22

m

60

^ 185

(!?§ 326

ta:

570

m

706

TOU

^- 185

TSENG

5±

290

T'UNG

3r

3.

m
n

/117

\568

(105

1240
270
688

4i 185
^ 344
M 344
S 954

TSANG

^ \230

TS'ENG

jf 449
-§• 449

TS'UI

•g 715
fi 715
R 741

TSTJN

% 277

^ \549
^ 290

lUAN
i 946

fi 177
m. 497
!j3] 249

|5l 249

TZU

WANG

± 98
w f794
^ 1350
IE 865
a 350
EE 444

T'OU

1^ 299

p« jL ^^ /^ j*^

S 477

M

393

^ 1

M

660

^

613

767

f767
332

834

iP 299
« 941

TSO

m

66
192

t 664
TS'UN

946
946

g 104
^ 585

123
123
157

§

TS'ANG

ni

149

T'UAN

TZlf

-^

660

S:

:t 666

n

123

-if 69
M 473

# 473

m

831

3^ 983

m

719

SI

ft

105

872

m 941
TSAO

m

J 17

■ 149

TUI

310

^ 983
lib 1491

m

719
38
38

ISA

a (399
^^ |lll

T'SO

TSUKG

S

72

m 731

R

38

il

689

m

222

& 287

m

69

;€ 585

m

38

356

ALPHABETICAL LIST.

WEI
□

^4

m

28

634

634

524

216

83

83

510

848

971

772

781

772

1001

WEN

427
65

2
757

m

wo

wu

t: 77

^ f527

^ 1190

% 507

5 30

m. 446

ffc

YA

w

m
n
w

IK

877
877
964
964
193
337
640
538
431
728
728
728
897
897

670
163

97

5.33

721

736

811

538

906

890

^'

283
283
440

577
577
755
827

YAO

YANG

^ 441
#: 253
-m 253

m

m

24

456

456

f417

1322

J 77
1514

77

16

703

858

858

958

958

YEH

m-

4
173
555
105
697
41

YEN

YING

r

f 24
1132

m

827

683

•s

353

^

441

•}&

353

m

553

TA

698

M

553

^

178

m

783

B

10

Qg

158

YU

^

808

X

43

m

808

ti

49

m

841
841

34

43

%

104

n

it

98

m

748

^

732

m

748

ife

846

m

294

@

(422
1589

YIN

M

623

:t

822

f^

160

?!

' 57

K

485

Pil

673

m

387

H

384

n

850

^

39

m

850

m

809

m

912

#

809

IM

809

YUNG

IS

f 30
1816

ffl

i 57
225

i§

816

1

497

m

265

7%

283

Yij

m

is

m
m

788

788
788

^

^

479
479
124
40
603
7
70
61
284
694
694
728
728
860
860
968
807
807
795
795
882
583

I^

42

932

(■636
1356

356

636

653

836

653

418

418

443

831

YUEH

43
329

m 329

^ {534
m 535

m 456

YUAN
^ 1263

YUN

it

664

953

447

INDEX BY NUMBER OF STROKES.

A letter c indicate that the character is colloquial.

1 stroke

Ac 3

-M 19

A"! 32

1 57

TJc 37

y 176

/L 775

Z^c 137

;fLC 83

y 18

^^212

2 Strokes

Pxi

20

59

f 42
1841

43

32

/348
1491

258

155

152

435

14
468

37

613

f516
1138

^ c 126

Xc 35

rl65

>^ I 30

-t:c
"5

T
7"

n

11

7

b
U

75c

27
80
43

r 42

1500

/ 42
1114

68

20

46

< 89

1569

581

Xc

Tc
:fcc

±c

±

■»j-c
±c

t c

n

^ c

3 Strokes

•sf- c
Ojc

f
--£

:?c

±c
±c

69
857
161
624
110
562

/134

1 69

13

89
92
54

368
98
77

477
91

627
18

130
28
17

143

r 14
1572

A
^ c

600

161

415

18

28

139

6

tt nf 291

^"llOOO

= c Pxi

r

rl32
I 24

123

^ 1

^ 108

■* ° \163
3L 10

^M 27
=f c 59

^ I 47

SM

P

18
324

fl68
U70

170

1

11

a- 438

^ ^ i337
f= 122

a " ii29
^ " {153

«< g§J

4 Strokes

:H-

/175
t247

-fee

4
37

15
366

16
576
123

24

5ffc
/J? c
*c
5^c

gc

:«■

±c

^f; c

±c
5c

l:

E c
TSc

^ 1620

82
176
234
113
507

r 93
1263

953

122

426

827

(•794
1350

36

24

950

19

f500
1424

711

98

49

2

30

357
23

256

H c
0c
ac

^c
Xc

pfi c

^c

pgc

P]

7Kc
/<«

#

i^c

^0

^c

S 995

18

12

9

569

244

444

57

964

468

38

38

79

694

f503
(104

31

427

822

117

f312
1436

fl69
1482

r227
1164

5

43

79

53

^c
^c

22
871
768

47

254

f322
1417

Sc

17
774
^ 281
^ 435
A 128

^ 1613

11 98
ftc 488

c„ /358
^^419

;kc 83

Sc 75

4-c 18

^c 181

>ft. „ /432

2ilc

r

63

71

18

634

109

358

INDEX BY NtTMBEB OP STROKES.

Rc 375

^Ic 57

^c 266

ac 53

I? 11

^^ U90

A,<. (273
^M571

■fee
He

139

664

84

121

5 Strokes

{5te

567

¥

188

fl64

1227

:^ e

Sc

124

^«

665

^e

524

_^c

67

fl-c

155

J5 c

853

jEc

12

^c

97

485

-j^C

17

-tc

23

5?

484

;*:«

36

pj e

f 54
1152

TBI

262

2ji c

268

^e

42

340
558
329
348
323

A " 1178
jlfcc 20
-jftc 426
H, c 241
lil c 732

H ° 1547
E{5 c 111

^ 1369

HM2S

7T<e

(2. c

?Ee

421
386
386
441

W

72
121

474

5ic

S"

283
504
500
288
722
409
353
15
100
.365
123
556
193

r

46

269

273

f593
U37

-H-M677

1^ " {208

4
118

^ c

ffl « {225

^ ° 1861

Af\.C

m, r233
HI « (648

14
271
170

^ „ (327
^"{495

557
625
723
721
450
Jfjc 682

^ f626
^ 1955
l^c 226
J: 165
;£<= 876
t: 702

py 60

6 strokes

ngc

TtJc

38

28
210
216
142
256

97
139

51

257
42

278

;496
1554

224

214

897

494

548

f/jc
45r

^«

48

^''{eS

#e

£0

^e

51

H"

58

E c

62

i?"

71

S-c

73

ȣc

74

t^

45

fl:c

76

ff.e

81

^c

88

0c

90

^c

103

g«

104

4±

111
399

1^

7

7

8

11

26

27

34

i 34

1305

38
38
40

22

^nM52x

^"(238
d^c 110

^^e 112

ft 119

^e 125

^e 133

^c 150

(161

^ ^297

(194

253

165

184

187

189

193

196

r213
1 8

rl58
1223

761

232

/235
1461

235

246

258

266

272

280

™. 290

i 310

-nr. (299
^^ 1304

^ 311
fFi c 338
iLc 354

731
747
.^-c 264
tj^ 698

dfcc

:5b c

^IJC

360

366

209

451

483

180

518

525

532

547

708

711

717

728

728

728

862
923
601
999
f981
1995

94

r215

1848

230

288

473

503

530

944

934

615

613

389

42

f609
1992

^e 552

Ijc 635

tfic 647

Jpjc 656

/424
1428

;^c 674

(jHcc 646

35: c 700

tCc 676

#15 e 675

I 991

m

1515
iH-lo

HP

INDEX BY NTJMBEE OP STROKES.

359

IW1«

997
34
624
581
570
741
827
634
983
249
384
673
34
583

82

84

86

93

101

fl05

1240

7 Strokes

4P«
f;J;c

®
^ c

963

966

975

980

2

3

5

10

10

11

20

37

608

66

53

57

7x ^ 72

^'^ 1534

^ 71

% 73

^c 79

^« {

fine

I

:#°

fpc

f!fc
^ c

m

Mo

fB.c
^- c

^

107
543

109

114

114

115

117

fl20
1294

122
135
135
136
136
138
f 42
1146

149

157

160

274

221

212

216

J 226
1492

241

250

269

203

f287
1584

Me

^ e

fie
7tte
j£e

5cc

@

l|e
#e

■^e

Pffc
is.

4fee
#e

#e

#e

i^e

291

85

301

202

321

336

343

794

355

358

374

377

f400
U06

413

419

f416
1151

467

473

497

510

518

530

f549
1629

712
717
728
729
736
740
744
784
785
806
834
870

If^e
Be
5f'Je
§,c
He

me

#e
i^e

Se

l^e

Me

ffe

873
894
796
709
445
244
560
801
619
938
562
598
767

r279
(484

664

877

446

f422
(589

603

855

pt 733

#0. 400

^ 621

866

677

;fXe
©e

ge

f®e
me

1t

f405

1847

542
830
671
554
390
650
720
510

, f579
•^ e 1622

8 Strokes

¥e
ISje

/l^e

liinT

#e

^e
^ e
Se

mc
^ne

^e

;te

Me
^-J c

;Se

^e

Me

;ie

^e

*Ee

^e

sac

260
555
719
547
799
765
953
359
691
705
730
665
139
675
386
100
585

f563
1522

388

644

206

669

258

597

564

582

690

652

861

865

897

902

547

«e

•me

#;e

!7ile
U°

;$ C

n

^
Bf c
SSe

'I^e
#15 e

il.j! C

930

941

9i7

955

964

971

974

984

fl97
)998

889
526
533
538
545
548
713
723

|g c 722

tlbc 732

iic 739

IRe 578

^0 756

^ " {955

Me 768
769
770
808
811
^c 820
i^c 815
tte 822
'l^e 825
Me 827
-^le 832
^0 843

Vlll c

'efe

'Me
f?o

846

857

298

30.;

310

316

315

mo 327

^ne 330

^ (332
" 1767

Me 341
f^c 345

^ " {349
^e 350
fp5fc 353
t 359
fgc 372

380
411
414
439
450
463

g^e
*e

m

m

j^e
'x-e

7n (^^6

^e

^0

5Re

^l^e

488
489
493
281
296
297
178

360

INDEX BY NUMBER OF STROKES.

180

)Hcc 84

•^c

1002

^ 860

211

pjo 88

it«

603

;fc 979

222

^ c 96

#c

587

^ 983

228

^c 98

J. c

422

@e 986

231

^-pc 100

in

590

M 900

239

H c 105

^c

571

m «. 901

257

[g c 1.06

mo

611

^c 910

259

BJj c 127

m«

223

?&o 932

506

;^c 132

l?c

301

^c 934

260

^c 139

M

619

j^c 938

276

3^ 140

itc

910

ff 728

277

fi^jc 6

S c

397

^0 733

278
147

^c^ 270
^c 13

;gC

f 55
1131

iic 741
^c 745

J47

^ 13

Hge

915

6ISC 766

483 iSr^o 18

^«

661

;tAc 777

164

^ 1154

!+«'

617

#c 786

171
173
174

/177
(667

*c 1 22
^ M 25

PI

621

229

-^0 798
gc 848

^c 56

tt 24

946

885

fA-c 852

•ir 795

993

182

52

igc 28
^ c 35

640
827

5& e l^'52
^ 1887

^c 40

:^

850

^ ^54

( 54
1300

^ 42

#«

101

^0 364

fevc 42

m«

698

f&c 867

f 55
1131

mo 48
liflfe 672

622
655

^*' 1371

61

;t

965

j^o 415

61

9 Strokes

m<>

641

ra" 418

/ 63
(159

^0

651

5^0 424

mc 739

life

299

gc 430

64

^e 559

^«

818

|?Lc 432

70

^c 658

)f c

413

^c 441

76

^c 676

m

940

R^c 443

78

M 888

Sc

946

^c 444

539

^'c 391

ae

960

^c 469

flf c

36

JEE

511 e
Ifjo

^0

r477
lo23

488

486

492

507

r508
1684

513

522

530

532

585

577

727

309

318

347

251

258

267

271

273

277

261

286

288

293

f305
(502

168
167
169
185
186
188
193
194

jjiljic

195
213

f221
(645

223

227

238

287

337

5

12

16

17

22

23

39

757

f 45

1989

865

75

r 77
1514

88

89

217

94

^PM509

137
156

K " 1849

'fac j"

102

465
106

Bijc 108

fM 854

^Ec 112

1^ 119

m. 120

Jt 126

Wc

3B.

10 strokes

m 460
ii£c 8
*c 9

10
28
40
c 41
1628
47

f356
(636

65

69

( ^^
(503

97

/142
I 98

103
125
124
129
fl31
1626

143
145
148
152
154
160
165
168

Sic

<tc
B$c

tac

i

■■'f c

INDEX BX NUMBEE OP STROKES.

361

189

192

218

219

238

248

f215
(447

269
270
275
282
284
289
290
292
305
307
314
321
332
335
352
356
357
399
404
416
417
436
437
445
457
497
499
501
513
516

}?&<'
flic

;^c

J5J.

a"

E3.

if"

Bi"

fife

g e

516

518

519

521

529

536

544

708

718

725

731

733

758

762

764

767

772

773

775

788

790

796

799

802

802

813

821

826

/198
(392

831
835

877
880
887
897
911

fflc

M

IRc

Jfcc

m

ffc

920
942
945
959
972
982
990
991
994
609
813
948
648
601
589
625
384
312
724
699
579
895
568
629
953
991
620
565
633
692
583
342
453
680
396
593
663

Re

688

ai-«

573

#«

666

t

858

?&«

623

i^«

807

B^

653

^«

639

11 strokes

f^«

U49

&°

24

I^c

( 30
(816

He

38

58"

55

@o

70

jua;

71

#c

78

He

86

$c

87

^

95

aj£c

107

JRc

122

mo

126

w

128

^

130

Eilc

135

ft"

137

^c

139

gil«

140

^«

140

ae

/141
1956

ifco

150

BSc

158

^c 175
fj c 179

M-" 178

R^c 183

/fgc 185

ftc 200

^fflc 201

Igc 229

^e 236

ipi c 244

^e 255

* r f262
i^" U75

Iljc 267

^«(908
1 283
^c 284

•287
586

M 294
JSc 295
il-c 297
t^c 298
g 306
^=c 311
315
339
353
363
371
400
ic 402
ffO 405
c 409
c 408
c 410
412

S t,

Elc
IS"

lie
g c

m

•&■

^0 414

He 418

'fg 420

^c 423

go 438

1" 470

fie 496

f^c 506

'^e 520

^e 523

l^e 527

B&c 531

M 541

gcc 512

Se 546

^j^c 549

^0 550

tlie 710

#; 747

^. c 762
763
769
770

^e

gc 779

ffe 803

fg 804

S^c 805

^c 808

i^o 814

t^^e 817

itfc 847

#e 850

i;c 851

f205
(863

Me
fte
C^e
iSe

:i;e

Mo

^e
71? e
^e

^
frae

rt e

#e
?Ke
Ste

me
i^e

ffle
iSe

Ift;

«°
*^e

«e

362

INDEX BY NUMBBl OF STROKES.

57-0

660

697

12 Strokes

I' I,,??

M. '^

1"«

33
39
41
48
53
53

1^0 y^

lie
+f c

«£«
^«

me

i§e

ire

54

56

75

77

83

98

99

99

101

116

119

134

161

199

f207
(696

4[if. c
*'ii c

BiSCC 211

^c 214

^ c 230

55 c 232

^0 240

SEC

251

252

271

279

281

286

584

288

313

32 i

326

329

333

334

344

361

362

373

376

378

401

431

460

465

477

484

490

493

493

495

508

51c {

ol3

'.)73

525
537

538
540

If c

lie
jic

Me

F^ve

m

ife
^e
?|je
€e

#;e

Se

wn
nn

»e
^•c
#e

iJeSte

iie

545 I

711

720

407

736

743

5S8

750

755

760

783

795

804

818

837

841

845

858

872

874

883

889

m<>

(956
1141

^e 464
^JjC 615

«e
^e

ira a

619
333

578
374
602
599

!!^e

Vic 590
144

m

me

«e

f875
1896

900

914

466

924

927

935

961

f638
1962

967

968
981

385

411

649

f421
1530

704
683
931
695
737
513
252
685
610
893
381
^c 449
fie 177
flic 387
^c 912

13 Strokes

Bfc 383
m 797
# 978

fiie
Me
ile
If e
^c
Me
?^e
fifie

Jm.e

Sic

rre
Me
Re

me

,Se

me

llice
^c

Se

Die
Me

He

1£e
^e

me

IS-e
^e

fr,o
tic

nt e

^e

f|e
i)|e

ifee
fie

693

686

662

678

394

684

262

634

668

172

884

454

202

595

703

553

788

636

22

42

44

73

60

61

82

( 83
1716

114
133
159
164
171
215
242
258
273
279
306

|gc 331

gc 343

f^c 316

^ c 355

W.c 369

fSc 374
Wi° 407
414
416
423
430

/435
1462

448

453

471

472

478

487

498

!tc 502

ijp^ c 516

^c 522

we

^c

We

pe
Ife
^e
^c

m

We

526

mo

528

Pge

536

me

541

We

547

^0

707

He

715

?ie

721

fflc 78]
^i c 782
^c 801
jgc 816
823
829
830
885
836
_ 838
^e 842
51 c 856
rle 860
^c 876
Mc 878

:^c 905
HS c 915
ilc 931
^c 937
940
952
958
965
972
988

m

BI3

?ie

721

■Me

730

^

749

me

751

i

754

^.c

765

,1ie

956

^.c 993-
Me 997
ii c 1001
^ c 1002
M 308

14 Strokes

616

S^c 664

$c 580

%t e 702

^c 249

INDEX BY

NCTMB

SB OF SrEOKES.

363

mo

983

^e

247

it"

863

^e

597

i

716

lie

178

mo

141

1°

585
809

Sic

251
261

•I^c

855
859

Ke

f485
1220

0c

738
752

®e

222
243

mo

148
164

^c

683

He

262

iSc

866

® e

917

«e

758

®e

259

174

S"

452

mc

265

ite

875

m.

941

S«e

776

^e

274

5ie

232

^c

606

^c

303

^c

879

fie

21

^e

778

A

320

II c

286

m<>

604

lie

319

Me

696

Se

41

^el

789

^;e

412

He

287

f^c

657

#c

334

^0

904

ISe

63

W e

803

^e

422

^e

300

i^c

684

335

5|^c

916

file

( 99

.442

me

807

mo

458

Mo

416

^c

392

i^c

35 P

He

933

^c

867

^c

462

mo

505

.^0

572 ;::

Mo

361

^c

933

#

104

^

939

^e

482

He

771

^c

705

SSf c

370

Mc

943

Ble

105

Wto

946

^e

714

)]ie

824

f274
1512

681

675

PllU

■ffe

421
429
434

969
976
596
868

f|e

ie

Sfe

106
120
139
151

^e

^e

me

We

957
985
989
455

«e

752
754
772
788

^e

Me

mo

839
856
890
903

^«

144

5Sc

447 •••

;«e

163

^e

638

797

mo

905

m

3

461 :

^ ,7A 15 Strokes

Me

238

Me

977

^c

800

mo

919

® "

24

470

He

276

ft e

840

l^e

809

mo

929

^«

28

P]e

476

We

618

@^e

283

ile

688

lie

810

mo

949

IS"

37

^c

479

#e

455

^e

294

^e

823

#]e

455

^°

52

^c

481

H

615

M"

301

16 Strokes

mo

831

mo

305

ih«

69

S"

523 ^c

679

^c

309

mo

833

M'O

639

^°

72

ii

nn

537 5i

988

ite

311

^e

454

mo

881

mo

869

-if c

130

^

541

^e

648

^e

312

^e

958

mo

913

mo

813

tic

136

gJco

544

^e

563

^e

326

^e

594

r^o

911

^c

692

Tti-

fl41
1792

fflc

719

l|e

759

£R n

f328
\459

^e

626

«Se

937

^e

609

1

•Sc

734

Bfe

591

hI e

lie

390

5f e

937

893

^

185

^c

742

i|e

600

#e

342

«

396

Re

940

He

553

m"

fl97
1869

i!5c

746

®e

630

Me

362

i*e

556

e-e

948

^e

747

Re

925

^e

365

Jfie

586

«e

965

18 St''"'^''"

M«

198

m

748

«e

588

lie

403

^e

538

^e

970

Wc

220

i/fc

812

^e

732

^e

440

Sie

694

Me

978

lie

39

w

882

mc

819

||c

701

®e

449

il

141

i|e

48

m

232

|gc

837

^e

464

^e

456

^e

13

17 Strokes

mo

95

f?«

235

M"

841

i5e

575

^e

493

'If e

22

m

104

240

Me

844

^c

382

Me

517

pe

71

^e

71

^c

162

pc

245

Xc

849

gc

660

«e

525

i^e

77

mo

133

Me

163

364

IXDEX BY NUMBEE OK STROKES.

240
328
344
452

^c 454

gc 799

^ 826

11 c 828

Me 837

ifc 840

11 c 868

II c 891

g§c 914

ffic 925

^c 936

gc 928

ffc 987

Sc 996

«c 395

HJ c 696

f428
(726

^c 643
@c 680
He 689

19 Strokes

ijc 396
nlc 839

|c 668
i c 63S
706
575
398
■653
i 889
fc 903
ic 921
ic 941
EC 953

m

gc
[file

954
39

Si« 172
$c 264
fie 285

ft" 322
Mc 433

435
439
456
514
716
750
m<^ 753
^c 775
fie 351

20 Strokes

^c 177
jic 286
He 307

gjc 308!.*|c 922

Me

428
471
485
512
537
748
787

22 Strokes

He 592
age
^e
?Ke

21 Strokes

fcl 615

gc 793

^c 706

Me 749

-Ifc 826

mc 849

99
277
511
,|§c 735
^c 726
IMe 792

24 Strokes

lie 320
^c 446
PM c 479

25 Strokes

^c 294

W '''^^
||c 886

23 Strokes

ffc 292
i|c 299
He 799

27 Strokes

Ho 632